15,493 Matching Annotations
  1. Oct 2024
    1. Joint Public Review:

      Summary:

      The behavioral switch between foraging and mating is important for resource allocation in insects. This study investigated the role of the neuropeptide, sulfakinin, and of its receptor, the sulfakinin receptor 1 (SkR1), in mediating this switch in the oriental fruit fly, Bactrocera dorsalis. The authors use genetic disruption of sulfakinin and of SkR1 to provide strong evidence that changes in sulfakinin signaling alter odorant receptor expression profiles and antennal responses and that these changes mediate the behavioral switch. The combination of molecular and physiological data is a strength of the study. Additional work would be needed to determine whether the physiological and molecular changes observed account for the behavioral changes observed.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors show that sulfakinin signaling in the olfactory organ mediates the switch between foraging and mating, thereby providing evidence that peripheral sensory inputs contribute to this important change in behavior.

      (2) The authors' development of an assay to investigate the behavioral switch and their use of different approaches to demonstrate the role of sulfakinin and SkR1 in this process provides strong support for their hypothesis.

      (3) The manuscript is overall well-organized and documented.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors claim that sulfakinin acts directly on SkR1-positive neurons to modulate the foraging and mating behaviors in B. dorsalis. The authors also indicated in the schematic that satiation suppresses SkR1 expression. Additional experiments and more a detailed discussion of the results would help support these claims.

      (2) The findings reported could be strengthened with additional experimental details regarding time of day versus duration of starvation effects and additional genetic controls, amongst others.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work computationally characterized the threat-reward learning behavior of mice in a recent study (Akiti et al.), which had prominent individual differences. The authors constructed a Bayes-adaptive Markov decision process model and fitted the behavioral data by the model. The model assumed (i) hazard function starting from a prior (with free mean and SD parameters) and updated in a Bayesian manner through experience (actually no real threat or reward was given in the experiment), (ii) risk-sensitive evaluation of future outcomes (calculating lower 𝛼 quantile of outcomes with free 𝛼 parameter), and (iii) heuristic exploration bonus. The authors found that (i) brave animals had more widespread hazard priors than timid animals and thereby quickly learned that there was in fact little real threat, (ii) brave animals may also be less risk-aversive than timid animals in future outcome evaluation, and (iii) the exploration bonus could explain the observed behavioral features, including the transition of behavior from the peak to steady-state frequency of bout. Overall, this work is a novel interesting analysis of threat-reward learning, and provides useful insights for future experimental and theoretical work. However, there are several issues that I think need to be addressed.

      Strengths:

      (1) This work provides a normative Bayesian account for individual differences in braveness/timidity in reward-threat learning behavior, which complements the analysis by Akiti et al. based on model-free threat reinforcement learning.

      (2) Specifically, the individual differences were characterized by (i) the difference in the variance of hazard prior and potentially also (ii) the difference in the risk-sensitivity in the evaluation of future returns.

      Weakness:

      (1) Theoretically the effect of prior is diluted over experience whereas the effect of biased (risk-aversive) evaluation persists, but these two effects could not be teased apart in the fitting analysis of the current data.

      (2) It is currently unclear how (whether) the proposed model corresponds to neurobiological (rather than behavioral) findings, different from the analysis by Akiti et al.

      Major points:

      (1) Line 219<br /> It was assumed that the exploration bonus was replenished at a steady rate when the animal was at the nest. An alternative way would be assuming that the exploration bonus slowly degraded over time or experience, and if doing so, there appears to be a possibility that the transition of the bout rate from peak to steady-state could be at least partially explained by such a decrease in the exploration bonus.

      (2) Line 237- (Section 2.2.6, 2.2.7, Figures 7, 9)<br /> I was confused by the descriptions about nCVaR. I looked at the cited original literature Gagne & Dayan 2022, and understood that nCVaR is a risk-sensitive version of expected future returns (equation 4) with parameter α (α-bar) (ranging from 0 to 1) representing risk preference. Line 269-271 and Section 4.2 of the present manuscript described (in my understanding) that α was a parameter of the model. Then, isn't it more natural to report estimated values of α, rather than nCVaR, for individual animals in Section 2.2.6, 2.2.7, Figures 7, 9 (even though nCVaR monotonically depends on α)? In Figures 7 and 9, nCVaR appears to be upper-bounded to 1. The upper limit of α is 1 by definition, but I have no idea why nCVaR was also bounded by 1. So I would like to ask the authors to add more detailed explanations on nCVaR. Currently, CVaR is explained in Lines 237-243, but actually, there is no explanation about nCVaR rather than its formal name 'nested conditional value at risk' in Line 237.

      (3) Line 333 (and Abstract)<br /> Given that animals' behaviors could be equally well fitted by the model having both nCVaR (free α) and hazard prior and the alternative model having only hazard prior (with α = 1), may it be difficult to confidently claim that brave (/timid) animals had risk-neutral (/risk-aversive) preference in addition to widespread (/low-variance) hazard prior? Then, it might be good to somewhat weaken the corresponding expression in the Abstract (e.g., add 'potentially also' to the result for risk sensitivity) or mention the inseparability of risk sensitivity and prior belief pessimism (e.g., "... although risk sensitivity and prior belief pessimism could not be teased apart").

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Shen and Dayan build a Bayes adaptive Markov decision process model with three key components: an adaptive hazard function capturing potential predation, an intrinsic reward function providing the urge to explore, and a conditional value at risk (CvaR, closely related to probability distortion explanations of risk traits). The model itself is very interesting and has many strengths including considering different sources of risk preference in generating behavior under uncertainty. I think this model will be useful to consider for those studying approach/avoid behaviors in dynamic contexts.

      The authors argue that the model explains behavior in a very simple and unconstrained behavioral task in which animals are shown novel objects and retreat from them in various manners (different body postures and patterns of motor chunks/syllables). The model itself does capture lots of the key mouse behavioral variability (at least on average on a mouse-by-mouse basis) which is interesting and potentially useful. However, the variables in the model - and the internal states it implies the mice have during the behavior - are relatively unconstrained given the wide range of explanations one can offer for the mouse behavior in the original study (Akiti et al). This reviewer commends the authors on an original and innovative expansion of existing models of animal behaviour, but recommends that the authors revise their study to reflect the obvious challenges. I would also recommend a reduction in claiming that this exercise gives a normative-like or at least quantitative account of mental disorders.

      My main comment is that this paper is a very nice model creation that can characterize the heterogeneity rodent behavior in a very simple approach/avoid context (Akiti et al; when a novel object is placed in an arena) that itself can be interpreted in a multitude of ways. The use of terms like "exploration", "brave", etc in this context is tricky because the task does not allow the original authors (Akiti et al) to quantify these "internal states" or "traits" with the appropriate level of quantitative detail to say whether this model is correct or not in capturing the internal states that result in the rodent behavior. That said, the original behavioral setup is so simple that one could imagine capturing the behavioral variability in multiple ways (potentially without evoking complex computations that the original authors never showed the mouse brain performs). I would recommend reframing the paper as a new model that proposes a set of internal states that could give rise to the behavioral heterogeneity observed in Akiti et al, but nonetheless is at this time only a hypothesis. Furthermore, an explanation of what would be really required to test this would be appreciated to make the point clearer.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript presents computational modelling of the behaviour of mice during encounters with novel and familiar objects, originally reported by Akiti et al. (Neuron 110, 2022). Mice typically perform short bouts of approach followed by a retreat to a safe distance, presumably to balance exploration to discover possible rewards with the potential risk of predation. However, there is considerable heterogeneity in this exploratory behaviour, both across time as an individual subject becomes more confident in approaching the object, and across subjects; with some mice rapidly becoming confident to closely explore the object, while other timid mice never become fully confident that the object is safe. The current work aims to explain both the dynamics of adaptation of individual animals over time, and the quantitative and qualitative differences in behaviour between subjects, by modelling their behaviour as arising from model-based planning in a Bayes adaptive Markov Decision Process (BAMDP) framework, in which the subjects maintain and update probabilistic estimates of the uncertain hazard presented by the object, and rationally balance the potential reward from exploring the object with the potential risk of predation it presents.

      In order to fit these complex models to the behaviour the authors necessarily make substantial simplifying assumptions, including coarse-graining the exploratory behaviour into phases quantified by a set of summary statistics related to the approach bouts of the animal. Inter-individual variation between subjects is modelled both by differences in their prior beliefs about the possible hazard presented by the object and by differences in their risk preference, modelled using a conditional value at risk (CVaR) objective, which focuses the subject's evaluation on different quantiles of the expected distribution of outcomes. Interestingly these two conceptually different possible sources of inter-subject variation in brave vs timid exploratory behaviour turn out not to be dissociable in the current dataset as they can largely compensate for each other in their effects on the measured behaviour. Nonetheless, the modelling captures a wide range of quantitative and qualitative differences between subjects in the dynamics of how they explore the object, essentially through differences in how subject's beliefs about the potential risk and reward presented by the object evolve over the course of exploration, and are combined to drive behaviour.

      Exploration in the face of risk is a ubiquitous feature of the decision-making problem faced by organisms, with strong clinical relevance, yet remains poorly understood and under-studied, making this work a timely and welcome addition to the literature.

      Strengths:

      (1) Individual differences in exploratory behaviour are an interesting, important, and under-studied topic.

      (2) Application of cutting-edge modelling methods to a rich behavioural dataset, successfully accounting for diverse qualitative and qualitative features of the data in a normative framework.

      (3) Thoughtful discussion of the results in the context of prior literature.

      Limitations:

      (1) The model-fitting approach used of coarse-graining the behaviour into phases and fitting to their summary statistics may not be applicable to exploratory behaviours in more complex environments where coarse-graining is less straightforward.

      (2) Some aspects of the work could be more usefully clarified within the manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work attempted to investigate how the gene rnc, which showed higher expression in clinical strains of Salmonella Enteritidis compared to those isolated from food, affects the virulence of this bacteria through modulating dsRNA levels and the immune response of host cells.

      Strengths:

      The authors clearly demonstrated that the deletion of rnc Salmonella Enteritidis leads to an accumulation of dsRNA inside the cells, which further activates the immune response of host cells. It is also well demonstrated that the rnc gene deletion results in an increased ROS level through regulating the SodA protein.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) It is unclear whether the higher rnc expression in clinical strains of Salmonella Enteritidis is universal or just specific to several strains, because of the inadequate data provided and different strains used for different tests in this study.

      (2) A lot of specific information is missing in the Figure legends and Method section, which makes it hard to understand some of the key results in the manuscript.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Chan et al. evaluated the role of RNase III, encoded by the rnc gene, in Salmonella virulence. Chan et al. first identified rnc among the genes with upregulated mRNA levels in virulent Salmonella isolates. The authors further showed that deletion of rnc resulted in increased double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) and reduced invasion rate and replication rate in an in vitro macrophage model. The authors then showed that transfection of total RNA of rnc knock-out strains upregulates (with respect to a WT Salmonella strain) expression levels of immune-related genes (e.g., TNF-a, IL-1B, etc.) in a dsRNA-dependent manner. The authors reported reduced SodA protein accumulation in the rnc knock-out strains, despite higher levels of sodA mRNA, suggesting a role of SodA in the protection against reactive oxygen species. Finally, the authors showed, using a mice model, the partial contribution of sodA in the restoration of virulence levels in the rnc knock-out strains.

      Strengths:

      (1) The manuscript is well written.

      (2) The authors evaluated the impact of rnc deletion in both in vitro and mice infection models. Both experiment setups supported the contribution of rnc to Salmonella virulence.

      (3) The authors tested the effect of rnc deletion in different genetic backgrounds (i.e., different bacterial isolates) offering additional support to their claims.

      (4) Measurement of SodA protein levels nicely complemented and informed initial findings at the mRNA level.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors failed to discuss how their work differentiates from recent studies of rnc deletion strains in Salmonella (NIH PMID: 38182942) and Escherichia coli (NIH PMID: 35456749). Remarkably, the first publication performed genome-wide transcriptional profiling of a rnc deletion Salmonella strain. The second publication explored the link between rnc and sodA in E. coli.

      (2) The authors should explain what the criteria for selecting food and clinical isolates for molecular characterization were. This information is valuable for the reader as they may wonder about the impact of isolate selection in the study's conclusions. Similarly, the authors need to explain how they selected their controls for baseline gene expression, virulence, etc.. Furthermore, I wondered if they could use an avirulent Salmonella strain as an additional control.

      (3) The authors do not perform any analysis of the differentially expressed genes (DEGs) identified in their study. They should leverage DEGs to expand their mechanistic insights of other genes or functional processes putatively linked to rnc activity and virulence. Additionally, authors should make transcriptional data and the output of their differential expression analysis (and the list of differentially expressed genes-DEGs) available to the readers. In fact, it is not clear how the DEGS were defined.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      As a starting point, the authors discuss the so-called "additive partitioning" (AP) method proposed by Loreau & Hector in 2001. The AP is the result of a mathematical rearrangement of the definition of overyielding, written in terms of relative yields (RY) of species in mixtures relative to monocultures. One term, the so-called complementarity effect (CE), is proportional to the average RY deviations from the null expectations that plants of both species "do the same" in monocultures and mixtures. The other term, the selection effect (SE), captures how these RY deviations are related to monoculture productivity. Overall, CE measures whether relative biomass gains differ from zero when averaged across all community members, and SE, whether the "relative advantage" species have in the mixture, is related to their productivity. In extreme cases, when all species benefit, CE becomes positive. When large species have large relative productivity increases, SE becomes positive. This is intuitively compatible with the idea that niche complementarity mitigates competition (CE>0), or that competitively superior species dominate mixtures and thereby driver overyielding (SE>0).

      However, it is very important to understand that CE and SE capture the "statistical structure" of RY that underlies overyielding. Specifically, CE and SE are not the ultimate biological mechanisms that drive overyielding, and never were meant to be. CE also does not describe niche complementarity. Interpreting CE and SE as directly quantifying niche complementarity or resource competition, is simply wrong, although it sometimes is done. The criticism of the AP method thus in large part seems unwarranted. The alternative methods the authors discuss (lines 108-123) are based on very similar principles.

      The authors now set out to develop a method that aims at linking response patterns to "more true" biological mechanisms.

      Assuming that "competitive dominance" is key to understanding mixture productivity, because "competitive interactions are the predominant type of interspecific relationships in plants", the authors introduce "partial density" monocultures, i.e. monocultures that have the same planting density for a species as in a mixture. The idea is that using these partial density monocultures as a reference would allow for isolating the effect of competition by the surrounding "species matrix".

      The authors argue that "To separate effects of competitive interactions from those of other species interactions, we would need the hypothesis that constituent species share an identical niche but differ in growth and competitive ability (i.e., absence of positive/negative interactions)." - I think the term interaction is not correctly used here, because clearly competition is an interaction, but the point made here is that this would be a zero-sum game.

      The authors use the ratio of productivity of partial density and full-density monocultures, divided by planting density, as a measure of "competitive growth response" (abbreviated as MG). This is the extra growth a plant individual produces when intraspecific competition is reduced.

      Here, I see two issues: first, this rests on the assumption that there is only "one mode" of competition if two species use the same resources, which may not be true, because intraspecific and interspecific competition may differ. Of course, one can argue that then somehow "niches" are different, but such a niche definition would be very broad and go beyond the "resource set" perspective the authors adopt. Second, this value will heavily depend on timing and the relationship between maximum initial growth rates and competitive abilities at high stand densities.

      The authors then progress to define relative competitive ability (RC), and this time simply uses monoculture biomass as a measure of competitive ability. To express this biomass in a standardized way, they express it as different from the mean of the other species and then divide by the maximum monoculture biomass of all species.

      I have two concerns here: first, if competitive ability is the capability of a species to preempt resources from a pool also accessed by another species, as the authors argued before, then this seems wrong because one would expect that a species can simply be more productive because it has a broader niche space that it exploits. This contradicts the very narrow perspective on competitive ability the authors have adopted. This also is difficult to reconcile with the idea that specialist species with a narrow niche would outcompete generalist species with a broad niche. Second, I am concerned by the mathematical form. Standardizing by the maximum makes the scaling dependent on a single value.

      As a final step, the authors calculate a "competitive expectation" for a species' biomass in the mixture, by scaling deviations from the expected yield by the product MG ⨯ RC. This would mean a species does better in a mixture when (1) it benefits most from a conspecific density reduction, and (2) has a relatively high biomass.

      Put simply, the assumption would be that if a species is productive in monoculture (high RC), it effectively does not "see" the competitors and then grows like it would be the sole species in the community, i.e. like in the partial density monoculture.

      Overall, I am not very convinced by the proposed method.

      Comments on revised version:

      Only minimal changes were made to the manuscript, and they do not address the main points that were raised.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript by Tao et al. reports on an effort to better specify the underlying interactions driving the effects of biodiversity on productivity in biodiversity experiments. The authors are especially concerned with the potential for competitive interactions to drive positive biodiversity-ecosystem functioning relationships by driving down the biomass of subdominant species. The authors suggest a new partitioning schema that utilizes a suite of partial density treatments to capture so-called competitive ability. While I agree with the authors that understanding the underlying drivers of biodiversity-ecosystem functioning relationships is valuable - I am unsure of the added value of this specific approach for several reasons.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors changed only one minor detail in response to the last round of reviews.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript claims to provide a new null hypothesis for testing the effects of biodiversity on ecosystem functioning. It reports that the strength of biodiversity effects changes when this different null hypothesis is used. This main result is rather inevitable. That is, one expects a different answer when using a different approach. The question then becomes whether the manuscript's null hypothesis is both new and an improvement on the null hypothesis that has been in use in recent decades.

      Strengths:

      In general, I appreciate studies like this that question whether we have been doing it all wrong and I encourage consideration of new approaches.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite many sweeping critiques of previous studies and bold claims of novelty made throughout the manuscript, I was unable to find new insights. The manuscript fails to place the study in the context of the long history of literature on competition and biodiversity and ecosystem functioning. The Introduction claims the new approach will address deficiencies of previous approaches, but after reading further I see no evidence that it addresses the limitations of previous approaches noted in the Introduction. Furthermore, the manuscript does not reproducibly describe the methods used to produce the results (e.g., in Table 1) and relies on simulations, claiming experimental data are not available when many experiments have already tested these ideas and not found support for them. Finally, it is unclear to me whether rejecting the 'new' null hypothesis presented in the manuscript would be of interest to ecologists, agronomists, conservationists, or others.

      Comments on revised version:

      Please see review comments on the previous version of this manuscript. The authors have not revised their manuscript to address most of the issues previously raised by reviewers.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors combine classical theories of phase separation and self-assembly to establish a framework for explaining the coupling between the two phenomena in the context of protein assemblies and condensates. By starting from a mean-field free energy for monomers and assemblies immersed in solvent and imposing conditions of equilibrium, the authors derive phase diagrams indicating how assemblies partition into different condensed phases as temperature and the total volume fraction of proteins are varied. They find that phase separation can promote assembly within the protein-rich phase, providing a potential mechanism for spatial control of assembly. They extend their theory to account for the possibility of gelation. They also create a theory for the kinetics of self-assembly within phase separated systems, predicting how assembly size distributions change with time within the different phases as well as how the volumes of the different phases change with time.

      Review For Revision:

      The revised manuscript provides better motivation and physical explanations for the equations, and the authors have addressed references, typos, and other minor technical issues identified in the review. These changes have significantly improved the manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This research offers an in-depth exploration and quantification of social vocalization within three families of Mongolian gerbils. In an enlarged, semi-natural environment, the study continuously monitored two parent gerbils and their four pups from P14 to P34. Through dimensionality reduction and clustering, a diverse range of gerbil call types was identified. Interestingly, distinct sets of vocalizations were used by different families in their daily interactions, with unique transition structures exhibited across these families. The primary results of this study are compelling, although some elements could benefit from clarification

      Strengths:

      Three elements of this study warrant emphasis. Firstly, it bridges the gap between laboratory and natural environments. This approach offers the opportunity to examine natural social behavior within a controlled setting (such as specified family composition, diet, and life stages), maintaining the social relevance of the behavior. Secondly, it seeks to understand short-timescale behaviors, like vocalizations, within the broader context of daily and life-stage timescales. Lastly, the use of unsupervised learning precludes the injection of human bias, such as pre-defined call categories, allowing the discovery of the diversity of vocal outputs.

      Comments on the revised version:

      (1) The authors have clarified the possible types of differences in the vocalizations of different families and discussed the potential contribution of the adult-pup difference.

      (2) The authors have added the analysis in Figure 4 about the developmental changes in call types.

      (3) The authors have analyzed the additional information in the 2-gram structure of the calls as evidence to apply the transition matrices to compare the families.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Peterson et al., perform a series of behavioral experiments to study the repertoire and variance of Mongolian gerbil vocalizations across social groups (families). A key strength of the study is the use of a behavioral paradigm which allows for long term audio recordings under naturalistic conditions. This new experimental set-up results in the identification of additional vocalization types, not previously described the literature. In combination with state-of-the-art methods for vocalization analysis, the authors demonstrate that the distribution of sound types and the transitions between these sound types across three gerbil families is different. This is a highly compelling finding which suggests that individual families may develop distinct vocal repertories. One potential limitation of the study lies in the cluster analysis used for identifying distinct vocalization types. The authors use a Gaussian Mixed Model (GMM) trained on variational auto Encoder derived latent representation of vocalizations to classify recorded sounds into clusters. Through the analysis the authors identify 70 distinct clusters and demonstrate a differential usage of these sound clusters across families. While the authors acknowledge the inherent challenges in cluster analysis and provide additional analyses (i.e. maximum mean discrepancy, MMD), additional analysis would increase the strength of the conclusions. In particular, analysis with different cluster sizes would be valuable. An additional limitation of the study is that due to the methodology that is used, the authors can not provide any information about the bioacoustic features that contribute to differences in sound types across families which limits interpretations about how the animals may perceive and react to these sounds in an ethologically relevant manner.

      The conclusions of this paper are well supported by data.

      • Can the authors comment on the potential biological significance of the 70 sound clusters? Does each cluster represent a single sound type? How many vocal clusters can be attributed to a single individual? Similarly, can the authors comment on the intra-individual and inter-individual variability of the sound types within and across families?<br /> • As a main conclusion of the paper rests on the different distribution of sound clusters across families, it is important to validate the robustness of these differences across different cluster parameters. Specifically, the authors state that "we selected 70 clusters as the most parsimonious fit". Could the authors provide more details about how this was fit? Specifically, could the authors expand upon what is meant by "prior domain knowledge about the number of vocal types...". If the authors chose a range of cluster values (i.e. 10, 30, 50, 90) does the significance of the results still hold?<br /> • While VAEs are powerful tools for analyzing complex datasets in this case they are restricted to analysis of spectrogram images. Have the authors identified any acoustic differences (i.e. in pitch, frequency, other sound components) across families?

      Following a revision of the manuscript the authors have taken many of these points under consideration and as a result have significantly improved the manuscript. Critically, they have now provided additional quantification that differences across family repertories are robust against cluster selection size.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Peterson et al. longitudinally record and document the vocal repertoires of three Mongolian gerbil families. Using unsupervised learning techniques, they map the variability across these groups, finding that while overall statistics of, e.g., vocal emission rates and bout lengths are similar, families differed markedly in their distributions of syllable types and the transitions between these types within bouts. In addition, the large and rich data are likely to be valuable to others in the field.

      Strengths:

      - Extensive data collection across multiple days in multiple family groups.<br /> - Thoughtful application of modern analysis techniques for analyzing vocal repertoires.<br /> - Careful examination of the statistical structure of vocal behavior, with indications that these gerbils, like naked mole rats, may differ in repertoire across families.<br /> - Estimation of the stability of the effects across days.

      Weaknesses:

      - The work is largely descriptive, documenting behavior rather than testing a specific hypothesis.<br /> - The number of families (N=3) is somewhat limited, though the authors have taken some care to examine the robustness of the findings.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Unckless and colleagues address the issue of the maintenance of genetic diversity of the gene diptericin A, which encodes an antimicrobial peptide in the model organism Drosophila melanogaster. This is an important question as the maintenance of different alleles in wild populations is not known.

      Strengths:

      The data indicate that flies homozygous for the dptA S69 allele are better protected against some bacteria. By contrast, male flies homozygous for the R69 allele resist better to starvation than flies homozygous for the S69 allele. This provides an element of explanation.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Some of the results are difficult to understand. The observation that R69 die more than the null Dpt mutant and the wild-type is strange. This could be due to background effect. The fact that the second chromosome was not isogenized after the CRISPR change is an issue. This issue may take too much time to fix, but should be acknowledged. The existence of background effect and the multiple tested conditions that may lead to the obtention of results that may not be reproduced in other contexts/labs.<br /> (2) Some lifespans are rather short and often in disagreement with other studies (Leulier, Iatsenko but also Hanson/Lemaitre). There are also disagreements inside the article itself for instance between Fig4C and 2A. This should be mentioned.<br /> (3) The shape of many lifespan analysis with abrupt decline contrast with classical lifespan studies, suggesting technical problems.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This paper introduces a new transgenic mouse line that allows the labelling of the AIS and nodes of Ranvier by tagging Ank-G with GFP in a Cre-dependent manner. The authors characterise the properties of the AIS and nodes of Ranvier when labelled with GFP to show that it has no adverse effects on the properties of the AIS and nodes of Ranvier, nor on most measures of intrinsic excitability in neurons. They also show that this mouse line can be used to follow AIS plasticity in vitro and to visualise the AIS of neurons in vivo. This is a very useful and timely tool that will make an important impact in the field.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The axon initial segment (AIS) is the axonal domain where most neurons integrate inputs and generate action potentials. Though structural and electrophysiological studies have allowed to better understand the mechanisms of assembly and maintenance of this domain, as well as its functions, there is still a need for efficient tools to study its structural organization and plasticity in vivo.

      In this article, the authors describe the generation of a knock-in mouse reporter line allowing the conditional expression of a GFP-tagged version of AnkyrinG (Ank-G), which is a major protein of the axon initial segment and the nodes of Ranvier in neurons. This reporter line can in particular be used to study axon initial segment assembly and plasticity, by combining it with mouse lines or viruses expressing the Cre recombinase under the control of a neuronal promoter. Furthermore, the design of the line should allow to preserve the expression of the main Ank-G isoforms observed in neurons and could thus allow to study Ank-G related mechanisms in various neuronal subcompartments.

      Some mouse lines allowing the neuronal expression of AIS/node of Ranvier markers coupled to a fluorescent protein exist, however they correspond to transgenic lines leading to potential overexpression of the tagged protein. Depending on the promoter used, their expression can vary and be absent in some neuronal populations (in particular, the Thy-1 promoter can lead to variable expression depending on the transgene insertion locus). Furthermore, these lines do not allow conditional expression of the protein regarding neuronal subtypes nor controlled temporal expression. Finally, a thorough description of the in vivo expression of the tagged protein at the AIS, and its impact on the structural and electrophysiological properties of the AIS are missing for these lines.

      The present reporter line is thus definitely of interest, as the authors convincingly show that it can be used in various contexts (from in vitro to in vivo). It could in particular be used to study the assembly and plasticity of the domains where Ank-G is expressed. The strength of this work is that it thoroughly characterizes the reporter line expression and shows that it does not alter the structural nor the electrophysiological properties of the labeled neurons. The additional data presented by the authors in the revised version adequately complete the previously shown data and address the questions raised by the reviewers.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In the manuscript, the authors explore the mechanism by which Taenia solium larvae may contribute to human epilepsy. This is extremely important question to address because T. solium is a significant cause of epilepsy and is extremely understudied. Advances in determining how T. solium may contribute to epilepsy could have significant impact on this form of epilepsy. Excitingly, the authors convincingly show that Taenia larvae contain and release glutamate sufficient to depolarize neurons and induce recurrent excitation reminiscent of seizures. They use a combination of cutting-edge tools including electrophysiology, calcium and glutamate imaging, and biochemical approaches to demonstrate this important advance. They also show that this occurs in neurons from both mice and humans. This is relevant for pathophysiology of chronic epilepsy development. This study does not rule out other aspects of T. solium that may also contribute to epilepsy, including immunological aspects, but demonstrates a clear potential role for glutamate.

      Strengths:

      - The authors examine not only T. solium homogenate, but also excretory/secretory products which suggests glutamate may play a role in multiple aspects of disease progression.<br /> - The authors confirm that the human relevant pathogen also causes neuronal depolarization in human brain tissue<br /> - There is very high clinical relevance. Preventing epileptogenesis/seizures possibly with Glu-R antagonists or by more actively removing glutamate as a second possible treatment approach in addition to/replacing post-infection immune response.<br /> - Effects are consistent across multiple species (rat, mouse, human) and methodological assays (GluSnFR AND current clamp recordings AND Ca imaging)<br /> - High K content (comparable levels to high-K seizure models) of larvae could have also caused depolarization. Adequate experiments to exclude K and other suspected larvae contents (i.e. Substance P).

      Weaknesses:

      - Acute study is limited to studying depolarization in slices and it is unclear what is necessary/sufficient for in vivo seizure generation or epileptogenesis for chronic epilepsy.<br /> - There is likely a significant role of the immune system that is not explored here. This issue is adequately addressed in the discussion, however, and the glutamate data is considered in this context.<br /> Discuss impact:<br /> - Interfering with peri-larval glutamate signaling may hold promise to prevent ictogenesis and chronic epileptogenesis as this is a very understudied cause of epilepsy with unknown mechanistic etiology.<br /> Additional context for interpreting significance:<br /> - High medical need as most common adult onset epilepsy in many parts of the world

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Since neurocysticercosis is associated with epilepsy, the authors wish to establish how cestode larvae affect neurons. The underlying hypothesis is that the larvae may directly excite neurons and thus favor seizure genesis.

      To test this hypothesis, the authors collected biological materials from larvae (from either homogenates or excretory/secretory products), and applied them to hippocampal neurons (rats and mice) and human cortical neurons.

      This constitutes a major strength of the paper, providing a direct reading of larvae's biological effects. Another strength is the combination of methods, including patch clamp, Ca, and glutamate imaging.

      Comments on revised version:

      The concerns have been addressed.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This paper has high significance because it addresses a prevalent parasitic infection of the nervous system, Neurocysticercosis (NCC). The infection is caused by larvae of the parasitic cestode Taenia solium It is a leading cause of epilepsy in adults worldwide

      To address the effects of cestode larvae, homogenates and excretory/secretory products of larvae were added to organotypic brain slice cultures of rodents or layer 2/3 of human cortical brain slices from patients with refractory epilepsy.

      A self-made pressure ejection system was used to puff larvae homogenate (20 ms puff) onto the soma of patched neurons. The mechanical force could have caused depolarizaton so a vehicle control is critical. On line 150 they appear to have used saline in this regard, and clarification would be good. Were the controls here (and aCSF elsewhere) done with the low Mg2+o aCSF like the larvae homogenates?

      They found that neurons depolarized after larvae homogenate exposure and the effect was mediated by glutamate but not nicotinic receptors for acetylcholine (nAChRs), acid-sensing channels or substance P.

      They also showed the elevated K+ in the homogenate (~11 mM) could not account for the depolarization. They also confirmed that only small molecules led to the depolarization after filtering out very large molecules. That supports the conclusion that glutamate - which is quite small - could be responsible.

      They suggest the effects could underlie seizure generation in NCC.

      Using Glutamate-sensing fluorescent reporters they found the larvae contain glutamate and can release it, a strength of the paper.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors describe a method to probe both the proteins associated with genomic elements in cells, as well as 3D contacts between sites in chromatin. The approach is interesting and promising, and it is great to see a proximity labeling method like this that can make both proteins and 3D contacts. It utilizes DNA oligomers, which will likely make it a widely adopted method. However, the manuscript over-interprets its successes, which are likely due to the limited appropriate controls, and of any validation experiments. I think the study requires better proteomic controls, and some validation experiments of the "new" proteins and 3D contacts described. In addition, toning down the claims made in the paper would assist those looking to implement one of the various available proximity labeling methods and would make this manuscript more reliable to non-experts.

      Strengths:

      (1) The mapping of 3D contacts for 20 kb regions using proximity labeling is beautiful.

      (2) The use of in situ hybridization will probably improve background and specificity.

      (3) The use of fixed cells should prove enabling and is a strong alternative to similar, living cell methods.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A major drawback to the experimental approach of this study is the "multiplexed comparisons". Using the mtDNA as a comparator is not a great comparison - there is no reason to think the telomeres/centrosomes would look like mtDNA as a whole. The mito proteome is much less complex. It is going to provide a large number of false positives. The centromere/telomere comparison is ok, if one is interested in what's different between those two repetitive elements. But the more realistic use case of this method would be "what is at a specific genomic element"? A purely nuclear-localized control would be needed for that. Or a genomic element that has nothing interesting at it (I do not know of one). You can see this in the label-free work: non-specific, nuclear GO terms are enriched likely due to the random plus non-random labeling in the nucleus. What would a Telo vs general nucleus GSEA look like? (GSEA should be used for quantitative data, no GO). That would provide some specificity. Figures 2G and S4A are encouraging, but a) these proteins are largely sequestered in their respective locations, and b) no validation by an orthogonal method like ChIP or Cut and Run/Tag is used.

      You can also see this in the enormous number of "enriched" proteins in the supplemental volcano plots. The hypothesis-supporting ones are labeled, but do the authors really believe all of those proteins are specific to the loci being looked at? Maybe compared to mitochondria, but it's hard to believe there are not a lot of false positives in those blue clouds. I believe the authors are more seeing mito vs nucleus + Telo than the stated comparison. For example, if you have no labeling in the nucleus in the control (Figures 1C and 2C) you cannot separate background labeling from specific labeling. Same with mito vs. nuc+Telo. It is not the proper control to say what is specifically at the Telo.

      I would like to see a Telo vs nuclear control and a Centromere vs nuc control. One could then subtract the background from both experiments, then contrast Telo vs Cent for a proper, rigorous comparison. However, I realize that is a lot of work, so rewriting the manuscript to better and more accurately reflect what was accomplished here, and its limitations, would suffice.

      (2) A second major drawback is the lack of validation experiments. References to literature are helpful but do not make up for the lack of validation of a new method claiming new protein-DNA or DNA-DNA interactions. At least a handful of newly described proximal proteins need to be validated by an orthogonal method, like ChIP qPCR, other genomic methods, or gel shifts if they are likely to directly bind DNA. It is ok to have false positives in a challenging assay like this. But it needs to be well and clearly estimated and communicated.

      (3) The mapping of 3D contacts for 20 kb regions is beautiful. Some added discussion on this method's benefits over HiC-variants would be welcomed.

      (4) The study claims this method circumvents the need for transfectable cells. However, the authors go on to describe how they needed tons of cells, now in solution, to get it to work. The intro should be more in line with what was actually accomplished.

      (5) Comments like "Compared to other repetitive elements in the human genome...." appear to circumvent the fact that this method is still (apparently) largely limited to repetitive elements. Other than Glopro, which did analyze non-repetitive promoter elements, most comparable methods looked at telomeres. So, this isn't quite the advancement you are implying. Plus, the overlap with telomeric proteins and other studies should be addressed. However, that will be challenging due to the controls used here, discussed above.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      Liu and MacGann et al. introduce the method DNA O-MAP that uses oligo-based ISH probes to recruit horseradish peroxidase for targeted proximity biotinylation at specific DNA loci. The method's specificity was tested by profiling the proteomic composition at repetitive DNA loci such as telomeres and pericentromeric alpha satellite repeats. In addition, the authors provide proof-of-principle for the capture and mapping of contact frequencies between individual DNA loop anchors.

      Strengths

      Identifying locus-specific proteomes still represents a major technical challenge and remains an outstanding issue (1). Theoretically, this method could benefit from the specificity of ISH probes and be applied to identify proteomes at non-repetitive DNA loci. This method also requires significantly fewer cells than other ISH- or dCas9-based locus-enrichment methods. Another potential advantage to be tested is the lack of cell line engineering that allows its application to primary cell lines or tissue.

      Weaknesses

      The authors indicate that DNA O-MAP is superior to other methods for identifying locus-specific proteomes. Still, no proof exists that this method could uncover proteomes at non-repetitive DNA loci. Also, there is very little validation of novel factors to confirm the superiority of the technique regarding specificity.<br /> The authors first tested their method's specificity at repetitive telomeric regions, and like other approaches, expected low-abundant telomere-specific proteins were absent (for example, all subunits of the telomerase holoenzyme complex). Detecting known proteins while identifying noncanonical and unexpected protein factors with high confidence could indicate that DNA O-MAP does not fully capture biologically crucial proteins due to insufficient enrichment of locus-specific factors. The newly identified proteins in Figure 1E might still be relevant, but independent validation is missing entirely. In my opinion, the current data cannot be interpreted as successfully describing local protein composition.

      Finally, the authors could have discussed the limitations of DNA O-MAP and made a fair comparison to other existing methods (2-5). Unlike targeted proximity biotinylation methods, DNA O-MAP requires paraformaldehyde crosslinking, which has several disadvantages. For instance, transient protein-protein interactions may not be efficiently retained on crosslinked chromatin. Similarly, some proteins may not be crosslinked by formaldehyde and thus will be lost during preparation (6).

      (1) Gauchier M, van Mierlo G, Vermeulen M, Dejardin J. Purification and enrichment of specific chromatin loci. Nat Methods. 2020;17(4):380-9.<br /> (2) Dejardin J, Kingston RE. Purification of proteins associated with specific genomic Loci. Cell. 2009;136(1):175-86.<br /> (3) Liu X, Zhang Y, Chen Y, Li M, Zhou F, Li K, et al. In Situ Capture of Chromatin Interactions by Biotinylated dCas9. Cell. 2017;170(5):1028-43 e19.<br /> (4) Villasenor R, Pfaendler R, Ambrosi C, Butz S, Giuliani S, Bryan E, et al. ChromID identifies the protein interactome at chromatin marks. Nat Biotechnol. 2020;38(6):728-36.<br /> (5) Santos-Barriopedro I, van Mierlo G, Vermeulen M. Off-the-shelf proximity biotinylation for interaction proteomics. Nat Commun. 2021;12(1):5015.<br /> (6) Schmiedeberg L, Skene P, Deaton A, Bird A. A temporal threshold for formaldehyde crosslinking and fixation. PLoS One. 2009;4(2):e4636.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Significance of the Findings:

      The study by Liu et al. presents a novel method, DNA-O-MAP, which combines locus-specific hybridisation with proximity biotinylation to isolate specific genomic regions and their associated proteins. The potential significance of this approach lies in its purported ability to target genomic loci with heightened specificity by enabling extensive washing prior to the biotinylation reaction, theoretically improving the signal-to-noise ratio when compared with other methods such as dCas9-based techniques. Should the method prove successful, it could represent a notable advancement in the field of chromatin biology, particularly in establishing the proteomes of individual chromatin regions - an extremely challenging objective that has not yet been comprehensively addressed by existing methodologies.

      Strength of the Evidence:

      The evidence presented by the authors is somewhat mixed, and the robustness of the findings appears to be preliminary at this stage. While certain data indicate that DNA-O-MAP may function effectively for repetitive DNA regions, a number of the claims made in the manuscript are either unsupported or require further substantiation. There are significant concerns about the resolution of the method, with substantial biotinylation signals extending well beyond the intended target regions (megabases around the target), suggesting a lack of specificity and poor resolution, particularly for smaller loci. Furthermore, comparisons with previous techniques are unfounded since the authors have not provided direct comparisons with the same mass spectrometry (MS) equipment and protocols. Additionally, although the authors assert an advantage in multiplexing, this claim appears overstated, as previous methods could achieve similar outcomes through TMT multiplexing. Therefore, while the method has potential, the evidence requires more rigorous support, comprehensive benchmarking, and further experimental validation to demonstrate the claimed improvements in specificity and practical applicability.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The crystal structure of the Sld3CBD-Cdc45 complex presented by Li et al. is a novel contribution that significantly advances our understanding of CMG formation during the rate-limiting step of DNA replication initiation. This structure provides insights into the intermediate steps of CMG formation. The study builds upon previously known structures of Sld3 and Cdc45 and offers new perspectives into how Cdc45 is loaded onto MCM DH through Sld3-Sld7. The most notable finding is the structural difference in Sld3CBD when bound to Cdc45, particularly the arrangement of the α8-helix, which is essential for Cdc45 binding and may also pertain to its metazoan counterpart, Treslin. Additionally, the conformational shift in the DHHA1 domain of Cdc45 suggests a possible mechanism for its binding to MCM2NTD.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is generally well-written, with a precise structural analysis and a solid methodological section that will significantly advance future studies in the field. The predictions based on structural alignments are intriguing and provide a new direction for exploring CMG formation, potentially shaping the future of DNA replication research.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness of the manuscript lies in the lack of experimental validation for the proposed Sld3-Sld7-Cdc45 model. Specifically, the claim that Sld3 binding to Cdc45-MCM does not inhibit GINS binding, a finding that contradicts previous research, is not sufficiently substantiated with experimental evidence. To strengthen their model, the authors must provide additional experimental data to support this mechanism. Also, the authors have not compared the recently published Cryo-EM structures of the metazoan CMG helicases with their predicted models to see if Sld3/Treslin does not cause any clash with the GINS when bound to the CMG. Still, the work holds great potential in its current form but requires further experiments to confirm the authors' conclusions.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      The manuscript presents valuable findings, particularly in the crystal structure of the Sld3CBD-Cdc45 interaction and the identification of additional sequences involved in their binding. The modeling of the Sld7-Sld3CBD-CDC45 subcomplex is novel, and the results provide insights into potential conformational changes that occur upon interaction. However, the work remains incomplete as several main claims are only partially supported by experimental data, particularly the proposed model for Sld3 interaction with GINS on the CMG. Additionally, the single-stranded DNA binding data from different species do not convincingly advance the manuscript's central arguments.

      Strengths

      (1) The Sld3CBD-Cdc45 structure is a novel contribution, revealing critical residues involved in the interaction.

      (2) The model structures generated from the crystal data are well presented and provide valuable insights into the interaction sequences between Sld3 and Cdc45.

      (3) The experiments testing the requirements for interaction sequences are thorough and conducted well, with clear figures supporting the conclusions.

      (4) The conformational changes observed in Sld3 and Cdc45 upon binding are interesting and enhance our understanding of the interaction.

      (5) The modeling of the Sld7-Sld3CBD-CDC45 subcomplex is a new and valuable addition to the field.

      Weaknesses

      (1) The proposed model for Sld3 interacting with GINS on the CMG needs more experimental validation and conflicts with published findings. These discrepancies need more detailed discussion and exploration.

      (2) The section on the binding of Sld3 complexes to origin single-stranded DNA needs significant improvement. The comparisons between Sld3-CBD, Sld3CBD-Cdc45, and Sld7-Sld3CBD-Cdc45 involve complexes from different species, limiting the comparisons' value.

      (3) The authors' model proposing the release of Sld3 from CMG based on its binding to single-stranded DNA is unclear and needs more elaboration.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper by Li et al. describes the crystal structure of a complex of Sld3-Cdc45-binding domain (CBD) with Cdc45 and a model of the dimer of an Sld3-binding protein, Sld7, with two Sld3-CBD-Cdc45 for the tethering. In addition, the authors showed the genetic analysis of the amino acid substitution of residues of Sld3 in the interface with Cdc45 and biochemical analysis of the protein interaction between Sld3 and Cdc45 as well as DNA binding activity of Sld3 to the single-strand DNAs of the ARS sequence.

      Strengths:

      The authors provided a nice model of an intermediate step in the assembly of an active Cdc45-MCM-GINS (CMG) double hexamers at the replication origin, which is mediated by the Sld3-Sld7 complex. The dimer of the Sld3-Sld7 complexes tethers two MCM hexamers together for the recruitment of GINS-Pol epsilon on the replication origin.

      Weaknesses:

      The biochemical analysis should be carefully evaluated with more quantitative ways to strengthen the authors' conclusion.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Dovek and colleagues aimed at investigating the cellular and circuitry mechanisms underlying the recruitment of two morpho-physiologically-distinct subpopulations of dentate gyrus excitatory cells (granular cells or GCs, and semilunar cells or SGCs) into memory representations, also known as engrams.

      To this end, the authors used TRAP2 mice to investigate the dentate gyrus "engram" neurons that were recruited or not (i.e., labeled or not) in a specific context (mostly enriched environment or EE, but also Barnes Maze or BM). GCs and SGCs were distinguished using a morphologically based classification. In line with previous observations (Erwin et al., 2022), SGCs exhibited a disproportionate context-dependent recruitment. Although they represent less than 5% of the excitatory neurons in the dentate gyrus, they comprise around 30% of behaviorally activated "engram" neurons.

      Then, the authors compared the intrinsic physiological properties of GCs and SGCs that are recruited or not during EE. Consistent with previous observations (Williams et al., 2007, Afrasiabi et al., 2022), SGCs and GCs exhibited numerous differences (e.g., Rin, firing frequency) regardless of whether they were behaviorally activated or not. Only the adaptation in firing rate enabled the discrimination of "engram" SGCs (which displayed lower values) from non-recruited SGCs.

      To examine how GCs and SGCs activated during EE are integrated into the local dentate gyrus microcircuits, the authors next performed a dual patch-clamp recording combined with wide-field optogenetics. Despite the presence of spontaneous EPSCs, no direct functional glutamatergic interconnection was observed between pairs of "engram" GCs and SGCs. In addition, the stimulation of behaviorally recruited GCs or SGCs rarely elicits IPSCs in non-engram excitatory neurons, which suggests limited lateral inhibition.

      Last, the authors investigated whether neurons recruited in the same context were characterized by a higher propensity to receive temporally correlated inputs. To this end, they performed a dual patch-clamp and analyzed the temporal correlation of spontaneous EPSCs received by pairs of neurons (either two dentate gyrus "engram" neurons, or one "engram" neuron and one "non-engram" neuron in an EE context). They observed that the temporal correlation of excitatory events received by pairs of engram neurons was greater than that of pairs of neurons that do not belong to the same ensemble, and that expected by chance.

      Altogether, the data suggest that distinctive intrinsic properties and shared excitatory afferent, rather than local microcircuit connectivity, are correlated with the context-dependent recruitment of dentate gyrus excitatory neurons.

      Strengths:

      This article raises interesting questions about the recruitment mechanisms of the neuronal ensembles that form memory engrams in the dentate gyrus. I find it particularly interesting that the authors considered not only granular cells, the main population of excitatory neurons in the dentate gyrus, but also a sparse subpopulation of semilunar cells, an understudied type of neuron described by Cajal, then almost forgotten for a century, and finally brought out of oblivion in the mid-2000s (Williams et al., 2007).

      Weaknesses:

      I think the article is a little too immature in its current form. I'd recommend that the authors work on their writing. For example, the objectives of the article are not completely clear to me after reading the manuscript, composed of parts where the authors seem to focus on SGCs, and others where they study "engram" neurons without differentiating the neuronal type (Figure 5). The next version of the manuscript should clearly establish the objectives and sub-aims.

      In addition, some results are not entirely novel (e.g., the disproportionate recruitment as well as the distinctive physiological properties of SGCs), and/or based on correlations that do not fully support the conclusions of the article. In addition to re-writing, I believe that the article would benefit from being enriched with further analyses or even additional experiments before being resubmitted in a more definitive form.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors use the TRAP2 mouse line to label dentate gyrus cells active during an enriched environment paradigm and cut brain slices from these animals one week later to determine whether granule cells (GC) and semilunar granule cells (SGC) labelled during the exposure share common features. They particularly focus on the role of SGCs and potential circuit mechanisms by which they could be selectively embedded in the labelled assembly. The authors claim that SGCs are disproportionately recruited into IEG-expressing assemblies due to intrinsic firing characteristics but cannot identify any contributing circuit connectivity motives in the slice preparation, although they claim that an increased correlation between spontaneous synaptic currents in the slice could signify common synaptic inputs as the source of assembly formation.

      Strengths:

      The authors chose a timely and relevant question, namely how memory-bearing neuronal assemblies, or 'engrams', are established and maintained in the dentate gyrus. After the initial discovery of such memory-specific ensembles of immediate-early gene expressing engrams in 2012 (Ramirez et al.) this issue has been explored by several high-profile studies that have considerably expanded our understanding of the underlying molecular and cellular mechanisms, but still leave a lot of unanswered questions.

      Weaknesses:

      Unfortunately, there are several major methodological issues that put into question most if not all central claims made by the authors:

      (1) The authors conclude that SGCs are disproportionately recruited into cfos assemblies during the enriched environment and Barnes maze task given that their classifier identifies about 30% of labelled cells as SGCs in both cases and that another study using a different method (Save et al., 2019) identified less than 5% of an unbiased sample of granule cells as SGCs. To make matters worse, the classifier deployed here was itself established on a biased sample of GCs patched in the molecular layer and granule cell layer, respectively, at even numbers (Gupta et al., 2020). The first thing the authors would need to show to make the claim that SGCs are disproportionately recruited into memory ensembles is that the fraction of GCs identified as SGCs with their own classifier is significantly lower than 30% using their own method on a random sample of GCs (e.g. through sparse viral labelling). As the authors correctly state in their discussion, morphological samples from patch-clamp studies are problematic for this purpose because of inherent technical issues (i.e. easier access to scattered GCs in the molecular layer).

      (2) The authors claim that recurrent excitation from SGCs onto GCs or other SGCs is irrelevant because they did not find any connections in 32 simultaneous recordings (plus 63 in the next experiment). Without a demonstration that other connections from SGCs (e.g. onto mossy cells or interneurons) are preserved in their preparation and if so at what rates, it is unclear whether this experiment is indicative of the underlying biology or the quality of the preparation. The argument that spontaneous EPSCs are observed is not very convincing as these could equally well arise from severed axons (in fact we would expect that the vast majority of inputs are not from local excitatory cells). The argument on line 418 that SGCs have compact axons isn't particularly convincing either given that the morphologies from which they were derived were also obtained in slice preparations and would be subject to the same likelihood of severing the axon. Finally, even in paired slice recordings from CA3 pyramidal cells the experimentally detected connectivity rates are only around 1% (Guzman et al., 2016). The authors would need to record from a lot more than 32 pairs (and show convincing positive controls regarding other connections) to make the claim that connectivity is too low to be relevant.

      (3) Another troubling sign is the fact that optogenetic GC stimulation rarely ever evokes feedback inhibition onto other cells which contrasts with both other in vitro (e.g. Braganza et al., 2020) and in vivo studies (Stefanelli et al., 2016) studies. Without a convincing demonstration that monosynaptic connections between SGCs/GCs and interneurons in both directions is preserved at least at the rates previously described in other slice studies (e.g. Geiger et al., 1997, Neuron, Hainmueller et al., 2014, PNAS, Savanthrapadian et al., 2014, J. Neurosci), the notion that this setting could be closer to naturalistic memory processing than the in vivo experiments in Stefanelli et al. (e.g. lines 443-444) strikes me as odd. In any case, the discussion should clearly state that compromised connectivity in the slice preparation is likely a significant confound when comparing these results.

      (4) Probably the most convincing finding in this study is the higher zero-time lag correlation of spontaneous EPSCs in labelled vs. unlabeled pairs. Unfortunately, the fact that the authors use spontaneous EPSCs to begin with, which likely represent a mixture of spontaneous release from severed axons, minis, and coordinated discharge from intact axon segments or entire neurons, makes it very hard to determine the meaning and relevance of this finding. At the bare minimum, the authors need to show if and how strongly differences in baseline spontaneous EPSC rates between different cells and slices are contributing to this phenomenon. I would encourage the authors to use low-intensity extracellular stimulation at multiple foci to determine whether labelled pairs really share higher numbers of input from common presynaptic axons or cells compared to unlabeled pairs as they claim. I would also suggest the authors use conventional Cross correlograms (CCG; see e.g. English et al., 2017, Neuron; Senzai and Buzsaki, 2017, Neuron) instead of their somewhat convoluted interval-selective correlation analysis to illustrate co-dependencies between the event time series. The references above also illustrate a more robust approach to determining whether peaks in the CCGs exceed chance levels.

      (5) Finally, one of the biggest caveats of the study is that the ensemble is labelled a full week before the slice experiment and thereby represents a latent state of a memory rather than encoding consolidation, or recall processes. The authors acknowledge that in the discussion but they should also be mindful of this when discussing other (especially in vivo) studies and comparing their results to these. For instance, Pignatelli et al 2018 show drastic changes in GC engram activity and features driven by behavioral memory recall, so the results of the current study may be very different if slices were cut immediately after memory acquisition (if that was possible with a different labelling strategy), or if animals were re-exposed to the enriched environment right before sacrificing the animal.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study explores the cellular and circuit features that distinguish dentate gyrus semilunar granule cells and granule cells activated during contextual memory formation. The authors tag memory and enriched environment-activated dentate granule cells and semilunar granule cells and show their reactivation in an appropriate context a week later. They perform patch clamp recordings from activated and surrounding neurons to understand cellular driving the selective activation of semilunar granule cells and granule cells. Authors perform dual patch clamp recordings from various pairs of labeled semilunar granule cells, labeled granule cells, unlabeled granule cells, and unlabeled semilunar granule cells. The sustained firing of semilunar granule cells explained their preferential activation. In addition, activated neurons received correlated inputs.

      Strengths:

      The authors confirmed engram cell properties of activated semilunar granule cells and granule cells in two different paradigms, validated using an enriched environment paradigm.

      The authors carefully separate semilunar granule cells from granule cells, using electrophysiology and morphology. Cell filling to confirm morphology further strengthens confidence.

      The dual patch recordings, which are technically challenging, are carefully performed, and the presence of synaptic activity is confirmed.

      Finally, the correlation analysis of EPSCs on labeled neurons is rigorous.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Engram cells are (i) activated by a learning experience, (ii) physically or chemically modified by the learning experience, and (iii) reactivated by subsequent presentation of the stimuli present at the learning experience (or some portion thereof), resulting in memory retrieval. The authors show that exposure to Barnes Maze and the enriched environment-activated semilunar granule cells and granule cells preferentially in the superior blade of the dentate gyrus, and a significant fraction were reactivated on re-exposure. However, physical or chemical modification by experience was not tested. Experience modifies engram cells, and a common modification is the Hebbian, i.e., potentiation of excitatory synapses. The authors recorded EPSCs from labeled and unlabeled GCs and SGCs. Was there a difference in the amplitude or frequency of EPSCs recorded from labeled and unlabeled cells?

      (2) The authors studied five sequential sections, each 250 μm apart across the septotemporal axis, which were immunostained for c-Fos and analyzed for quantification. Is this an adequate sample? Also, it would help to report the dorso-ventral gradient since more engram cells are in the dorsal hippocampus. Slices shown in the figures appear to be from the dorsal hippocampus.

      (3) The authors investigated the role of surround inhibition in establishing memory engram SGCS and GCs. Surprisingly, they found no evidence of lateral inhibition in the slice preparation. Interneurons, e.g., PV interneurons, have large axonal arbors that may be cut during slicing. Similarly, the authors point out that some excitatory connections may be lost in slices. This is a limitation of slice electrophysiology.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Transformer (tra) and Double Sex (dsx) genes influence the differentiation of sexual characteristics in Drosophila. A female-specific Tra protein regulates the dsx pre-mRNA splicing, which is required for the proper development of female-specific germ cells. The dsx gene regulates the development of sexual characteristics in both somatic and germline cells. The female-specific Dsx protein (DsxF) promotes female germline development, whereas the male-specific Dsx protein (DsxM) promotes male germline development. This regulation ensures that the germline cells develop in accordance with the sex karyotype of the organism. Together, they influence the sexual characteristics of both somatic and germline cells. This coordination is vital for fertility and the propagation of the species.

      In the article titled, "Diverse somatic Transformer and sex chromosome karyotype pathways regulate gene expression in Drosophila gonad development", the authors set out to compare the results of the gene expression patterns in the wild-type and transformed XX and XY germline cells, respectively, with an aim to understand the mechanism underlying the roles of tra and dsx genes. The authors hypothesised that somatic tra expression would be required for germline development and not for sex determination within germ cells. An independent germ cell-autonomous gene expression would be necessary for their sex determination. The authors also argued that the somatic tra activity would signal to germ cells through downstream gene expression for inducing the transformation which could be understood by comparing the phenotype and gene expression of the larval wild-type gonads and the sex-transformed tra gonads. The authors then set out to describe extensive scRNAseq data from different types of larval gonads viz., XX and XY female-type and XY and XX male-type gonads to conclude that sex determination in the germline and somatic cells is a complex process.

      Although the manuscript contains a lot of data, some of which could be useful to conclude a novel understanding regarding the abnormal transformation of the XX karyotype germ cells to male gonads, it suffers from incomplete analysis and poor organization. As a consequence, the authors ended up listing a lot of information with no clear conclusions.

      The manuscript in its current form is difficult to decipher by uninitiated readers. A thorough revision of the text and the presentation style of the data would significantly improve the message and its acceptance by a wider readership.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Mahadevaraju and colleagues addresses the very interesting question of how sex-specific gene expression is regulated downstream of the sex-determination decision during sexually dimorphic development. Most previous work has been done with adult "endpoint" analysis long after sex-specific gene expression and sex-specific development has been initiated, but this study appropriately focuses on earlier developmental stages. The authors use bulk RNA-seq of ovaries and testes where key sex determination factors have been altered, allowing for a comparison of XX "testes" and XY "ovaries" to their normal XX ovary and XY testis counterparts. This is interesting work that appears to be conducted in a rigorous manner, and will be beneficial for the community. However, I also feel that the authors miss some key opportunities in their analysis. In particular, they focus on the sexual state of the germline, which is a very interesting question, but they may actually be more poised to make interesting conclusions about the somatic cells of the gonad.

      One issue with the work is that there are no simple conclusions. This is not the fault of the authors or the work but of mother nature, which has made it particularly difficult to parse out the different contributions that regulate germline sex determination-those regulated by the germline's own sex chromosome constitution and those regulated by the sex of the surrounding soma. While this makes a paper more difficult to write and interpret, it is simply the truth, and the authors deal with this complexity very well. One aspect of this work that is more clear than others is that germ cells do not enter, or at least go very far, down the spermatogenesis pathway unless they are XY germ cells in a male soma. This conclusion could be made more clear in the manuscript. The experiment generating genotypes where a Y chromosome is present regardless of X chromosome number or tra state, and then examining kl-3 expression is particularly nice, and makes the point clearly. The authors could be stronger overall about this conclusion.

      I also feel that there is a missed opportunity here. The experimental design utilizes sex transformation of the soma, but the manuscript focuses almost entirely on the germline. On one hand, this is problematic since the samples are mixed cell types with very different contributions of the germline to the overall tissue. While they can identify genes that are expressed primarily in the germline in normal males and females and use these for their analysis, there's no way to really tell whether this is also the case in transformed gonads or the total germline contribution to the bulk RNA-seq. I certainly don't discount their germline analysis, but these issues should be made clear in the manuscript. Second, and more important, is the fact that there would seem to be a wealth of changes in somatic gene expression, more directly regulated by the somatic sex determination machinery, that seems ripe for analysis. In addition, nice experiments like the comparison of tra- XX males with dsxD/- XX males, which can beautifully identify genes that are regulated by tra independently of dsx, are only glossed over in the analysis, results, and discussion.

      I feel that a better analysis of somatic sexual development would be highly beneficial.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper is focused on gonad development, with an examination of the role of the Drosophila somatic sex determination hierarchy, sex chromosomes, and the interaction between the sex determination hierarchy and sex chromosome composition. The authors use bulk RNA-seq, long-read RNA-seq, and additional published single-cell RNA-seq data sets to examine gene expression in wild-type male and female gonads and in sex-transformed gonads that have functional alterations of the sex determination hierarchy gene, transformer. In these latter genotypes, the authors generate animals that are chromosomally XX with testes, and chromosomally XY with ovaries. The data were collected from larval gonads, as adults have substantial germ cell loss when sex is transformed. In addition, the authors characterize the cell biology of the gonads using well-established antibody markers and expression patterns. The authors show that there is no simple pathway controlling why the sex of the somatic tissue and germline need to match. Their data clearly show that both sex chromosome karyotype and somatic transformer status regulate gene expression together, with fewer germline gene expression patterns regulated by karyotype alone.

      This a complete study where the authors go beyond gene expression and examine impacts on splicing, with one interesting focus on the sex hierarchy splicing factor sex-lethal, and also on the role of the sex hierarchy gene doublesex. Gonad development in sex-transformed animals has been challenging to understand, in terms of the interactions between somatic sex determination, germline sex determination, and karyotype. This paper adds an important step, with high-resolution genomic, molecular, and cellular understanding.

      Strengths:

      The genomic experiments are rigorously performed, with appropriate replication and statistical analyses. The authors do high-resolution cell biological quantification, with some validation of the genomic results. The authors also provide a webpage for dynamic viewing of feature plots, which will be a valuable resource for colleagues. Overall, the authors do a good job providing context for their readers, especially providing older literature reports and findings.

      Weaknesses:

      A minor weakness is that they did not provide validation of their newly developed gene-specific reporter tools.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Sun et al report the development of a POST-IT (Pup-On-target for Small molecule Target Identification Technology) approach for drug target identification. Generally, this new technology applies a non-diffusive proximity tagging system by utilizing an engineered fusion of proteasomal accessory factor A (PafA) and HaloTag to transfer prokaryotic ubiquitin-like protein (Pup) to proximal proteins upon directly binding to the small molecule. After the pupylated targets are captured, they are able to be detected by mass spectrometry. Significant optimization (Lys-Arg and other mutations) was conducted to eliminate the interference of self-pupylation, polypupylation, and depupylation, POST-IT was successfully applied for the target identification of 2 well-known drugs: dasatinib and hydroxychloroquine, which yielded SEPHS2 and VPS37C as their new potential targets, respectively. Furthermore, POST-IT was also applied in live zebrafish embryos, highlighting its potential for broad biological research and drug development.

      This work was well designed and the experiments were logically conducted. The solid results support POST-IT as a promising technology for new drug target identification.

      Weakness and limitations:

      (1) The technology requires a halo-tagged derivation of the active compound, and the linked position will have a huge impact on the potential "target hits" of the molecules. Given the fact that most of the active molecules lack of structure-activity relationship information, it is very challenging to identify the optimal position of the halo tag linkage.

      (2) Although POST-IT works in zebrafish embryos, there is still a long way to go for the broad application of the technology in other animal models.

      (3) The authors identified SEPHS2 as a new potential target of dasatinib and further validated the direct binding of dasatinib with this protein. However, considering the super strong activity of dasatinib against c-Src (sub nanomolar IC50 value), it is hard to conclude the contribution of SEPHS2 binding (micromolar potency) to its antitumor activity.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by Sun et al. introduces a useful system utilizing the proteasomal accessory factor A (PafA) and HaloTag for investigating drug-protein interactions in both in vitro (cell culture) and in vivo (zebrafish) settings. The authors presented the development and optimization of the system, as well as examples of its application and the identification of potential novel drug targets. However, the manuscript requires considerable improvements, particularly in writing and justification of experimental design. There are several inaccuracies in data description and a lack of statistics in some figures, undermining the conclusions drawn in the manuscript. Additionally, the authors introduced variants of the ligands and their cognate substrates, yet their use in different experiments appears random and lacks justification. It is challenging for readers to remember and track the specific properties of each variant, further complicating the interpretation of the results.

      The conclusions of this paper are mostly backed by data, but certain aspects of data analysis and description require further clarification and expansion.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript introduces POST-IT (Pup-On-target for Small molecule Target Identification Technology), a novel non-diffusive proximity tagging system for identifying target proteins in live cells and organisms. This technology preserves cellular context essential for capturing specific drug-protein interactions, including transient complexes and membrane-associated proteins. Using an engineered fusion of proteasomal accessory factor A (PafA) and HaloTag, POST-IT specifically labels proximal proteins upon binding to a small molecule, with extensive optimization to enhance specificity and efficiency.

      Strengths:

      The study successfully identifies known targets and discovers new binders, such as SEPHS2 for dasatinib and VPS37C for hydroxychloroquine, advancing our understanding of their mechanisms. Additionally, its application in live zebrafish embryos demonstrates POST-IT's potential for widespread use in biological research and drug development.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite these promising results, several areas require further clarification or expansion to strengthen the manuscript:

      (1) Target Specificity: It is crucial for the authors to differentiate between the primary targets of the POST-IT system and those identified as side effects. This distinction is essential for assessing the specificity and utility of the technology.

      (2) In Vivo Target Identification: The manuscript lacks detailed clarity on which specific targets were successfully identified in the in vivo experiments. Expanding on this information would provide a clearer view of the system's effectiveness and scope in complex biological settings.

      (3) Reproducibility and Scalability: Discussion on the reproducibility of the POST-IT system across various experimental setups and biological models, as well as its scalability for larger-scale drug discovery programs, would be beneficial.

      (4) Quantitative Analysis: A more detailed quantitative analysis of the protein interactions identified by POST-IT, including statistical significance and comparative data against other technologies, would enhance the manuscript.

      (5) Technological Limitations: The authors should discuss any limitations or potential pitfalls of the POST-IT system, which would be crucial for future users and for guiding subsequent improvements.

      (6) Long-Term Stability and Activity: Information on the long-term stability and activity of the POST-IT components in different biological environments would ensure the reliability of the system in prolonged experiments.

      (7) Comparison with Existing Technologies: A detailed comparison with existing proximity tagging and target identification technologies would help position POST-IT within the current landscape, highlighting its unique advantages and potential drawbacks.

      (8) Concerns Regarding Overexposed Bands: Several figures in the manuscript, specifically Figure 3A, 3B, 3C, 3F, 3G, Figure 4D, and the second panels in Figure 7C as well as some figures in the supplementary file, exhibit overexposed bands.

      (9) Innovation Concern: There is a previous paper describing a similar approach: Liu Q, Zheng J, Sun W, Huo Y, Zhang L, Hao P, Wang H, Zhuang M. A proximity-tagging system to identify membrane protein-protein interactions. Nat Methods. 2018 Sep;15(9):715-722. doi: 10.1038/s41592-018-0100-5. Epub 2018 Aug 13. PMID: 30104635. It is crucial to explicitly address the novel aspects of POST-IT in contrast to this earlier work.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript assesses the utility of spatial image correlation spectroscopy (ICS) for measuring physiological responses to DNA damage. ICS is a long-established (~1993) method similar to fluorescence correlation spectroscopy, for deriving information about the fluorophore density that underlies the intensity distributions of images. The authors first provide a technical but fairly accessible background to the theory of ICS, then compare it with traditional spot-counting methods for its ability to analyze the characteristics of γH2AX staining. Based on the degree of aggregation (DA) value, the authors then survey other markers of DNA damage and uncover some novel findings, such as that RPA aggregation inversely tracks the sensitivity to PARP inhibitors of different cell lines.

      The need for a more objective and standardized tool for analyzing DNA damage has long been felt in the field and the authors argue convincingly for this. The data in the manuscript are in general well-supported and of high quality, and show promise of being a robust alternative to traditional focus counting. However, there are a number of areas where I would suggest further controls and explanations to strengthen the authors' case for the robustness of their ICS method.

      Strengths:

      The spatial ICS method the authors describe and demonstrate is easy to perform and applicable to a wide variety of images. The DDR was well-chosen as an arena to showcase its utility due to its well-characterized dose-responsiveness and known variability between cell types. Their method should be readily useable by any cell biologist wanting to assess the degree of aggregation of fluorescent tags of interest.

      Weaknesses:

      The spatial ICS method, though of longstanding history, is not as intuitive or well-known as spot-based quantitation. While the Theory section gives a standard mathematical introduction, it is not as accessible as it could be. Additionally, the values of TNoP and DA shown in the Results are not discussed sufficiently with regard to their physical and physiological interpretation.

      The correlation of TNoP with γH2AX foci is high (Figure 2) and suggestive that the ICS method is suitable for measuring the strength of the DDR. The authors correctly mention that the number of spots found using traditional means can vary based on the parameters used for spot detection. They contrast this with their ICS detection method; however, the actual robustness of spatial ICS is not given equal consideration.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Immunostaining of chromatin-associated proteins and visualization of these factors through fluorescence microscopy is a powerful technique to study molecular processes such as DNA damage and repair, their timing, and their genetic dependencies. Nonetheless, it is well-established that this methodology (sometimes called "foci-ology") is subject to biases introduced during sample preparation, immunostaining, foci visualization, and scoring. This manuscript addresses several of the shortcomings associated with immunostaining by using image correlation spectroscopy (ICS) to quantify the recruitment of several DNA damage response-associated proteins following various types of DNA damage.

      The study compares automated foci counting and fluorescence intensity to image correlation spectroscopy degree of aggregation study the recruitment of DNA repair proteins to chromatin following DNA damage. After validating image correlation spectroscopy as a reliable method to visualize the recruitment of γH2AX to chromatin following DNA damage in two separate cell lines, the study demonstrates that this new method can also be used to quantify RPA1 and Rad51 recruitment to chromatin following DNA damage. The study further shows that RPA1 signal as measured by this method correlates with cell sensitivity to Olaparib, a widely-used PARP inhibitor.

      Strengths:

      Multiple proof-of-concept experiments demonstrate that using image correlation spectroscopy degree of aggregation is typically more sensitive than foci counting or foci intensity as a measure of recruitment of a protein of interest to a site of DNA damage. The sensitivity of the SKOV3 and OVCA429 cell lines to MMS and the PARP inhibitors Olaparib and Veliparib as measured by cell viability in response to increasing amounts of each compound is a valuable correlate to the image correlation spectroscopy degree of aggregation measurements.

      Weaknesses:

      The subjectivity of foci counting has been well-recognized in the DNA repair field, and thus foci counts are usually interpreted relative to a set of technical and biological controls and across a meaningful time period. As such:

      (1) A more detailed description of the numerous prior studies examining the immunostaining of proteins such as γH2AX, RAD51, and RPA is needed to give context to the findings presented herein.

      (2) The benefits of adopting image correlation spectroscopy should be discussed in comparison to other methods, such as super-resolution microscopy, which may also offer enhanced sensitivity over traditional microscopy.

      (3) Additional controls demonstrating the specificity of their antibodies to detection of the proteins of interest should be added, or the appropriate citations validating these antibodies included.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper described a new tool called "Image Correlation Spectroscopy; ICS) to detect clustering fluorescence signals such as foci in the nucleus (or any other cellular structures). The authors compared ICS DA (degree of aggregation) data with Imaris Spots data (and ImageJ Find Maxima data) and found a comparable result between the two analyses and that the ICS sometimes produced a better quantification than the Imaris. Moreover, the authors extended the application of ICS to detect cell-cycle stages by analyzing the DAPI image of cells. This is a useful tool without the subjective bias of researchers and provides novel quantitative values in cell biology.

      Strengths:

      The authors developed a new tool to detect and quantify the aggregates of immuno-fluorescent signals, which is a center of modern cell biology, such as the fields of DNA damage responses (DDR), including DNA repair. This new method could detect the "invisible" signal in cells without pre-extraction, which could prevent the effect of extracted materials on the pre-assembled ensembles, a target for the detection. This would be an alternative method for the quantification of fluorescent signals relative to conventional methods.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this work, the authors present a cornucopia of data generated using deep mutational scanning (DMS) of variants in MET kinase, a protein target implicated in many different forms of cancer. The authors conducted a heroic amount of deep mutational scanning, using computational structural models to augment the interpretation of their DMS findings.

      Strengths:

      This powerful combination of computational models, experimental structures in the literature, dose-response curves, and DMS enables them to identify resistance and sensitizing mutations in the MET kinase domain, as well as consider inhibitors in the context of the clinically relevant exon-14 deletion. They then try to use the existing language model ESM1b augmented by an XGBoost regressor to identify key biophysical drivers of fitness. The authors provide an incredible study that has a treasure trove of data on a clinically relevant target that will appeal to many.

      Weaknesses:

      However, the authors do not equally consider alternative possible mechanisms of resistance or sensitivity beyond the impact of mutation on binding, even though the measure used to discuss resistance and sensitivity is ultimately a resistance score derived from the increase or decrease of the presence of a variant during cell growth. There are also points of discussion and interpretation that rely heavily on docked models of kinase-inhibitor pairs without considering alternative binding modes or providing any validation of the docked pose. Lastly, the use of ESM1b is powerful but constrained heavily by the limited structural training data provided, which can lead to misleading interpretations without considering alternative conformations or poses.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript provides a comprehensive overview of potential resistance mutations within MET Receptor Tyrosine Kinase and defines how specific mutations affect different inhibitors and modes of target engagement. The goal is to identify inhibitor combinations with the lowest overlap in their sensitivity to resistant mutations and determine if certain resistance mutations/mechanisms are more prevalent for specific modes of ATP-binding site engagement. To achieve this, the authors measured the ability of ~6000 single mutants of MET's kinase domain (in the context of a cytosolic TPR fusion) to drive IL-3-independent proliferation (used as a proxy for activity) of Ba/F3 cells (deep mutational profiling) in the presence of 11 different inhibitors. The authors then used co-crystal and docked structures of inhibitor-bound MET complexes to define the mechanistic basis of resistance and applied a protein language model to develop a predictive model of inhibitor sensitivity/resistance.

      Strengths:

      The major strengths of this manuscript are the comprehensive nature of the study and the rigorous methods used to measure the sensitivity of ~6000 MET mutants in a pooled format. The dataset generated will be a valuable resource for researchers interested in understanding kinase inhibitor sensitivity and, more broadly, small molecule ligand/protein interactions. The structural analyses are systematic and comprehensive, providing interesting insights into resistance mechanisms. Furthermore, the use of machine learning to define inhibitor-specific fitness landscapes is a valuable addition to the narrative. Although the ESM1b protein language model is only moderately successful in identifying the underlying mechanistic basis of resistance, the authors' attempt to integrate systematic sequence/function datasets with machine learning serves as a foundation for future efforts.

      Weaknesses:

      The main limitation of this study is that the authors' efforts to define general mechanisms between inhibitor classes were only moderately successful due to the challenge of uncoupling inhibitor-specific interaction effects from more general mechanisms related to the mode of ATP-binding site engagement. However, this is a minor limitation that only minimally detracts from the impressive overall scope of the study.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript 'Mapping kinase domain resistance mechanisms for the MET receptor tyrosine kinase via deep mutational scanning' by Estevam et al, deep mutational scanning is used to assess the impact of ~5,764 mutants in the MET kinase domain on the binding of 11 inhibitors. Analyses were divided by individual inhibitor and kinase inhibitor subtypes (I, II, I 1/2, and III). While a number of mutants were consistent with previous clinical reports, novel potential resistance mutants were also described. This study has implications for the development of combination therapies, namely which combination of inhibitors to avoid based on overlapping resistance mutant profiles. While one suggested pair of inhibitors with the least overlapping resistance mutation profiles was suggested, this manuscript presents a proof of concept toward a more systematic approach for improved selection of combination therapeutics. Furthermore, in a final part of this manuscript the data was used to train a machine learning model, the ESM-1b protein language model augmented with an XG Boost Regressor framework, and found that they could improve predictions of resistance mutations above the initial ESM-1b model.

      Strengths:

      Overall this paper is a tour-de-force of data collection and analysis to establish a more systematic approach for the design of combination therapies, especially in targeting MET and other kinases, a family of proteins significant to therapeutic intervention for a variety of diseases. The presentation of the work is mostly concise and clear with thousands of data points presented neatly and clearly. The discovery of novel resistance mutants for individual MET inhibitors, kinase inhibitor subtypes within the context of MET, and all resistance mutants across inhibitor subtypes for MET has clinical relevance. However, probably the most promising outcome of this paper is the proposal of the inhibitor combination of Crizotinib and Cabozantib as Type I and Type II inhibitors, respectively, with the least overlapping resistance mutation profiles and therefore potentially the most successful combination therapy for MET. While this specific combination is not necessarily the point, it illustrates a compelling systematic approach for deciding how to proceed in developing combination therapy schedules for kinases. In an insightful final section of this paper, the authors approach using their data to train a machine learning model, perhaps understanding that performing these experiments for every kinase for every inhibitor could be prohibitive to applying this method in practice.

      Weaknesses:

      This paper presents a clear set of experiments with a compelling justification. The content of the paper is overall of high quality. Below are mostly regarding clarifications in presentation.

      Two places could use more computational experiments and analysis, however. Both are presented as suggestions, but at least a discussion of these topics would improve the overall relevance of this work. In the first case it seems that while the analyses conducted on this dataset were chosen with care to be the most relevant to human health, further analyses of these results and their implications of our understanding of allosteric interactions and their effects on inhibitor binding would be a relevant addition. For example, for any given residue type found to be a resistance mutant are there consistent amino acid mutations to which a large or small or effect is found. For example is a mutation from alanine to phenylalanine always deleterious, though one can assume the exact location of a residue matters significantly. Some of this analysis is done in dividing resistance mutants by those that are near the inhibitor binding site and those that aren't, but more of these types of analyses could help the reader understand the large amount of data presented here. A mention at least of the existing literature in this area and the lack or presence of trends would be worthwhile. For example, is there any correlation with a simpler metric like the Grantham score to predict effects of mutations (in a way the ESM-1b model is a better version of this, so this is somewhat implicitly discussed).

      Indeed, this discussion relates to the second point this manuscript could improve upon: the machine learning section. The main actionable item here is that this results section seems the least polished and could do a better job describing what was done. In the figure it looks like results for certain inhibitors were held out as test data - was this all mutants for a single inhibitor, or some other scheme? Overall I think the implications of this section could be fleshed out, potentially with more experiments. As mentioned in the 'Strengths' section, one of the appealing aspects of this paper is indeed its potential wide applicability across kinases -- could you use this ML model to predict resistance mutants for an entirely different kinase? This doesn't seem far-fetched, and would be an extremely compelling addition to this paper to prove the value of this approach.

      Another area in which this paper could improve its clarity is in the description of caveats of the assay. The exact math used to define resistance mutants and its dependence on the DMSO control is interesting, it is worth discussing where the failure modes of this procedure might be. Could it be that the resistance mutants identified in this assay would differ significantly from those found in patients? That results here are consistent with those seen in the clinic is promising, but discrepancies could remain. Furthermore a more in depth discussion of the MetdelEx14 results is warranted. For example, why is the DMSO signature in Figure 1 - supplement 4 so different from that of Figure 1? And finally, there is a lot of emphasis put on the unexpected results of this assay for the tivantinib "type III" inhibitor - could this in fact be because the molecule "is highly selective for the inactive or unphosphorylated form of c-Met" according to Eathiraj et al JBC 2011?

      While this paper is crisply written with beautiful figures, the complexity of the data warrants a bit more clarity in how the results are visualized. Namely, clearly highlighting mutants that have previously reported and those identified by this study across all figures could help significantly in understanding the more novel findings of the work.

      Finally, the potential impacts and follow-ups of this excellent study could be communicated better - it is recommended that they advertise better this paper as a resource for the community both as a dataset and as a proof of concept. In this realm I would encourage the authors to emphasize the multiple potential uses of this dataset by others to provide answers and insights on a variety of problems. Related to this, the decision to include the MetdelEx14 results, but not discuss them at all is interesting, do the authors expect future analyses to lead to useful insights? Is it surprising that trends are broadly the same to the data discussed? And finally it could be valuable to have a small addition of introspection from the authors on how this approach could be altered and/or improved in the future to facilitate the general application of this approach for combination therapies for other targets.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors used a subset of a very large, previously generated 16S dataset to:<br /> (1) assess age-associated features; and (2) develop a fecal microbiome clock, based on an extensive longitudinal sampling of wild baboons for which near-exact chronological age is known. They further seek to understand deviation from age-expected patterns and uncover if and why some individuals have an older or younger microbiome than expected, and the health and longevity implications of such variation. Overall, the authors compellingly achieved their goals of discovering age-associated microbiome features and developing a fecal microbiome clock. They also showed clear and exciting evidence for sex and rank-associated variation in the pace of gut microbiome aging and impacts of seasonality on microbiome age in females. These data add to a growing understanding of modifiers of the pace of age in primates, and links among different biological indicators of age, with implications for understanding and contextualizing human variation. However, in the current version, there are gaps in the analyses with respect to the social environment, and in comparisons with other biological indicators of age. Despite this, I anticipate this work will be impactful, generate new areas of inquiry, and fuel additional comparative studies.

      Strengths:

      The major strengths of the paper are the size and sampling depth of the study population, including the ability to characterize the social and physical environments, and the application of recent and exciting methods to characterize the microbiome clock. An additional strength was the ability of the authors to compare and contrast the relative age-predictive power of the fecal microbiome clock to other biological methods of age estimation available for the study population (dental wear, blood cell parameters, methylation data). Furthermore, the writing and support materials are clear, informative and visually appealing.

      Weaknesses:

      It seems clear that more could be done in the area of drawing comparisons among the microbiome clock and other metrics of biological age, given the extensive data available for the study population. It was confusing to see this goal (i.e. "(i) to test whether microbiome age is correlated with other hallmarks of biological age in this population"), listed as a future direction, when the authors began this process here and have the data to do more; it would add to the impact of the paper to see this more extensively developed. An additional weakness of the current set of analyses is that the authors did not explore the impact of current social network connectedness on microbiome parameters, despite the landmark finding from members of this authorship studying the same population that "Social networks predict gut microbiome composition in wild baboons" published here in eLife some years ago. While a mother's social connectedness is included as a parameter of early life adversity, overall the authors focus strongly on social dominance rank, without discussion of that parameter's impact on social network size or directly assessing it.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Dasari et al present an interesting study investigating the use of 'microbiota age' as an alternative to other measures of 'biological age'. The study provides several curious insights into biological aging. Although 'microbiota age' holds potential as a proxy of biological age, it comes with limitations considering the gut microbial community can be influenced by various non-age related factors, and various age-related stressors may not manifest in changes in the gut microbiota. The work would benefit from a more comprehensive discussion, that includes the limitations of the study and what these mean to the interpretation of the results.

      Strengths:

      The dataset this study is based on is impressive, and can reveal various insights into biological ageing and beyond. The analysis implemented is extensive and high-level.

      Weaknesses:

      The key weakness is the use of microbiota age instead of e.g., DNA-methylation-based epigenetic age as a proxy of biological ageing, for reasons stated in the summary. DNA methylation levels can be measured from faecal samples, and as such epigenetic clocks too can be non-invasive. I will provide authors a list of minor edits to improve the read, to provide more details on Methods, and to make sure study limitations are discussed comprehensively.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript entitled "Terminal tracheal cells of Drosophila are immune privileged to maintain their Foxo-dependent structural plasticity", Bossen and colleagues determine that the terminal cells of the tracheal system differ from other larval tracheal cells in that they do not typically show an Imd-dependent immune response to fungal and viral infections. The authors reach this conclusion based on the expression of a reporter line, Drs-GFP. The authors speculate that this difference may reflect differential expression of an immune pathway component, as tracheal terminal cells (TTCs) do not respond to forced expression of PRGP-LS. The authors then go on to show that, unlike the other cells of the tracheal system, terminal cells do not express PGRP-LC as reported by a GAL4 enhancer trap. Forced expression of PGRP-LC in terminal cells resulted in reduced branching, cell damage, and features of the cell death program. These effects could be suppressed by the depletion of AP-1 or Foxo transcription factors. The authors show that Foxo plays a negative role in the branching of TTCs, with ectopic branching occurring upon RNAi (or under hypoxic conditions). The authors speculate that the immune privilege of the TTCs may have evolved to permit Foxo regulation of TTC branching.

      Strengths:

      The authors provide compelling genetic data.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors state that after infection 34% of larvae were not GFP+ as defined by the detection of Drs-GFP in dorsal branches. The authors should clarify if these larvae are completely without response to infection, with no Drs-GFP in dorsal trunks and or other tracheal branches. If these larvae are entirely unresponsive, could authors indicate why this might be? Also, at this point in the manuscript, the authors are somewhat misleading regarding TTC expression of Drs-GFP - they should state at this point that there are some TTCs that do express Drs-GFP, and also should address their prior study of Drs-GFP induction which does not claim exclusion of TTC Drs-GFP expression.

      (2) The authors describe the terminal cell phenotype as "shrunken" but this implies loss of size or pruning, however, it is not clear whether the defects could equally be due to lack of growth or slower growth.

      (3) Figure 1 suggests that GFP+ dorsal branches are not uniform in their expression of Drs-GFP, it seems more patchy. The authors should define the fraction of dorsal branch cells that are Drs-GFP positive. Also, are fusion cells Drs-GFP positive?

      (4) Drs-GFP expression is largely absent from terminal cells; however, a still significant # of terminal cells show expression (8%). Authors argue that PRGP-LC expression is absent based on a GAL4 transgenic line. If this line reflects endogenous PRGP-LC expression, should there not be 8% positive TTCs? Or is the 8% Drs-GFP expression independent of the IMD receptor?

      (5) Figure 2: the authors state that TTCs are negative even with induced PRGP-LE expression - should there not be at least 8% that are positive?

      (6) The authors compare PRGP-LC expression to induction of cell death by expression of reaper and hid. Reaper and Hid had stronger effects and eliminated TTCs. See cleavage of caspase Dpc-1 in PRGP-LC expressing cells. Is caspase cleavage always diagnostic of apoptosis or could the weaker than rpr/hid phenotype imply a different function?

      (7) Drs-GFP expression is said to be "completely" absent from tracheal terminal cells when the entire tracheal system is expressing PGRP-LE.

      (8) Figure 5, TRE_RFP expression, is not convincing that it is higher or in terminal cells.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Bossen et al. looked at the immune status of the tracheal terminal cells (TTCs) in Drosophila larvae. The authors propose that these cells do show PGFP-LCx expression and, hence, lack immune function. Artificial overexpression of the PGRP-LCx in the TTCs causes these cells to undergo apoptosis.

      Strengths:

      Only a few groups have tried to look at the immune status of the trachea, though we know that AMPs are expressed there after infection. This exciting study attempts to understand the differences in the tracheal cells that do not produce AMPs upon infection.

      Weaknesses:

      The reason why the TTCs have some immune privilege still needs to be completely clear. Whether the phenotype is cell autonomous or contributes to the cellular immune system is not evaluated. As we know, crystal cells also maintain oxygen levels in larvae; whether in the absence of terminal trachea, the crystal cells have any role is not explored.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors report that tracheal terminal cells (TTCs) in Drosophila do not activate innate immunity following bacterial infection. They attribute this to the lack of expression of PGRP-LCx in these cells. Forced activation of the Imd pathway in TTCs leads to cell death and a reduction in tracheal branching. The authors propose a mechanism for cell death induction via pathways involving JNK, AP-1, and foxo. They suggest that the suppression of innate immunity in TTCs may serve to maintain their plasticity, preparing them for responses to hypoxic conditions.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study addresses the understudied area of immune privilege in innate immunity, providing a potentially important example in Drosophila TTCs.

      (2) The molecular characterization of the cell death pathway induced by forced Imd activation is well-executed and provides solid mechanistic insights.

      (3) The authors draw interesting parallels between Drosophila TTCs and mammalian endothelial cells, suggesting broader implications for their findings.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The core premise of the study - that TTCs do not activate innate immunity following bacterial infection - relies heavily on a single readout (Drs reporter). Additional markers of immune activation would strengthen this crucial claim.

      (2) The evidence for the lack of PGRP-LCx expression in TTCs is based on a single GAL4 reporter line. Given the importance of this observation to the authors' model, validation using alternative methods would be beneficial.

      (3) The phenotypes observed upon forced activation of the Imd pathway in TTCs, while intriguing, may be influenced by non-physiological levels of pathway activation. The authors should address this potential caveat and consider examining the effects of more moderate pathway activation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates the role of CD131, a receptor subunit for GM-CSF and IL-3, in ulcerative colitis pathogenesis using a DSS-induced murine colitis model. By comparing wild-type and CD131-deficient mice, the authors demonstrate that CD131 contributes to DSS-induced colitis, working in concert with tissue-infiltrating macrophages.

      Strengths:

      The research shows that CD131's influence on macrophage and T cell chemotaxis is mediated by CCL4. The authors conclude by proposing a pro-inflammatory role for CD131 in murine colitis and suggest potential clinical relevance in human inflammatory bowel disease.

      Weaknesses:

      The statistical association between increased CD131 expression and clinical IBD was not observed in Table 1, indicating that the main results from animal experiments were not reproduced in human subjects. Additionally, due to the absence of experimental results regarding the downstream signaling pathways through CD131, it is difficult to infer the precise differentiated outcomes of this study. Furthermore, the effects of CD131 on immune cells other than macrophages were not presented, and the results specific to macrophage-selective CD131 were not shown. Therefore, I conclude that it is challenging to provide a detailed review as there is a lack of supporting evidence for the core arguments made in this paper.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates the potential role of CD131, a cytokine receptor subunit shared by GM-CSF and IL-3, in intestinal inflammation. Using heterozygous mice with an inactivating mutation on this gene, the study demonstrates ameliorated inflammation, associated with less infiltration of macrophages. Moreover, the depletion of macrophages prevented many of the inflammatory effects of DSS and made both WT and mutant mice equivalent in terms of inflammation severity. Correlative data showing increased CD131+ cells in tissues of patients with ulcerative colitis is also demonstrating, evidence for plausibility for these pathways in human disease.

      Strengths:

      The phenotype of mutant mice seems quite robust and the pathways proposed, GM-CSF signaling in macrophages with CCL4 as a downstream pathway, are all plausible and concordant with existing models. Many of the experiments included meaningful endpoints and were overall well performed.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Experimental rigor was lacking in this manuscript, which provided limited or no details on the number of independent iterations that each experiment was done, the number of animals per group, the number of technical or biological replicates in each graph, etc.

      (2) Details of animal model validation showing that this particular mutant allele results in a lack of CD131 protein expression were not shown. Moreover, since the paper uses heterozygous mice, it is critical to show that at the protein level, there is indeed reduced expression of CD131 in het mice compared to controls (many heterozygous states do not lead to appreciable protein depletion).

      (3) Another major weakness is that the paper asserts a causal relationship between CD131 signaling and CCL4 production: the data shown indicates that the phenotypes of CCL4 deficiency (through Ab blockade) and CD131 partial deficiency (in het mice) are similar. However, this does not establish that CD131 signaling acts through CCL4.

      (4) Lastly, while the paper claims that CD131 acts through macrophage recruitment, the evidence is circumstantial and not direct. DSS-induced acute colitis is largely mediated by macrophages, so any manipulation associated with less severe inflammation is accompanied by lesser macrophage infiltration in this model: this does not directly establish that CD131 acts directly on macrophages, which would require cell-specific knockout or complex cell reconstitution experiments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper by Boch and colleagues, entitled Comparative Neuroimaging of the Carnivore Brain: Neocortical Sulcal Anatomy, compares and describes the cortical sulci of eighteen carnivore species, and sets a benchmark for future work on comparative brains.

      Based on previous observations, electrophysiological, histological and neuroimaging studies and their own observations, the authors establish a correspondence between the cortical sulci and gyri of these species. The different folding patterns of all brain regions are detailed, put into perspective in relation to their phylogeny as well as their potential involvement in cortical area expansion and behavioral differences.

      Strengths:

      This is a pioneering article, very useful for comparative brain studies and conducted with great seriousness and based on many past studies. The article is well-written and very didactic. The different protocols for brain collection, perfusion, and scanning are very detailed. The images are self-explanatory and of high quality. The authors explain their choice of nomenclature and labels for sulci and gyri on all species, with many arguments. The opening on ecology and social behavior in the discussion is of great interest and helps to put into perspective the differences in folding found at the level of the different cortexes. In addition, the authors do not forget to put their results into the context of the laws of allometry. They explain, for example, that although the largest brains were the most folded and had the deepest folds in their dataset, they did not necessarily have unique sulci, unlike some of the smaller, smoother brains.

      Weaknesses:

      The article is aware of its limitations, not being able to take into account inter-individual variability within each species, inter-hemispheric asymmetries, or differences between males and females. However, this does not detract from their aim, which is to lay the foundations for a correspondence between the brains of carnivores so that navigation within the brains of these species can be simplified for future studies. This article does not include comparisons of morphometric data such as sulci depth, sulci wall surface, or thickness of the cortical ribbon around the sulci.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors have completed MRI-based descriptions of the sulcal anatomy of 18 carnivoran species that vary greatly in behaviour and ecology. In this descriptive study, different sulcal patterns are identified in relation to phylogeny and, to some extent, behaviour. The authors argue that the reported differences across families reflect behaviour and electrophysiology, but these correlations are not supported by any analyses.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of this paper is using very similar imaging methods across all specimens. Often papers like this rely on highly variable methods so that consistency reduces some of the variability that can arise due to methodology.

      The descriptive anatomy was accurate and precise. I could readily follow exactly where on the cortical surface the authors referring. This is not always the case for descriptive anatomy papers, so I appreciated the efforts the authors took to make the results understandable for a broader audience.

      I also greatly appreciate the authors making the images open access through their website.

      Weaknesses:

      Although I enjoyed many aspects of this manuscript, it is lacking in any quantitative analyses that would provide more insights into what these variations in sulcal anatomy might mean. The authors do discuss inter-clade differences in relation to behaviour and older electrophysiology papers by Welker, Campos, Johnson, and others, but it would be more biologically relevant to try to calculate surface areas or volumes of cortical fields defined by some of these sulci. For example, something like the endocast surface area measurements used by Sakai and colleagues would allow the authors to test for differences among clades, in relation to brain/body size, or behaviour. Quantitative measurements would also aid significantly in supporting some of the potential correlations hinted at in the Discussion.

      Although quantitative measurements would be helpful, there are also some significant concerns in relation to the specimens themselves. First, almost all of these are captive individuals. We know that environmental differences can alter neocortical development and humans and nonhuman animals and domestication affects neocortical volume and morphology. Whether captive breeding affects neocortical anatomy might not be known, but it can affect other brain regions and overall brain size and could affect sulcal patterns. Second, despite using similar imaging methods across specimens, fixation varied markedly across specimens. Fixation is unlikely to affect the ability to recognize deep sulci, but variations in shrinkage could nevertheless affect overall brain size and morphology, including the ability to recognize shallow sulci. Third, the sample size = 1 for every species examined. In humans and nonhuman animals, sulcal patterns can vary significantly among individuals. In domestic dogs, it can even vary greatly across breeds. It therefore remains unclear to what extent the pattern observed in one individual can be generalized for a species let alone an entire genus or family. The lack of accounting for inter-individual variability makes it difficult to make any firm conclusions regarding the functional relevance of sulcal patterns.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors address a fundamental question for cell and tissue biology using the skin epidermis as a paradigm and ask how stratifying self-renewing epithelia induce differentiation and upward migration in basal dividing progenitor cells to generate suprabasal barrier-forming cells that are essential for a functional barrier formed by such an epithelium. The authors show for the first time that an increase in intracellular actomyosin contractility, a hallmark of barrier-forming keratinocytes, is sufficient to trigger terminal differentiation. Hence the data provide in vivo evidence of the more general interdependency of cell mechanics and differentiation. The data appear to be of high quality and the evidences are strengthened through a combination of different genetic mouse models, RNA sequencing, and immunofluorescence analysis.

      To generate and maintain the multilayered, barrier-forming epidermis, keratinocytes of the basal stem cell layer differentiate and move suprabasally accompanied by stepwise changes not only in gene expression but also in cell morphology, mechanics, and cell position. Whether any of these changes is instructive for differentiation itself and whether consecutive changes in differentiation are required remains unclear. Also, there are few comprehensive data sets on the exact changes in gene expression between different states of keratinocyte differentiation. In this study, through genetic fluorescence labeling of cell states at different developmental time points the authors were able to analyze gene expression of basal stem cells and suprabasal differentiated cells at two different stages of maturation: E14 (embryonic day 14) when the epidermis comprises mostly two functional compartments (basal stem cells and suprabasal so-called intermediate cells) and E16 when the epidermis comprise three (living) compartments where the spinous layer separates basal stem cells from the barrier-forming granular layer, as is the case in adult epidermis. Using RNA bulk sequencing, the authors developed useful new markers for suprabasal stages of differentiation like MafB and Cox1. The transcription factor MafB was then shown to inhibit suprabasal proliferation in a MafB transgenic model.

      The data indicate that early in development at E14 the suprabasal intermediate cells resemble in terms of RNA expression, the barrier-forming granular layer at E16, suggesting that keratinocytes can undergo either stepwise (E16) or more direct (E14) terminal differentiation.

      Previous studies by several groups found an increased actomyosin contractility in the barrier-forming granular layer and showed that this increase in tension is important for epidermal barrier formation and function. However, it was not clear whether contractility itself serves as an instructive signal for differentiation. To address this question, the authors use a previously published model to induce premature hypercontractility in the spinous layer by using spastin overexpression (K10-Spastin) to disrupt microtubules (MT) thereby indirectly inducing actomyosin contractility. A second model activates myosin contractility more directly through overexpression of a constitutively active RhoA GEF (K10-Arhgef11CA). Both models induce late differentiation of suprabasal keratinocytes regardless of the suprabasal position in either spinous or granular layer indicating that increased contractility is key to induce late differentiation of granular cells. A potential weakness of the K10-spastin model is the disruption of MT as the primary effect which secondarily causes hypercontractility. However, their previous publications provided some evidence that the effect on differentiation is driven by the increase in contractility (Ning et al. cell stem cell 2021). Moreover, the data are confirmed by the second model directly activating myosin through RhoA. These previous publications already indicated a role for contractility in differentiation but were focused on early differentiation. The data in this manuscript focus on the regulation of late differentiation in barrier-forming cells. These important data help to unravel the interdependencies of cell position, mechanical state, and differentiation in the epidermis, suggesting that an increase in cellular contractility in most apical positions within the epidermis can induce terminal differentiation. Importantly the authors show that despite contractility-induced nuclear localization of the mechanoresponsive transcription factor YAP in the barrier-forming granular layer, YAP nuclear localization is not sufficient to drive premature differentiation when forced to the nucleus in the spinous layer.

      Overall, this is a well-written manuscript and a comprehensive dataset. Only the RNA sequencing result should be presented more transparently providing the full lists of regulated genes instead of presenting just the GO analysis and selected target genes so that this analysis can serve as a useful repository. The authors themselves have profited from and used published datasets of gene expression of the granular cells. Moreover, some of the previous data should be better discussed though. The authors state that forced suprabasal contractility in their mouse models induces the expression of some genes of the epidermal differentiation complex (EDC). However, in their previous publication, the authors showed that major classical EDC genes are actually not regulated like filaggrin and loricrin (Muroyama and Lechler eLife 2017). This should be discussed better and necessitates including the full list of regulated genes to show what exactly is regulated.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript from Prado-Mantilla and co-workers addresses mechanisms of embryonic epidermis development, focusing on the intermediate layer cells, a transient population of suprabasal cells that contributes to the expansion of the epidermis through proliferation. Using bulk-RNA they show that these cells are transcriptionally distinct from the suprabasal spinous cells and identify specific marker genes for these populations. They then use transgenesis to demonstrate that one of these selected spinous layer-specific markers, the transcription factor MafB is capable of suppressing proliferation in the intermediate layers, providing a potential explanation for the shift of suprabasal cells into a non-proliferative state during development. Further, lineage tracing experiments show that the intermediate cells become granular cells without a spinous layer intermediate. Finally, the authors show that the intermediate layer cells express higher levels of contractility-related genes than spinous layers and overexpression of cytoskeletal regulators accelerates the differentiation of spinous layer cells into granular cells.

      Overall the manuscript presents a number of interesting observations on the developmental stage-specific identities of suprabasal cells and their differentiation trajectories and points to a potential role of contractility in promoting differentiation of suprabasal cells into granular cells. The precise mechanisms by which MafB suppresses proliferation, how the intermediate cells bypass the spinous layer stage to differentiate into granular cells, and how contractility feeds into these mechanisms remain open. Interestingly, while the mechanosensitive transcription factor YAP appears deferentially active in the two states, it is shown to be downstream rather than upstream of the observed differences in mechanics.

      Strengths:

      The authors use a nice combination of RNA sequencing, imaging, lineage tracing, and transgenesis to address the suprabasal to granular layer transition. The imaging is convincing and the biological effects appear robust. The manuscript is clearly written and logical to follow.

      Weaknesses:

      While the data overall supports the authors' claims, there are a few minor weaknesses that pertain to the aspect of the role of contractility, The choice of spastin overexpression to modulate contractility is not ideal as spastin has multiple roles in regulating microtubule dynamics and membrane transport which could also be potential mechanisms explaining some of the phenotypes. Use of Arghap11 overexpression mitigates this effect to some extent but overall it would have been more convincing to manipulate myosin activity directly. It would also be important to show that these manipulations increase the levels of F-actin and myosin II as shown for the intermediate layer. It would also be logical to address if further increasing contractility in the intermediate layer would enhance the differentiation of these cells.

      The gene expression analyses are relatively superficial and rely heavily on GO term analyses which are of course informative but do not give the reader a good sense of what kind of genes and transcriptional programs are regulated. It would be useful to show volcano plots or heatmaps of actual gene expression changes as well as to perform additional analyses of for example gene set enrichment and/or transcription factor enrichment analyses to better describe the transcriptional programs

      Claims of changes in cell division/proliferation changes are made exclusively by quantifying EdU incorporation. It would be useful to more directly look at mitosis. At minimum Y-axis labels should be changed from "% Dividing cells" to % EdU+ cells to more accurately represent findings

      Despite these minor weaknesses the manuscript is overall of high quality, sheds new light on the fundamental mechanisms of epidermal stratification during embryogenesis, and will likely be of interest to the skin research community.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an interesting paper by Lechler and colleagues describing the transcriptomic signature and fate of intermediate cells (ICs), a transient and poorly defined embryonic cell type in the skin. ICs are the first suprabasal cells in the stratifying skin and unlike later-developing suprabasal cells, ICs continue to divide. Using bulk RNA seq to compare ICs to spinous and granular transcriptomes, the authors find that IC-specific gene signatures include hallmarks of granular cells, such as genes involved in lipid metabolism and skin barrier function that are not expressed in spinous cells. ICs were assumed to differentiate into spinous cells, but lineage tracing convincingly shows ICs differentiate directly into granular cells without passing through a spinous intermediate. Rather, basal cells give rise to the first spinous cells. They further show that transcripts associated with contractility are also shared signatures of ICs and granular cells, and overexpression of two contractility inducers (Spastin and ArhGEF-CA) can induce granular and repress spinous gene expression. This contractility-induced granular gene expression does not appear to be mediated by the mechanosensitive transcription factor, Yap. The paper also identifies new markers that distinguish IC and spinous layers and shows the spinous signature gene, MafB, is sufficient to repress proliferation when prematurely expressed in ICs.

      Strengths:

      Overall this is a well-executed study, and the data are clearly presented and the findings convincing. It provides an important contribution to the skin field by characterizing the features and fate of ICs, a much-understudied cell type, at high levels of spatial and transcriptomic detail. The conclusions challenge the assumption that ICs are spinous precursors through compelling lineage tracing data. The demonstration that differentiation can be induced by cell contractility is an intriguing finding and adds a growing list of examples where cell mechanics influence gene expression and differentiation.

      Weaknesses:

      A weakness of the study is an over-reliance on overexpression and sufficiency experiments to test the contributions of MafB, Yap, and contractility in differentiation. The inclusion of loss-of-function approaches would enable one to determine if, for example, contractility is required for the transition of ICs to granular fate, and whether MafB is required for spinous fate. Second, whether the induction of contractility-associated genes is accompanied by measurable changes in the physical properties or mechanics of the IC and granular layers is not directly shown. The inclusion of physical measurements would bolster the conclusion that mechanics lies upstream of differentiation.

      Finally, whether the expression of granular-associated genes in ICs provides them with some sort of barrier function in the embryo is not addressed, so the role of ICs in epidermal development remains unclear. Although not essential to support the conclusions of this study, insights into the function of this transient cell layer would strengthen the overall impact.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      This paper aims to address the establishment and maintenance of neural circuitry in the case of a massive loss of neurons. The authors used genetic manipulations to ablate the principal projection neurons, the mitral/tufted cells, in the mouse olfactory bulb. Using diphtheria toxin (Tbx21-Cre:: loxP-DTA line) the authors ablated progressively large numbers of M/T cells postnatally. By injecting diphtheria toxin (DT) into the Tbx21-Cre:: loxP-iDTR line, the authors were able to control the timing of the ablation in the adult stage. Both methods led to the successful elimination of a majority of M/TCs by 4 months of age. The authors made a few interesting observations. First, they found that the initial pruning of the remaining M/T cell primary dendrite was unaffected. However, in adulthood, a significant portion of these cells extended primary dendrites to innervate multiple glomeruli. Moreover, the incoming olfactory sensory neuron (OSN) axons, as examined for those expressing the M72 receptor, showed a divergent innervation pattern as well. The authors conclude that M/T cell density is required to maintain the dendritic structures and the olfactory map. To address the functional consequences of eliminating a large portion of principal neurons, the authors conducted a series of behavioral assays. They found that learned odor discrimination was largely intact. On the other hand, mating and aggression were reduced. The authors concluded that learned behaviors are more resilient than innate ones.

      The study is technically sound, and the results are clear-cut. The most striking result is the contrast between the normal dendritic pruning during early development and the expanded dendritic innervation in adulthood. It is a novel discovery that can lead to further investigation of how the single-glomerulus dendritic innervation is maintained. The authors conducted a few experiments to address potential mechanisms, but it is inconclusive, as detailed below. It is also interesting to see that the massive neuronal loss did not severely impact learned odor discrimination. This result, together with previous studies showing nearly normal odor discrimination in the absence of large portions of the olfactory bulb or scrambled innervation patterns, attests to the redundancy and robustness of the sensory system.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors make the interesting observation that the developmental refinement of apical M/T cell dendrites into individual glomeruli proceeds normally even when the majority of neighboring M/T cells are ablated. At later stages, the remaining neurons develop additional dendrites that invade multiple glomeruli ectopically and, similarly, OSN inputs to glomeruli lose projection specificity as well. The authors conclude that the normal density of M/T neurons is not required for developmental refinement, but rather for maintaining specific connectivity in adults.

      Comments on revised submission:

      The authors have adjusted the interpretation of their findings and as a consequence, the conclusions are now better supported by the data. However, the evidence for the absence of a role of firing in regulating ectopic dendrites is still insufficient.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript, authors Isotani et al used in vivo and ex vivo models to show that nicotine could promote stemness and tumorigenicity in murine model. The authors further provided data supporting that the effects of nicotine on stem cell proliferation and tumor initiation were mediated by the Hippo-YAP/TAZ and Notch signal pathway.

      Strengths and weaknesses:

      The major strength of this study is the using a set of tools, including Lgr5 reporter mice (Lgr5-EGFP-IRES-CreERT2 mice), stem cell-specific Apc knockout mice (Lgr5CreER Apcfl/fl mice), organoids derived from these mice and chemical compounds (agonists and antagonists) to demonstrate nicotine affects stem cells rather than Paneth cells, leading to increased intestinal stemness and tumorigenicity. Whereas, all models are restricted to mice, lacking analysis of human samples or human intestinal organoids to prove the human relevant of these findings. Although the revised manuscript has significantly improved in the quality of pictures, there seems to be still a discrepancy in Figure 2A: quantification result suggested that NIC (1um) treatment increased the number of colonies from 300 to around 450 (1.5 folds), whereas representative picture shown that the difference was 3 to 12 living organoids (4 folds).

      Overall, the presented results could support their conclusions. A previous study reported that nicotine acts through the α2β4 nAChR to enhance Wnt production by Paneth cells, which subsequently affects ISCs. In contrast, this manuscript demonstrated that nicotine directly promotes ISCs through α7-nAChR, independent of Paneth cells. Therefore, this manuscript offers novel insights into the mechanism of nicotine's effects on the mouse intestine.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Isotani et al characterizes the hyperproliferation of intestinal stem cells (ISCs) induced by nicotine treatment in vivo. Employing a range of small molecule inhibitors, the authors systematically investigated potential receptors and downstream pathways associated with nicotine-induced phenotypes through in vitro organoid experiments. Notably, the study specifically highlights a signaling cascade involving α7-nAChR/PKC/YAP/TAZ/Notch as a key driver of nicotine-induced stem cell hyperproliferation. Utilizing a Lgr5CreER Apcfl/fl mouse model, the authors extend their findings to propose a potential role of nicotine in stem cell tumorgenesis. The study posits that Notch signaling is essential during this process.

      Strengths and Weaknesses:

      One noteworthy research highlight in this study is the indication, as shown in Figure 2 and S2, that the trophic effect of nicotine on ISC expansion is independent of Paneth cells. In the Discussion section, the authors propose that this independence may be attributed to distinct expression patterns of nAChRs in different cell types. To further substantiate these findings, the authors provided qPCR analysis of nAchRs in ISCs and Paneth cells from isolated whole small intestine, indicating that α7-nAChR uniquely responds to nicotine treatment among various nAChRs. And the authors further strengthen the clinical relevance of the study by exploring human scRNA-seq dataset, in which α7-nAChR is indeed also expressed in human ISCs and Paneth cells.

      As shown in the same result section, the effect of nicotine on ISC organoid formation appears to be independent of CHIR99021, a Wnt activator. In the Lgr5CreER Apcfl/fl mouse model, it is known that APC loss results in a constitutive stabilization of β-catenin, thus the hyperproliferation of ISCs by nicotine treatment in this mouse model is likely beyond Wnt activation. The authors have included such discussion.

      In Figure 4, the authors investigate ISC organoid formation with a pan-PKC inhibitor, revealing that PKC inhibition blocks nicotine-induced ISC expansion. It's noteworthy that PKC inhibitors have historically been used successfully to isolate and maintain stem cells by promoting self-renewal. Therefore, it is surprising to observe no or reversal effect on ISCs in this context. The authors have now included an additional PKC inhibitor Sotrastaurin to confirm the role of PKC in nicotine-induced ISC expansion.

      Overall, the manuscript has provided sufficient experimental evidence to address my concerns and also significantly enhanced its quality.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Petty and Bruno investigate how response characteristics in the higher-order thalamic nuclei POm (typically somatosensory) and LP (typically visual) change when a stimulus (whisker air puff or visual drifting grating) of one or the other modality is conditioned to a reward. Using a two-step training procedure, they developed an elegant paradigm, where the distractor stimulus is completely uninformative about the reward, which is reflected in licking behavior of trained mice. While the animals seem to take on to the tactile stimulus more readily, they can also associate reward with the visual stimulus, ignoring tactile stimuli. In trained mice, the authors recorded single unit responses in both POm and LP while presenting the same stimuli. The authors first focused on POm recordings, finding that in animals with tactile conditioning POm units specifically responded to the air puff stimulus but not the visual grating. Unexpectedly, in visually conditioned animals, POm units also responded to the visual grating, suggesting that the responses are not modality-specific but more related to behavioral relevance. These effects seem not not be homogeneously distributed across POm, whereas lateral units maintain tactile specificity and medial units respond more flexibly. The authors further ask if the unexpected cross-modal responses might result from behavioral activity signatures. By regressing behavior-coupled activity out of the responses, they show that late activity indeed can be related to whisking, licking and pupil size measures. However, cross-modal short latency responses are not clearly related to animal behavior. Finally, LP neurons also seem to change their modality-specificity dependent on conditioning, whereas tactile responses are attenuated in LP if the animal is conditioned to visual stimuli.

      The authors make a compelling case that POm neurons are less modality specific than typically assumed. The training paradigm, employed methods and analyses are to the point, well supporting the conclusions. The findings importantly widen our understanding of higher-order thalamus processing features with flexibility to encode multiple modalities and behavioral relevance. The results raise many important questions on the brain-wide representation of conditioned stimuli. E.g. how specific are the responses to the conditioned stimuli? Are thalamic cross-modal neurons recruited for the specific conditioned stimulus or do their responses reflect a more global shift of attention from one modality to another? Are these cross-modal responses tracking global arousal/attention features, or actually encoding a different stimulus?

      The authors clarified a number of points in the updated version of the manuscript and expanded analyses and methods descriptions, which substantially improved the paper. The different time periods around the stimuli are more clearly assigned now and make the conclusions stronger.

      Especially the discussion is now well rounded and addresses the major points.

      To ask if the cross-modal activity is in some way functional for task performance I would like to see if (population) activity in the classical vs. cross-modal nucleus is predictive of lick latency or frequency on a trial-to-trial basis.

      I accept that the authors cannot differentiate between bottom-up "raw" sensory responses and top-down context/attention/etc signals and thus support the decision to restrict the analyses to either the likely sensory early part following stimulus onset or the (as shown here mostly movement-driven) offset period after cessation of the stimulus. However, the composite responses over different stimuli and conditioning types seem triphasic to me. I find the "ongoing" activity differences (~100-2000 ms) depending on conditioning type quite interesting and would welcome a more specific discussion on the different response periods.

      Overall a very elegant and well-presented study.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript by Petty and Bruno delves into the still poorly understood role of higher-order thalamic nuclei in the encoding of sensory information by examining the activity in the Pom and LP cells in mice performing an associative learning task. They developed an elegant paradigm in which they conditioned head-fixed mice to attend to a stimulus of one sensory modality (visual or tactile) and ignore a second stimulus of the other modality. They recorded simultaneously from POm and LP, using 64-channels electrode arrays, to reveal the context-dependency of the firing activity of cells in higher-order thalamic nuclei. They concluded that behavioral training reshapes activity in these secondary thalamic nuclei. The authors brought new analyses and figures which greatly improve their manuscript and support their conclusion. The manuscript benefits now from a better communication about both the methodology and the results. I have no more major concerns, but I feel that the readability of the manuscript could be improved with the following revisions.

      Strengths

      The authors developed an original and elegant paradigm in which they conditioned head-fixed mice to attend to a stimulus of one sensory modality, either visual or tactile and ignore a second stimulus of the other modality. As a tactile stimulus, they applied gentle air puffs on the distal part of the vibrissae, ensuring that the stimulus was innocuous and therefore none aversive which is crucial in their study.

      It is commonly viewed that first-order thalamus performs filtering and re-encoding of the sensory flow; in contrast the computations taking place in high-order nuclei are poorly understood. They may contribute to cognitive functions. By integrating top-down control, high-order nuclei may participate in generating update models of the environment based on sensory activity; how this can take place is a key question that Petty and Bruno addressed in the present study.

      Weaknesses

      (1) It's difficult when reading the text to understand which results were quantified and which were not, in part because mean data as well as (s.e.m. or S.D.) do not appear either in the main text nor in the legends of the figures. Only vague and unquantified data are given in the main text. I understand that the authors may want to make the main text less heavy, but having these data fully written somewhere (i.e., main text, summary table, figure legends) rather than having to estimate through looking at a graph (especially when the data are constraint in the first 20% of the graph (Figure 4c)), would greatly improve the text's clarity and precision.

      For instance, Line #173, "At the population level, POm cells in both conditioning groups had a peak of activity 40ms after air puff onset (Figure 4a)." Is this 40 ms a result of quantified data, then a s.e.m. would be informative, or a reading measurement on the Figure 4a graphs? As it stands, it is too vague a value.

      (2) The authors give clearer definition of what they analyzed, which greatly improved the readability of the manuscript. The clarity of the manuscript could still be improved by solving remaining ambiguities about sensory- versus non-sensory-responses to the applied stimuli throughout the manuscript, in order to better convey the authors' conclusion that behavioral training reshapes activity in these secondary thalamic nuclei which then may participate in generating update models of the context in which the animal is performing the task.

      Line #24 in the abstract "In mice trained to respond to tactile stimuli and ignore visual stimuli, POm was robustly activated by touch and largely unresponsive to visual stimuli". The abstract would better reflect the manuscript conclusions indicating that POm was robustly activated during tactile stimuli.

      (3) The new analysis of the "early" responses in Pom cells pointed out, Line #173, that "At the population level, POm cells in both conditioning groups had a peak of activity 40ms after air puff onset (Figure 4a)." Previous works cited by the authors, Diamond et al. (1992), described tactile responses in Pom cells at 15-20ms latency which were suppressed by the barrel cortex inactivation.

      The 40ms-latency responses described in this manuscript therefore do not fit with "purely sensory" and barely with S1-feedbacks, as proposed on line #168 "Such responses could be "purely sensory" (i.e. driven by ascending brainstem inputs)" or line #334 "It is likely that the observed activity in lateral dorsal POm is driven by true whisker responses in SpVi and S1."

      In the same way, Line #315 "we observed POm cells that responded to the onset of the air puff in both conditioning groups". This conclusion should be dampened, to better fit the results, by "we observed POm cells that responded 40 ms after the onset of the air puff in both conditioning groups."

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Petty and Bruno ask whether activity in secondary thalamic nuclei depends on the behavioral relevance of stimulus modality. They recorded from POm and LP, but the weight of the paper is skewed toward POm. They use two cohorts of mice (N=11 and 12), recorded in both nuclei using multi-electrode arrays, while being trained to lick to either a tactile stimulus (air puff against whiskers, first cohort) or a visual stimulus (drifting grating, second cohort), and ignore the respective other. They find that both nuclei, while primarily responsive to their 'home' modality, are more responsive to the relevant modality (i.e. the modality predicting reward).

      Strengths:

      The paper asks an important question, it is timely and is very well executed. The behavioral method using a delayed lick index (excluding impulsive responses) is well worked out. Electrophysiology methods are state-of-the-art with information about spike quality in Fig. S1. The main result is novel and important, convincingly conveying the point that encoding of secondary thalamic nuclei is flexible and clearly includes aspects of the behavioral relevance of a stimulus. The paper explores the mapping of responses within POm, pointing to a complex functional structure, something that has been reported/suggested in earlier studies.

      Weaknesses:

      Coding: It does not become clear to which aspect of the task POm/LP are responding. There is a motor-related response (whisking, licking, pupil), which, however, after regressing it out leaves a remaining response that the authors speculate could be sensory.

      Learning: The paper talks a lot about 'learning', although it is only indirectly addressed. The authors use two differently (over-)trained mice cohorts rather than studying e.g. a rule switch in one and the same mouse, which would allow to directly assess whether it is the same neurons that undergo rule-dependent encoding

      Mapping: The authors present electrode tracks with marked selectivity indices of recordings in POm and LP. This is a great start, but to finally understand the functional composition of POm and LP, a more detailed and systematic mapping effort is needed in the future.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors provide a method aiming to accurately reflect the individual deviation of longitudinal/temporal change compared to the normal temporal change characterized based on pre-trained population normative model (i.e., a Bayesian linear regression normative model), which was built based on cross-sectional data. This manuscript aims at solving a recently identified problem of using normative models based on cross-sectional data to make inferences about longitudinal change.

      Strengths:

      The efforts of this work make a good contribution to addressing an important question of normative modeling. With the greater availability of cross-sectional studies for normative modeling than longitudinal studies, and the inappropriateness of making inferences about longitudinal subject-specific changes using these cross-sectional data-based normative models, it's meaningful to try to address this gap from the aspect of methodological development.

      In the 1st revision, the authors added a simulation study to show how the performance of the classification based on z-diff scores relatively changes with different disruptions (and autocorrelation). Unfortunately, in my view this is insufficient as it only shows how the performance of using z-diff score relatively changes in different scenarios. I would suggest adding the comparison of performance to using the naïve difference in two simple z-scores to first show its better performance, which should also further highlight the inappropriate use of simple z-scores in inferring within-subject longitudinal changes. Additionally, Figure 1 is hard to read and obtain the actual values of the performance measure. I would suggest reducing it to several 2-dimensional figures. For example, for several fixed values of rho, how the performance changes with different values of the true disruption (and also adding the comparison to the naïve method (difference in two z-scores)).

      I would also suggest changing the title to reflect that the evaluation of "intra-subject" longitudinal change is the method's focus.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The study by Chikermane and colleagues investigates functional, structural, and dopaminergic network substrate of cortical beta oscillations (13-30 Hz). The major strength of the work lies in the methodology taken by the authors, namely a multimodal lesion network mapping. First, using invasive electrophysiological recordings from healthy cortical territories of epileptic patients they identify regions with highest beta power. Next, they leverage open access MRI data and PET atlases and use the identified high-beta regions as seeds to find (1) the whole-brain functional and structural maps of regions that form the putative underlying network of high-beta regions and (2) the spatial distribution of dopaminergic receptors that show correlation with nodal connectivity of the identified networks. These steps are achieved by generating aggregate functional, structural, and dopaminergic network maps using lead-DBS toolbox, and by contrasting the results with those obtained from high-alpha regions. The main findings are:

      (1) Beta power is strongest across frontal, cingulate, and insular regions in invasive electrophysiological data, and these regions map onto a shared functional and structural network.<br /> (2) The shared functional and structural networks show significant positive correlations with dopamine receptors across cortex and basal ganglia (which is not the case for alpha, where correlations are found with GABA).

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a very interesting paper that leveraged several publicly available datasets: invasive cortical recording in epilepsy patients, functional and structural connectomic data, and PET data related to dopaminergic and gaba-ergic synapses. These were combined to create a unified hypothesis of beta band oscillatory activity in the human brain. They show that beta frequency activity is ubiquitous, and does not just occur in sensorimotor areas. Cortical regions where beta oscillations predominated had high connectivity to regions that are high in dopamine re-update.

      Strengths:

      The authors leverage and integrate three publicly available human brain datasets in a creative way. These public datasets are powerful tools for human neuroscience, and it is innovative to combine these three types of data into a common brain space to generate novel findings and hypotheses. Findings are nicely controlled by separately examining cortical regions where alpha predominates (which have a different connectivity pattern). GABA uptake from PET studies is used as a control for the specificity of the relationship between beta activity and dopamine uptake. There is much interest in synchronized oscillatory activity as a mechanism of brain function and dysfunction, but the field is short on unifying hypotheses of why particular rhythms predominate in particular regions. This paper contributes nicely to that gap. It is ambitious in generating hypotheses, particularly that modulation of beta activity may be used as a "proxy" for modulating phasic dopamine release.

      Weaknesses:

      As the authors point out, the use of normative data is excellent for exploring hypotheses but does not address or explore individual variations which could lead to other insights. It is also biased to resting state activity; maps of task related activity (if they were available) might show different findings.

      Challenges:

      In the Discussion, the authors do a fairly deep dive into the implications of their findings, particularly with respect to the hypothesis that beta band activity "preserves the status quo", and with respect to the use of beta band activity in controlling brain-machine interfaces. Mechanistically and theoretically oriented readers might gain rewarding new insights by a careful read of the discussion, but full appreciation of their deep dive may require real time interaction with the authors.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Chikermane et al. leverage a large open dataset of intracranial recordings (sEEG or ECoG) to analyze resting state (eyes closed) oscillatory activity from a variety of human brain areas. The authors identify a dominant proportion of channels in which beta band activity (12-30Hz) is most prominent, and subsequently seek to relate this to anatomical connectivity data by using the sEEG/ECoG electrodes as seeds in a large set of MRI data from the human connectome project. This reveals separate regions and white matter tracts for alpha (primarily occipital) and beta (prefrontal cortex and basal ganglia) oscillations. Finally, using a third available dataset of PET imaging, the authors relate the parcellated signals to dopamine signaling as estimated by spatial uptake patterns of dopamine, and reveal a significant correlation between the functional connectivity maps and the dopamine reuptake maps, suggesting a functional relationship between the two.

      Strengths:

      Overall, I found the paper well justified, focused on an important topic and interesting. The authors' use of 3 different open datasets was creative and informative, and it significantly adds to our understanding of different oscillatory networks in the human brain, and their more elusive relation with neuromodulator signaling networks by adding to our knowledge of the association between beta oscillations and dopamine signaling. Even my main comments about the lack of a theta network analysis and discussion points are relatively minor, and I believe this paper is valuable and informative.

      Weaknesses:

      The analyses were adequate, and the authors cleverly leverage these different datasets to build an interesting story. The main aspect I found missing (in addition to some discussion items, see below) was an examination of the theta network. Theta oscillations have been involved in a number of cognitive processes including spatial navigation and memory, and have been proposed to have different potential originating brain regions, and it would be informative to see how their anatomical networks (e.g. as in Fig. 2) look like under the author's analyses.

      The authors devote a significant portion of the discussion to relating their findings to a popular hypothesis for the function of beta oscillations, the maintenance of the "status quo", mostly in the context of motor control. As the authors acknowledge, given the static nature of the data and lack of behavior, this interpretation remains largely speculative and I found it a bit too far-reaching given the data shown in the paper. In contrast, I missed a more detailed discussion on the growing literature indicating a role for beta in mood (e.g. in Kirkby et al. 2018), especially given the apparent lack of hippocampal and amygdala involvement in the paper, which was surprising.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Freas et al. investigated if the exceedingly dim polarization pattern produced by the moon can be used by animal to guide a genuine navigational task. The sun and moon are celestial beacons for directional information, but they can be obscured by clouds, canopy, or the horizon. However, even when hidden from view, these celestial bodies provide directional information through the polarized light patterns in the sky. While the sun's polarization pattern is famously used by many animals for compass orientation, until now it has never been shown that the extremely dim polarization pattern of the moon can be used for navigation. To test this, Freas et al. studied nocturnal bull ants, by placing a linear polarizer in the homing path on a freely navigating ant 45 degrees shifted to the moon's natural polarization pattern. They recorded the homing direction of an ant before entering the polarizer, under the polarizer, and again after leaving the area covered by the polarizer. The results very clearly show, that ants walking under the linear polarizer change their homing direction by about 45 degrees in comparison to the homing direction under the natural polarization pattern and change it back after leaving the area covered by the polarizer again. These results can be repeated throughout the lunar month, showing that bull ants can use the moon's polarization pattern even under crescent moon conditions. Finally, the authors show, that the degree in which the ants change their homing direction is dependent on the length of their home vector, just as it is for the solar polarization pattern.

      The behavioral experiments are very well designed, and the statistical analyses are appropriate for the data presented. The authors' conclusions are nicely supported by the data and clearly show nocturnal bull ants use the dim polarization pattern of the moon for homing, in the same way many animals use the sun's polarization pattern during the day. This is the first proof of the use of the lunar polarization pattern in any animal.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have addressed all of my previous comments and suggestions. I am happy with the way the manuscript has improved and have no further comments.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to understand whether polarised moonlight could be used as a directional cue for nocturnal animals homing at night, particularly at times of night when polarised light is not available from the sun. To do this, the authors used nocturnal ants, and previously established methods, to show that the walking paths of ants can be altered predictably when the angle of polarised moonlight illuminating them from above is turned by a known angle (here +/- 45 degrees).

      Strengths:

      The behavioural data are very clear and unambiguous. The results clearly show that when the angle of downwelling polarised moonlight is turned, ants turn in the same direction. The data also clearly show that this result is maintained even for different phases (and intensities) of the moon, although during the waning cycle of the moon the ants' turn is considerably less than may be expected.

      Impact:

      The authors have discovered that nocturnal bull ants, while homing back to their nest holes at night, are able to use the dim polarised light pattern formed around the moon for path integration. Even though similar methods have previously shown the ability of dung beetles to orient along straight trajectories for short distances using polarised moonlight, this the first evidence of an animal that uses polarised moonlight in homing. This is quite significant, and their findings are well supported by their data.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have made a good effort to accommodate my suggestions for improvement (and from what I can tell, those of the other reviewers). I have no further comments.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a series of experiments aimed at investigating orientation to polarized lunar skylight in a nocturnal ant, the first report of its kind that I am aware of.

      Strengths:

      The study was conducted carefully and is clearly explained here.

      Comments on revised version:

      The manuscript is much improved and will make an excellent contribution to the field.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Fiber photometry has become a very popular tool in recording neuronal activity in freely behaving animals. Despite the number of papers published with the method, as the authors rightly note, there are currently no standardized ways to analyze the data produced. Moreover, most of the data analyses confine to simple measurements of averaged activity and by doing so, erase valuable information encoded in the data. The authors offer an approach based on functional linear mixed modeling, where beyond changes in overall activity various functions of the data can also be analyzed. More in depth analysis, more variables taken into account, better statistical power all lead to higher quality science.

      Strengths:

      The framework the authors present is solid and well explained. By reanalyzing formerly published data, the authors also further increase the significance of the proposed tool opening new avenues for reinterpreting already collected data. They also made a convincing case showing that the proposed algorithm works on data with different preprocessing backgrounds.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work describes a statistical framework that combines functional linear mixed modeling with joint 95% confidence intervals, which improves statistical power and provides less conservative and more robust statistical inferences than in previous studies. Pointwise linear regression analysis has been used extensively to analyze time series signals from a wide range of neuroscience recording techniques, with recent studies applying them to photometry data. The novelty of this study lies in 1) the introduction of joint 95% confidence intervals for statistical testing of functional mixed models with nested random-effects, and 2) providing an open-source R package implementing this framework. This study also highlights how summary statistics as opposed to trial-by-trial analysis can obscure or even change the direction of statistical results by reanalyzing two other studies.

      Strengths:

      The open-source package in R using a similar syntax as lme4 package for the implementation of this framework, the high fitting speed and the low memory footprint, even in complex models, enhance the accessibility and usage by other researchers.

      The reanalysis of two studies using summary statistics on photometry data (Jeong et al., 2022; Coddington et al., 2023) highlights how trial-by-trial analysis at each time-point on the trial can reveal information obscured by averaging across trials. Furthermore, this work also exemplifies how session and subject variability can lead to different conclusions when not considered.

      This study also showcases the statistical robustness of FLMM by comparing this method to fitting pointwise linear mixed models and performing t-test and Benjamini-Hochberg correction as performed by Lee et al. (2019).

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Loewinger et al. extend a previously described framework (Cui et al., 2021) to provide new methods for statistical analysis of fiber photometry data. The methodology combines functional regression with linear mixed models, allowing inference on complex study designs that are common in photometry studies. To demonstrate its utility, they reanalyze datasets from two recent fiber photometry studies into mesolimbic dopamine. Then, through simulation, they demonstrate the superiority of their approach compared to other common methods.

      Strengths:

      The statistical framework described provides a powerful way to analyze photometry data and potentially other similar signals. The provided package makes this methodology easy to implement and the extensively worked examples of reanalysis provide a useful guide to others on how to correctly specify models.

      Modeling the entire trial (function regression) removes the need to choose appropriate summary statistics, removing the opportunity to introduce bias, for example in searching for optimal windows in which to calculate the AUC. This is demonstrated in the re-analysis of Jeong et al., 2022, in which the AUC measures presented masked important details about how the photometry signal was changing. There is an appropriate level of discussion of the interpretation of the reanalyzed data that highlights the pitfalls of other methods and the usefulness of their methods.

      The authors' use of linear mixed methods, allows for the estimation of random effects, which are an important consideration given the repeated-measures design of most photometry studies.

      The authors provide a useful guide for how to practically use and implement their methods in an easy-to-use package. These methods should have wide applicability to those who use photometry or similar methods. The development of this excellent open-source software is a great service to the wider neuroscience community.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The study investigates Cancer Driving Nucleotides (CDNs) using the TCGA database, finding that these recurring point mutations could greatly enhance our understanding of cancer genomics and improve personalized treatment strategies. Despite identifying 50-150 CDNs per cancer type, the research reveals that a significant number remain undiscovered, limiting current therapeutic applications, underscoring the need for further larger-scale research.

      Strengths:

      The study provides a detailed examination of cancer-driving mutations at the nucleotide level, offering a more precise understanding than traditional gene-level analyses. The authors found a significant number of CDNs remain undiscovered, with only 0-2 identified per patient out of an expected 5-8, indicating that many important mutations are still missing. The study indicated that identifying more CDNs could potentially significantly impact the development of personalized cancer therapies, improving patient outcomes.

      Weaknesses:

      The challenges in direct functional testing of CDNs due to the complexity of tumor evolution and unknown mutation combinations limit the practical applicability of the findings.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study proposes that many cancer driver mutations are not yet identified but could be identified if they harbor recurrent SNVs. The paper leverages the analysis from Paper #1 that used quantitative analysis to demonstrate that SNVs or CDNs seen 3 or more times are more likely due to selection (ie a driver mutation) than by chance or random mutation.

      Strengths:

      Empirically, mutation frequency is an excellent marker of a driver gene because canonical driver mutations typically have recurrent SNVs. Using the TCGA database, the paper illustrates that CDNs can identify canonical driver mutations (Fig 3) and that most CDN are likely to disrupt protein function (Fig 2). In addition, CDNs can be shared between cancer types (Fig 4).

      Weaknesses:

      Driver alteration validation is difficult, with disagreements on what defines a driver mutation, and how many driver mutations are present in a cancer. The value proposed by the authors is that the identification of all driver genes can facilitate the design of patient specific targeting therapies, but most targeted therapies are already directed towards known driver genes. There is an incomplete discussion of oncogenes (where activating mutations tend to target a single amino acid or repeat) and tumor suppressor genes (where inactivating mutations may be more spread across the gene). Other alterations (epigenetic, indels, translocations, CNVs) would be missed by this type of analysis.

      The method could be more valuable when applied to the noncoding genome, where driver mutations in promoters or enhancers are relatively rare, or as yet to be discovered. Increasingly more cancers have had whole genome sequencing. Compared to WES, criteria for driver mutations in noncoding regions are less clear, and this method could potentially provide new noncoding driver CDNs. Observing the same mutation in more than one cancer specimen is empirically unusual, and the authors provide a solid quantitative analysis that indicates many recurrent mutations are likely to be cancer-driver mutations.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors developed a rigorous methodology for identifying all Cancer Driving Nucleotides (CDNs) by leveraging the concept of massively repeated evolution in cancer. By focusing on mutations that recur frequently in pan-cancer, they aimed to differentiate between true driver mutations and neutral mutations, ultimately enhancing the understanding of the mutational landscape that drives tumorigenesis. Their goal was to call a comprehensive catalogue of CDNs to inform more effective targeted therapies and address issues such as drug resistance.

      Strengths

      (1) The authors introduced a concept of using massively repeated evolution to identify CDNs. This approach recognizes that advantageous mutations recur frequently (at least 3 times) across cancer patients, providing a lens to identify true cancer drivers.

      (2) The theory showed the feasibility of identifying almost all CDNs if the number of sequenced patients increases to 100,000 for each cancer type.

      Weaknesses

      (1) No novel true driver mutations were identified in this study.

      (2) Different cancer types have unique mutational landscapes. The methodology, while robust, might face challenges in uniformly identifying CDNs across various cancers with distinct genetic and epigenetic contexts.

      (3) The statement "In other words, the sequences surrounding the high-recurrence sites appear rather random.". Since it was a pan-cancer analysis, the unique patterns of each cancer type could be strongly diluted in the pan-cancer data.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors propose that cancer driver mutations can be identified by Cancer Driving Nucleotides (CDNs). CDNs are defined as SNVs that occur frequently in genes. There are many ways to define cancer driver mutations, and strengths and weaknesses are the reliance of statistics to define them.

      Strengths:

      There are many well-known approaches and studies that have already identified many canonical driver mutations. A potential strength is that mutation frequencies may be able to identify, as yet, unrecognized driver mutations. They use of a previously developed method to estimate mutation hotspots across the genome (Dig, Sherman et al 2022). This publication has already used cancer sequence data to infer driver mutations based on higher than expected mutation frequencies. The advance here is to further illustrate that recurrent mutations (estimated at 3 or more mutations (CDNs) at the same base) are more likely to be the result of selection for a driver mutation (Fig 3). Further analysis indicates that mutation sequence context (Fig 4) or mutation mechanisms (Fig 5) are unlikely to be major causes for recurrent point mutations. Finally, they calculate (Fig 6) that most driver mutations identifiable by the CDN approach could be identified with about 100,000 to one million tumor coding genomes.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript does provide specific examples where recurrent mutations identify known driver mutations, but does not identify "new" candidate driver mutations. Driver mutation validation is difficult and at least clinically, frequency (ie observed in multiple other cancer samples) is indeed commonly used to judge if a SNV has driver potential. The method would miss alternative ways to trigger driver alterations (translocations, indels, epigenetic, CNVs). Nevertheless, the value of the manuscript is its quantitative analysis of why mutation frequencies can identify cancer driver mutations.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors proposed a framework to estimate the posterior distribution of parameters in biophysical models. The framework has two modules: the first MLP module is used to reduce data dimensionality and the second NPE module is used to approximate the desired posterior distribution. The results show that the MLP module can capture additional information compared to manually defined summary statistics. By using the NPE module, the repetitive evaluation of the forward model is avoided, thus making the framework computationally efficient. The results show the framework has promise in identifying degeneracy. This is an interesting work.

      Comment on revised version:

      The authors have addressed all the raised concerns and made appropriate modifications to the manuscript. The changes have improved the clarity, methodology, and overall quality of the paper. Given these improvements, I believe the paper now meets the standards for publication in this journal.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors improve the work of Jallais et al. (2022) by including a novel module capable of automatically learning feature selection from different acquisition protocols inside a supervised learning framework. Combining the module above with an estimation framework for estimating the posterior distribution of model parameters, they obtain rich probabilistic information (uncertainty and degeneracy) on the parameters in a reasonable computation time.

      The main contributions of the work are:

      (1) The whole framework allows the user to avoid manually defining summary statistics, which may be slow and tedious and affect the quality of the results.

      (2) The authors tested the proposal by tackling three different biophysical models for brain tissue and using data with characteristics commonly used by the diffusion-MR-microstructure research community.

      (3) The authors validated their method well with the state-of-the-art.

      (4) The methodology allows the quantification of the inherent model's degeneration and how it increases with strong noise.

      The authors showed the utility of their proposal by computing complex parameter descriptors automatically in an achievable time for three different and relevant biophysical models.

      Importantly, this proposal promotes tackling, analyzing, and considering the degenerated nature of the most used models in brain microstructure estimation.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Tubert C. et al. investigated the role of dopamine D5 receptors (D5R) and their downstream potassium channel, Kv1, in the striatal cholinergic neuron pause response induced by thalamic excitatory input. Using slice electrophysiological analysis combined with pharmacological approaches, the authors tested which receptors and channels contribute to the cholinergic interneuron pause response in both control and dyskinetic mice (in the L-DOPA off state). They found that activation of Kv1 was necessary for the pause response, while activation of D5R blocked the pause response in control mice. Furthermore, in the L-DOPA off-state of dyskinetic mice, the absence of the pause response was restored by the application of clozapine. The authors claimed that (1) the D5R-Kv1 pathway contributes to the cholinergic interneuron pause response in a phasic dopamine concentration-dependent manner, and (2) clozapine inhibits D5R in the L-DOPA off state, which restores the pause response.

      Strengths:

      The electrophysiological and pharmacological approaches used in this study are powerful tools for testing channel properties and functions. The authors' group has well-established these methodologies and analysis pipelines. Indeed, the data presented were robust and reliable.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the paper has strengths in its methodological approaches, there is a significant gap between the presented data and the authors' claims.

      There was no direct demonstration that the D5R-Kv1 pathway is dominant when dopamine levels are high. The term 'high' is ambiguous, and it raises the question of whether the authors believe that dopamine levels do not reach the threshold required to activate D5R under physiological conditions.

      Furthermore, the data presented in Figure 6 are confusing. If clozapine inhibits active D5R and restores the pause response, the D5R antagonist SCH23390 should have the same effect. The data suggest that clozapine-induced restoration of the pause response might be mediated by other receptors, rather than D5R alone.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Tubert et al presents the role of the D5 receptor in modulating the striatal cholinergic interneuron (CIN) pause response through D5R-cAMP-Kv1 inhibitory signaling. Their model elucidates the on / off switch of CIN pause, likely due to the different DA affinity between D2R and D5R. This machinery may be crucial in modulating synaptic plasticity in cortical-striatal circuits during motor learning and execution. Furthermore, the study bridges their previous finding of CIN hyperexcitability (Paz et al., Movement Disorder 2022) with the loss of pause response in LID mice.

      Strengths:

      The study had solid findings, and the writing was logically structured and easy to follow. The experiments are well-designed, and they properly combined electrophysiology recording, optogenetics, and pharmacological treatment to dissect/rule out most, if not all, possible mechanisms in their model.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript is overall satisfying with only some minor concerns that need to be addressed. Manipulation of intracellular cAMP (e.g. using pharmacological analogs or inhibitors) can add additional evidence to strengthen the conclusion.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Tubert et al. investigate the mechanisms underlying the pause response in striatal cholinergic interneurons (SCINs). The authors demonstrate that optogenetic activation of thalamic axons in the striatum induces burst activity in SCINs, followed by a brief pause in firing. They show that the duration of this pause correlates with the number of elicited action potentials, suggesting a burst-dependent pause mechanism. The authors demonstrated this burst-dependent pause relied on Kv1 channels. The pause is blocked by an SKF81297 and partially by sulpiride and mecamylamine, implicating D1/D5 receptor involvement. The study also shows that the ZD7288 does not reduce the duration of the pause and that lesioning dopamine neurons abolishes this response, which can be restored by clozapine.

      Weaknesses:

      While this study presents an interesting mechanism for SCIN pausing after burst activity, there are several major concerns that should be addressed:

      (1) Scope of the Mechanism:

      It is important to clarify that the proposed mechanism may apply specifically to the pause in SCINs following burst activity. The manuscript does not provide clear evidence that this mechanism contributes to the pause response observed in behavioral animals. While the thalamus is crucial for SCIN pauses in behavioral contexts, the exact mechanism remains unclear. Activating thalamic input triggers burst activity in SCINs, leading to a subsequent pause, but this mechanism may not be generalizable across different scenarios. For instance, approximately half of TANs do not exhibit initial excitation but still pause during behavior, suggesting that the burst-dependent pause mechanism is unlikely to explain this phenomenon. Furthermore, in behavioral animals, the duration of the pause seems consistent, whereas the proposed mechanism suggests it depends on the prior burst, which is not aligned with in vivo observations. Additionally, many in vivo recordings show that the pause response is a reduction in firing rate, not complete silence, which the mechanism described here does not explain. Please address these in the manuscript.

      (2) Terminology:

      The use of "pause response" throughout the manuscript is misleading. The pause induced by thalamic input in brain slices is distinct from the pause observed in behavioral animals. Given the lack of a clear link between these two phenomena in the manuscript, it is essential to use more precise terminology throughout, including in the title, bullet points, and body of the manuscript.

      (3) Kv1 Blocker Specificity:

      It is unclear how the authors ruled out the possibility that the Kv1 blocker did not act directly on SCINs. Could there be an indirect effect contributing to the burst-dependent pause? Clarification on this point would strengthen the interpretation of the results.

      (4) Role of D1 Receptors:

      While it is well-established that activating thalamic input to SCINs triggers dopamine release, contributing to SCIN pausing (as shown in Figure 3), it would be helpful to assess the extent to which D1 receptors contribute to this burst-dependent pause. This could be achieved by applying the D1 agonist SKF81297 after blocking nAChRs and D2 receptors.

      (5) Clozapine's Mechanism of Action:

      The restoration of the burst-dependent pause by clozapine following dopamine neuron lesioning is interesting, but clozapine acts on multiple receptors beyond D1 and D5. Although it may be challenging to find a specific D5 antagonist or inverse agonist, it would be more accurate to state that clozapine restores the burst-dependent pause without conclusively attributing this effect to D5 receptors.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper uses rigorous methods to determine phase dynamics from human cortical stereotactic EEGs. It finds that the power of the phase is higher at the lowest spatial phase.

      Strengths:

      Rigorous and advanced analysis methods.

      Weaknesses:

      The novelty and significance of the results are difficult to appreciate from the current version of the paper.

      (1) It is very difficult to understand which experiments were analysed, and from where they were taken, reading the abstract. This is a problem both for clarity with regard to the reader and for attribution of merit to the people who collected the data.

      (2) The finding that the power is higher at the lowest spatial phase seems in tune with a lot of previous studies. The novelty here is unclear and it should be elaborated better. I could not understand reading the paper the advantage I would have if I used such a technique on my data. I think that this should be clear to every reader.

      (3) It seems problematic to trust in a strong conclusion that they show low spatial frequency dynamics of up to 15-20 cm given the sparsity of the arrays. The authors seem to agree with this concern in the last paragraph of page 12. They also say that it would be informative to repeat the analyses presented here after the selection of more participants from all available datasets. It begs the question of why this was not done. It should be done if possible.

      (4) Some of the analyses seem not to exploit in full the power of the dataset. Usually, a figure starts with an example participant but then the analysis of the entire dataset is not as exhaustive. For example, in Figure 6 we have a first row with the single participants and then an average over participants. One would expect quantifications of results from each participant (i.e. from the top rows of GFg 6) extracting some relevant features of results from each participant and then showing the distribution of these features across participants. This would complement the subject average analysis.

      (5) The function of brain phase dynamics at different frequencies and scales has been examined in previous papers at frequencies and scales relevant to what the authors treat. The authors may want to be more extensive with citing relevant studies and elaborating on the implications for them. Some examples below:<br /> Womelsdorf T, et alScience. 2007<br /> Besserve M et al. PloS Biology 2015<br /> Nauhaus I et al Nat Neurosci 2009

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the authors analyze the organization of phases across different spatial scales. The authors analyze intracranial, stereo-electroencephalogram (sEEG) recordings from human clinical patients. The authors estimate the phase at each sEEG electrode at discrete temporal frequencies. They then use higher-order SVD (HOSVD) to estimate the spatial frequency spectrum of the organization of phase in a data-driven manner. Based on this analysis, the authors conclude that most of the variance explained is due to spatially extended organizations of phase, suggesting that the best description of brain activity in space and time is in fact a globally organized process. The authors' analysis is also able to rule out several important potential confounds for the analysis of spatiotemporal dynamics in EEG.

      Strengths:

      There are many strengths in the manuscript, including the authors' use of SVD to address the limitation of irregular sampling and their analyses ruling out potential confounds for these signals in the EEG.

      Weaknesses:

      Some important weaknesses are not properly acknowledged, and some conclusions are over-interpreted given the evidence presented.

      The central weakness is that the analyses estimate phase from all signal time points using wavelets with a narrow frequency band (see Methods - "Numerical methods"). This step makes the assumption that phase at a particular frequency band is meaningful at all times; however, this is not necessarily the case. Take, for example, the analysis in Figure 3, which focuses on a temporal frequency of 9.2 Hz. If we compare the corresponding wavelet to the raw sEEG signal across multiple points in time, this will look like an amplitude-modulated 9.2 Hz sinusoid to which the raw sEEG signal will not correspond at all. While the authors may argue that analyzing the spatial organization of phase across many temporal frequencies will provide insight into the system, there is no guarantee that the spatial organization of phase at many individual temporal frequencies converges to the correct description of the full sEEG signal. This is a critical point for the analysis because while this analysis of the spatial organization of phase could provide some interesting results, this analysis also requires a very strong assumption about oscillations, specifically that the phase at a particular frequency (e.g. 9.2 Hz in Figure 3, or 8.0 Hz in Figure 5) is meaningful at all points in time. If this is not true, then the foundation of the analysis may not be precisely clear. This has an impact on the results presented here, specifically where the authors assert that "phase measured at a single contact in the grey matter is more strongly a function of global phase organization than local". Finally, the phase examples given in Supplementary Figure 5 are not strongly convincing to support this point.

      Another weakness is in the discussion on spatial scale. In the analyses, the authors separate contributions at (approximately) > 15 cm as macroscopic and < 15 cm as mesoscopic. The problem with the "macroscopic" here is that 15 cm is essentially on the scale of the whole brain, without accounting for the fact that organization in sub-systems may occur. For example, if a specific set of cortical regions, spanning over a 10 cm range, were to exhibit a consistent organization of phase at a particular temporal frequency (required by the analysis technique, as noted above), it is not clear why that would not be considered a "macroscopic" organization of phase, since it comprises multiple areas of the brain acting in coordination. Further, while this point could be considered as mostly semantic in nature, there is also an important technical consideration here: would spatial phase organizations occurring in varying subsets of electrodes and with somewhat variable temporal frequency reliably be detected? If this is not the case, then could it be possible that the lowest spatial frequencies are detected more often simply because it would be difficult to detect variable organizations in subsets of electrodes?

      Another weakness is disregarding the potential spike waveform artifact in the sEEG signal in the context of these analyses. Specifically, Zanos et al. (J Neurophysiol, 2011) showed that spike waveform artifacts can contaminate electrode recordings down to approximately 60 Hz. This point is important to consider in the context of the manuscript's results on spatial organization at temporal frequencies up to 100 Hz. Because the spike waveform artifact might affect signal phase at frequencies above 60 Hz, caution may be important in interpreting this point as evidence that there is significant phase organization across the cortex at these temporal frequencies.

      A last point is that, even though the present results provide some insight into the organization of phase across the human brain, the analyses do not directly link this to spiking activity. The predictive power that these spatial organizations of phase could provide for spiking activity - even if the analyses were not affected by the distortion due to the narrow-frequency assumption - remains unknown. This is important because relating back to spiking activity is the key factor in assessing whether these specific analyses of phase can provide insight into neural circuit dynamics. This type of analysis may be possible to do with the sEEG recordings, as well, by analyzing high-gamma power (Ray and Maunsell, PLoS Biology, 2011), which can provide an index of multi-unit spiking activity around the electrodes.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors propose a method for estimation of the spatial spectra of cortical activity from irregularly sampled data and apply it to publicly available intracranial EEG data from human patients during a delayed free recall task. The authors' main findings are that the spatial spectra of cortical activity peak at low spatial frequencies and decrease with increasing spatial frequency. This is observed over a broad range of temporal frequencies (2-100 Hz).

      Strengths:

      A strength of the study is the type of data that is used. As pointed out by the authors, spatial spectra of cortical activity are difficult to estimate from non-invasive measurements (EEG and MEG) due to signal mixing and from commonly used intracranial measurements (i.e. electrocorticography or Utah arrays) due to their limited spatial extent. In contrast, iEEG measurements are easier to interpret than EEG/MEG measurements and typically have larger spatial coverage than Utah arrays. However, iEEG is irregularly sampled within the three-dimensional brain volume and this poses a methodological problem that the proposed method aims to address.

      Weaknesses:

      The used method for estimating spatial spectra from irregularly sampled data is weak in several respects.

      First, the proposed method is ad hoc, whereas there exist well-developed (Fourier-based) methods for this. The authors don't clarify why no standard methods are used, nor do they carry out a comparative evaluation.

      Second, the proposed method lacks a theoretical foundation and hinges on a qualitative resemblance between Fourier analysis and singular value decomposition.

      Third, the proposed method is not thoroughly tested using simulated data. Hence it remains unclear how accurate the estimated power spectra actually are.

      In addition, there are a number of technical issues and limitations that need to be addressed or clarified (see recommendations to the authors).

      My assessment is that the conclusions are not completely supported by the analyses. What would convince me, is if the method is tested on simulated cortical activity in a more realistic set-up. I do believe, however, that if the authors can convincingly show that the estimated spatial spectra are accurate, the study will have an impact on the field. Regarding the methodology, I don't think that it will become a standard method in the field due to its ad hoc nature and well-developed alternatives.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper examines changes in relaxation time (T1 and T2) and magnetization transfer parameters that occur in a model system and in vivo when cells or tissue are depolarized using an equimolar extracellular solution with different concentrations of the depolarizing ion K+. The motivation is to explain T2 changes that have previously been observed by the authors in an in vivo model with neural stimulation (DIANA) and to try provide a mechanism to explain those changes.

      Strengths:

      The authors argue that the use of various concentrations of KCL in the extracellular fluid depolarize or hyperpolarize the cell pellets used and that this change in membrane potential is the driving force for the T2 (and T1-supplementary material) changes observed. In particular, they report an increase in T2 with increasing KCL concentration in the extracellular fluid (ECF) of pellets of SH-SY5Y cells. To offset the increasing osmolarity of the ECF due to the increase in KCL, the NaCL molarity of the ECF is proportionally reduced. The authors measure the intracellular voltage using patch clamp recordings, which is a gold standard. With 80 mM of KCL in the ECF, a change in T2 of the cell pellets of ~10 ms is observed with the intracellular potential recorded as about -6 mv. A very large T1 increase of ~90 ms is reported under the same conditions. The PSR (ratio of hydrogen protons on macromolecules to free water) decreases by about 10% at this 80 mM KCL concentration. Similar results are seen in a Jurkat cell line and similar, but far smaller changes are observed in vivo, for a variety of reasons discussed. As a final control, T1 and T2 values are measured in the various equimolar KCL solutions. As expected, no significant changes in T1 and T2 of the ECF were observed for these concentrations.

      Weaknesses:

      While the concepts presented are interesting, and the actual experimental methods seem to be nicely executed, the conclusions are not supported by the data for a number of reasons. This is not to say that the data isn't consistent with the conclusions, but there are other controls not included that would be necessary to draw the conclusion that it is membrane potential that is driving these T1 and T2 changes. Unfortunately for these authors, similar experiments conducted in 2008 (Stroman et al. Magn. Reson. in Med. 59:700-706) found similar results (increased T2 with KCL) but with a different mechanism, that they provide definite proof for. This study was not referenced in the current work.

      It is well established that cells swell/shrink upon depolarization/hyperpolarization. Cell swelling is accompanied by increased light transmittance in vivo, and this should be true in the pellet system as well. In a beautiful series of experiments, Stroman et al. (2008) showed in perfused brain slices that the cells swell upon equimolar KCL depolarization and the light transmittance increases. The time course of these changes is quite slow, of the order of many minutes, both for the T2-weighted MRI signal and for the light transmittance. Stroman et al. also show that hypoosmotic changes produce the exact same timecourse as the KCL depolarization changes (and vice versa for the hyperosmotic changes - which cause cell shrinkage). Their conclusion, therefore, was that cell swelling (not membrane potential) was the cause of the T2-weighted changes observed, and that these were relatively slow (on the scale of many minutes).

      What are the implications for the current study? Well, for one, the authors cannot exclude cell swelling as the mechanism for T2 changes, as they have not measured that. It is however well established that cell swelling occurs during depolarization, so this is not in question. Water in the pelletized cells is in slow/intermediate exchange with the ECF, and the solutions for the two compartment relaxation model for this are well established (see Menon and Allen, Magn. Reson. in Med. 20:214-227 (1991). The T2 relaxation times should be multiexponential (see point (3) further below). The current work cannot exclude cell swelling as the mechanism for T2 changes (it is mentioned in the paper, but not dealt with). Water entering cells dilutes the protein structures, changes rotational correlation times of the proteins in the cell and is known to increase T2. The PSR confirms that this is indeed happening, so the data in this work is completely consistent with the Stroman work and completely consistent with cell swelling associated with depolarization. The authors should have performed light scattering studies to demonstrate the presence or absence of cell swelling. Measuring intracellular potential is not enough to clarify the mechanism.

      So why does it matter whether the mechanism is cell swelling or membrane potential? The reason is response time. Cell swelling due to depolarization is a slow process, slower than hemodynamic responses that characterize BOLD. In fact, cell swelling under normal homeostatic conditions in vivo is virtually non-existent. Only sustained depolarization events typically associated with non-naturalistic stimuli or brain dysfunction produce cell swelling. Membrane potential changes associated with neural activity, on the other hand, are very fast. In this manuscript, the authors have convincingly shown a signal change that is virtually the same as what was seen in the Stroman publication, but they have not shown that there is a response that can be detected with anything approaching the timescale of an action potential. So one cannot definitely say that the changes observed are due to membrane potential. One can only say they are consistent with cell swelling, regardless of what causes the cell swelling.

      For this mechanism to be relevant to explaining DIANA, one needs to show that the cell swelling changes occur within a millisecond, which has never been reported. If one knows the populations of ECF and pellet, the T2s of the ECF and pellet and the volume change of the cells in the pellet, one can model any expected T2 changes due to neuronal activity. I think one would find that these are minuscule within the context of an action potential, or even bulk action potential.

      There are a few smaller issues that should be addressed.<br /> (1) Why were complicated imaging sequences used to measure T1 and T2? On a Bruker system it should be possible to do very simple acquisitions with hard pulses (which will not need dictionaries and such to get quantitative numbers). Of course, this can only be done sample by sample and would take longer, but it avoids a lot of complication to correct the RF pulses used for imaging, which leads me to the 2nd point.<br /> (2) Figure S1 (H) is unlike any exponential T2 decay I have seen in almost 40 years of making T2 measurements. The strange plateau at the beginning and the bump around TE = 25 ms are odd. These could just be noise, but the fitted curve exactly reproduces these features. A monoexponential T2 decay cannot, by definition, produce a fit shaped like this.<br /> (3) As noted earlier, layered samples produce biexponential T2 decays and monoexponential T1 decays. I don't quite see how this was accounted for in the fitting of the data from the pellet preparations. I realize that these are spatially resolved measurements, but the imaging slice shown seems to be at the boundary of the pellet and the extracellular media and there definitely should be a biexponential water proton decay curve. Only 5 echo times were used, so this is part of the problem, but it does mean that the T2 reported is a population fraction weighted average of the T2 in the two compartments.<br /> (4) Delta T1 and T2 values are presented for the pellets in wells, but no absolute values are presented for either the pellets or the KCL solutions that I could find.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Min et al. attempt to demonstrate that magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) can detect changes in neuronal membrane potentials. They approach this goal by studying how MRI contrast and cellular potentials together respond to treatment of cultured cells with ionic solutions. The authors specifically study two MRI-based measurements: (A) the transverse (T2) relaxation rate, which reflects microscopic magnetic fields caused by solutes and biological structures; and (B) the fraction or "pool size ratio" (PSR) of water molecules estimated to be bound to macromolecules, using an MRI technique called magnetization transfer (MT) imaging. They see that depolarizing K+ and Ba2+ concentrations lead to T2 increases and PSR decreases that vary approximately linearly with voltage in a neuroblastoma cell line and that change similarly in a second cell type. They also show that depolarizing potassium concentrations evoke reversible T2 increases in rat brains and that these changes are reversed when potassium is renormalized. Min et al. argue that this implies that membrane potential changes cause the MRI effects, providing a potential basis for detecting cellular voltages by noninvasive imaging. If this were true, it would help validate a recent paper published by some of the authors (Toi et al., Science 378:160-8, 2022), in which they claimed to be able to detect millisecond-scale neuronal responses by MRI.

      Strengths:

      The discovery of a mechanism for relating cellular membrane potential to MRI contrast could yield an important means for studying functions of the nervous system. Achieving this has been a longstanding goal in the MRI community, but previous strategies have proven too weak or insufficiently reproducible for neuroscientific or clinical applications. The current paper suggests remarkably that one of the simplest and most widely used MRI contrast mechanisms-T2 weighted imaging-may indicate membrane potentials if measured in the absence of the hemodynamic signals that most functional MRI (fMRI) experiments rely on. The authors make their case using a diverse set of quantitative tests that include controls for ion and cell type-specificity of their in vitro results and reversibility of MRI changes observed in vivo.

      Weaknesses:

      The major weakness of the paper is that it uses correlational data to conclude that there is a causational relationship between membrane potential and MRI contrast. Alternative explanations that could explain the authors' findings are not adequately considered. Most notably, depolarizing ionic solutions can also induce changes in cellular volume and tissue structure that in turn alter MRI contrast properties similarly to the results shown here. For example, a study by Stroman et al. (Magn Reson Med 59:700-6, 2008) reported reversible potassium-dependent T2 increases in neural tissue that correlate closely with light scattering-based indications of cell swelling. Phi Van et al. (Sci Adv 10:eadl2034, 2024) showed that potassium addition to one of the cell lines used here likewise leads to cell size increases and T2 increases. Such effects could in principle account for Min et al.'s results, and indeed it is difficult to see how they would not contribute, but they occur on a time scale far too slow to yield useful indications of membrane potential. The authors' observation that PSR correlates negatively with T2 in their experiments is also consistent with this explanation, given the inverse relationship usually observed (and mechanistically expected) between these two parameters. If the authors could show a tight correspondence between millisecond-scale membrane potential changes and MRI contrast, their argument for a causal connection or a useful correlational relationship between membrane potential and image contrast would be much stronger. As it is, however, the article does not succeed in demonstrating that membrane potential changes can be detected by MRI.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors explore a large-scale electrophysiological dataset collected in 10 labs while mice performed the same behavioral task, and aim to establish guidelines to aid reproducibility of results collected across labs. They introduce a series of metrics for quality control of electrophysiological data and show that histological verification of recording sites is important for interpreting findings across labs and should be reported in addition to planned coordinates. Furthermore, the authors suggest that although basic electrophysiology features were comparable across labs, task modulation of single neurons can be variable, particularly for some brain regions. The authors then use a multi-task neural network model to examine how neural dynamics relate to multiple interacting task- and experimenter-related variables, and find that lab-specific differences contribute little to the variance observed. Therefore, analysis approaches that account for correlated behavioral variables are important for establishing reproducible results when working with electrophysiological data from animals performing decision-making tasks. This paper is very well-motivated and needed. However, what is missing is a direct comparison of task modulation of neurons across labs using standard analysis practice in the fields, such as generalized linear model (GLM). This can potentially clarify how much behavioral variance contributes to the neural variance across labs; and more accurately estimate the scale of the issues of reproducibility in behavioral systems neuroscience, where conclusions often depend on these standard analysis methods.

      Strength:

      (1) This is a well-motivated paper that addresses the critical question of reproducibility in behavioural systems neuroscience. The authors should be commended for their efforts.

      (2) A key strength of this study comes from the large dataset collected in collaboration across ten labs. This allows the authors to assess lab-to-lab reproducibility of electrophysiological data in mice performing the same decision-making task.

      (3) The authors' attempt to streamline preprocessing pipelines and quality metrics is highly relevant in a field that is collecting increasingly large-scale datasets where automation of these steps is increasingly needed.

      (4) Another major strength is the release of code repositories to streamline preprocessing pipelines across labs collecting electrophysiological data.

      (5) Finally, the application of MTNN for characterizing functional modulation of neurons, although not yet widely used in systems neuroscience, seems to have several advantages over traditional methods.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) In several places the assumptions about standard practices in the field, including preprocessing and analyses of electrophysiology data, seem to be inaccurately presented:

      a) The estimation of how much the histologically verified recording location differs from the intended recording location is valuable information. Importantly, this paper provides citable evidence for why that is important. However, histological verification of recording sites is standard practice in the field, even if not all studies report them. Although we appreciate the authors' effort to further motivate this practice, the current description in the paper may give readers outside the field a false impression of the level of rigor in the field.

      b) When identifying which and how neurons encode particular aspects of stimuli or behaviour in behaving animals (when variables are correlated by the nature of the animals behaviour), it has become the standard in behavioral systems neuroscience to use GLMs - indeed many labs participating in the IBL also has a long history of doing this (e.g., Steinmetz et al., 2019; Musall et al., 2023; Orsolic et al., 2021; Park et al., 2014). The reproducibility of results when using GLMs is never explicitly shown, but the supplementary figures to Figure 7 indicate that results may be reproducible across labs when using GLMs (as it has similar prediction performance to the MTNN). This should be introduced as the first analysis method used in a new dedicated figure (i.e., following Figure 3 and showing results of analyses similar to what was shown for the MTNN in Figure 7). This will help put into perspective the degree of reproducibility issues the field is facing when analyzing with appropriate and common methods. The authors can then go on to show how simpler approaches (currently in Figures 4 and 5) - not accounting for a lot of uncontrolled variabilities when working with behaving animals - may cause reproducibility issues.

      When the authors introduce a neural network approach (i.e. MTNN) as an alternative to the analyses in Figures 4 and 5, they suggest: 'generalized linear models (GLMs) are likely too inflexible to capture the nonlinear contributions that many of these variables, including lab identity and spatial positions of neurons, might make to neural activity'). This is despite the comparison between MTNN and GLM prediction performance (Supplement 1 to Figure 7) showing that the MTNN is only slightly better at predicting neural activity compared to standard GLMs. The introduction of new models to capture neural variability is always welcome, but the conclusion that standard analyses in the field are not reproducible can be unfair unless directly compared to GLMs.

      In essence, it is really useful to demonstrate how different analysis methods and preprocessing approaches affect reproducibility. But the authors should highlight what is actually standard in the field, and then provide suggestions to improve from there.

      (2) The authors attempt to establish a series of new quality control metrics for the inclusion of recordings and single units. This is much needed, with the goal to standardize unit inclusion across labs that bypasses the manual process while keeping the nuances from manual curation. However, the authors should benchmark these metrics to other automated metrics and to manual curation, which is still a gold standard in the field. The authors did this for whole-session assessment but not for individual clusters. If the authors can find metrics that capture agreed-upon manual cluster labels, without the need for manual intervention, that would be extremely helpful for the field.

      (3) With the goal of improving reproducibility and providing new guidelines for standard practice for data analysis, the authors should report of n of cells, sessions, and animals used in plots and analyses throughout the paper to aid both understanding of the variability in the plots - but also to set a good example.

      Other general comments:

      (1) In the discussion (line 383) the authors conclude: 'This is reassuring, but points to the need for large sample sizes of neurons to overcome the inherent variability of single neuron recording'. - Based on what is presented in this paper we would rather say that their results suggest that appropriate analytical choices are needed to ensure reproducibility, rather than large datasets - and they need to show whether using standard GLMs actually allows for reproducible results.

      (2) A general assumption in the across-lab reproducibility questions in the paper relies on intralab variability vs across-lab variability. An alternative measure that may better reflect experimental noise is across-researcher variability, as well as the amount of experimenter experience (if the latter is a factor, it could suggest researchers may need more training before collecting data for publication). The authors state in the discussion that this is not possible. But maybe certain measures can be used to assess this (e.g. years of conducting surgeries/ephys recordings etc)?

      (3) Figure 3b and c: Are these plots before or after the probe depth has been adjusted based on physiological features such as the LFP power? In other words, is the IBL electrophysiological alignment toolbox used here and is the reliability of location before using physiological criteria or after? Beyond clarification, showing both before and after would help the readers to understand how much the additional alignment based on electrophysiological features adjusts probe location. It would also be informative if they sorted these penetrations by which penetrations were closest to the planned trajectory after histological verification.

      (4) In Figures 4 and 6: If the authors use a 0.05 threshold (alpha) and a cell simply has to be significant on 1/6 tests to be considered task modulated, that means that they have a false positive rate of ~30% (0.05*6=0.3). We ran a simple simulation looking for significant units (from random null distribution) from these criteria which shows that out of 100.000 units, 26500 units would come out significant (false error rate: 26.5%). That is very high (and unlikely to be accepted in most papers), and therefore not surprising that the fraction of task-modulated units across labs is highly variable. This high false error rate may also have implications for the investigation of the spatial position of task-modulated units (as effects of the spatial position may drown in falsely labelled 'task-modulated' cells).

      (5) The authors state from Figure 5b that the majority of cells could be well described by 2 PCs. The distribution of R2 across neurons is almost uniform, so depending on what R2 value one considers a 'good' description, that is the fraction of 'good' cells. Furthermore, movement onset has now been well-established to be affecting cells widely and in large fractions, so while this analysis may work for something with global influence - like movement - more sparsely encoded variables (as many are in the brain) may not be well approximated with this suggestion. The authors could expand this analysis into other epochs like activity around stimulus presentation, to better understand how this type of analysis reproduces across labs for features that have a less global influence.

      (6) Additionally, in Figure 5i: could the finding that one can only distinguish labs when taking cells from all regions, simply be a result of a different number of cells recorded in each region for each lab? It makes more sense to focus on the lab/area pairing as the authors also do, but not to make their main conclusion from it. If the authors wish to do the comparison across regions, they will need to correct for the number of cells recorded in each region for each lab. In general, it was a struggle to fully understand the purpose of Figure 5. While population analysis and dimensionality reduction are commonplace, this seems to be a very unusual use of it.

      (7) In the discussion the authors state: "This approach, which exceeds what is done in many experimental labs". Indeed this approach is a more effective and streamlined way of doing it, but it is questionable whether it 'exceeds' what is done in many labs. Classically, scientists trace each probe manually with light microscopy and designate each area based on anatomical landmarks identified with nissl or dapi stains together with gross landmarks. When not automated with 2-PI serial tomography and anatomically aligned to a standard atlas, this is a less effective process, but it is not clear that it is less precise, especially in studies before neuropixels where active electrodes were located in a much smaller area. While more effective, transforming into a common atlas does make additional assumptions about warping the brain into the standard atlas - especially in cases where the brain has been damaged/lesioned. Readers can appreciate the effectiveness and streamlining provided by these new tools without the need to invalidate previous approaches.

      (8) What about across-lab population-level representation of task variables, such as in the coding direction for stimulus or choice? Is the general decodability of task variables from the population comparable across labs?

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors sought to evaluate whether observations made in separate individual laboratories are reproducible when they use standardized procedures and quality control measures. This is a key question for the field. If ten systems neuroscience labs try very hard to do the exact same experiment and analyses, do they get the same core results? If the answer is no, this is very bad news for everyone else! Fortunately, they were able to reproduce most of their experimental findings across all labs. Despite attempting to target the same brain areas in each recording, variability in electrode targeting was a source of some differences between datasets.

      Major Comments:

      The paper had two principal goals:<br /> (1) to assess reproducibility between labs on a carefully coordinated experiment<br /> (2) distill the knowledge learned into a set of standards that can be applied across the field.<br /> The manuscript made progress towards both of these goals but leaves room for improvement.

      (1) The first goal of the study was to perform exactly the same experiment and analyses across 10 different labs and see if you got the same results. The rationale for doing this was to test how reproducible large-scale rodent systems neuroscience experiments really are. In this, the study did a great job showing that when a consortium of labs went to great lengths to do everything the same, even decoding algorithms could not discern laboratory identity was not clearly from looking at the raw data. However, the amount of coordination between the labs was so great that these findings are hard to generalize to the situation where similar (or conflicting!) results are generated by two labs working independently.

      Importantly, the study found that electrode placement (and thus likely also errors inherent to the electrode placement reconstruction pipeline) was a key source of variability between datasets. To remedy this, they implemented a very sophisticated electrode reconstruction pipeline (involving two-photon tomography and multiple blinded data validators) in just one lab-and all brains were sliced and reconstructed in this one location. This is a fantastic approach for ensuring similar results within the IBL collaboration, but makes it unclear how much variance would have been observed if each lab had attempted to reconstruct their probe trajectories themselves using a mix of histology techniques from conventional brain slicing, to light sheet microscopy, to MRI imaging.

      This approach also raises a few questions. The use of standard procedures, pipelines, etc. is a great goal, but most labs are trying to do something unique with their setup. Bigger picture, shouldn't highly "significant" biological findings akin to the discovery of place cells or grid cells, be so clear and robust that they can be identified with different recording modalities and analysis pipelines?

      Related to this, how many labs outside of the IBL collaboration have implemented the IBL pipeline for their own purposes? In what aspects do these other labs find it challenging to reproduce the approaches presented in the paper? If labs were supposed to perform this same experiment, but without coordinating directly, how much more variance between labs would have been seen? Obviously investigating these topics is beyond the scope of this paper. The current manuscript is well-written and clear as is, and I think it is a valuable contribution to the field. However, some additional discussion of these issues would be helpful.

      (2) The second goal of the study was to present a set of data curation standards (RIGOR) that could be applied widely across the field. This is a great idea, but its implementation needs to be improved if adoption outside of the IBL is to be expected. Here are three issues:

      (a) The GitHub repo for this project (https://github.com/int-brain-lab/paper-reproducible-ephys/) is nicely documented if the reader's goal is to reproduce the figures in the manuscript. Consequently, the code for producing the RIGOR statistics seems mostly designed for re-computing statistics on the existing IBL-formatted datasets. There doesn't appear to be any clear documentation about how to run it on arbitrary outputs from a spike sorter (i.e. the inputs to Phy).

      (b) Other sets of spike sorting metrics that are more easily computed for labs that are not using the IBL pipeline already exist (e.g. "quality_metrics" from the Allen Institute ecephys pipeline [https://github.com/AllenInstitute/ecephys_spike_sorting/blob/main/ecephys_spike_sorting/modules/quality_metrics/README.md] and the similar module in the Spike Interface package [https://spikeinterface.readthedocs.io/en/latest/modules/qualitymetrics.html]). The manuscript does not compare these approaches to those proposed here, but some of the same statistics already exist (amplitude cutoff, median spike amplitude, refractory period violation).

      (c) Some of the RIGOR criteria are qualitative and must be visually assessed manually. Conceptually, these features make sense to include as metrics to examine, but would ideally be applied in a standardized way across the field. The manuscript doesn't appear to contain a detailed protocol for how to assess these features. A procedure for how to apply these criteria for curating non-IBL data (or for implementing an automated classifier) would be helpful.

      Other Comments:

      (1) How did the authors select the metrics they would use to evaluate reproducibility? Was this selection made before doing the study?

      (2) Was reproducibility within-lab dependent on experimenter identity?

      (3) They note that UCLA and UW datasets tended to miss deeper brain region targets (lines 185-188) - they do not speculate why these labs show systematic differences. Were they not following standardized procedures?

      (4) The authors suggest that geometrical variance (difference between planned and final identified probe position acquired from reconstructed histology) in probe placement at the brain surface is driven by inaccuracies in defining the stereotaxic coordinate system, including discrepancies between skull landmarks and the underlying brain structures. In this case, the use of skull landmarks (e.g. bregma) to determine locations of brain structures might be unreliable and provide an error of ~360 microns. While it is known that there is indeed variance in the position between skull landmarks and brain areas in different animals, the quantification of this error is a useful value for the field.

      (5) Why are the thalamic recording results particularly hard to reproduce? Does the anatomy of the thalamus simply make it more sensitive to small errors in probe positioning relative to the other recorded areas?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Seon and Chung's study investigates the hypothesis that individuals take more risks when observed by others because they perceive others to be riskier than themselves. To test this, the authors designed an innovative experimental paradigm where participants were informed that their decisions would be observed by a "risky" player and a "safe" player. Participants underwent fMRI scanning during the task.

      Strengths:

      The research question is sound, and the experimental paradigm is well-suited to address the hypothesis.

      Weaknesses:

      I have several concerns. Most notably, the manuscript is difficult to read in parts, and I suggest a thorough revision of the writing for clarity, as some sections are nearly incomprehensible. Additionally, key statistical details are missing, and I have reservations about the choice of ROIs.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study aims to investigate how social observation influences risky decision-making. Using a gambling task, the study explored how participants adjusted their risk-taking behavior when they believed their decisions were being observed by either a risk-averse or risk-seeking partner. The authors hypothesized that individuals would simulate the choices of their observers based on learned preferences and integrate these simulated choices into their own decision-making. In addition to behavioral experiments, the study employed computational modeling to formalize decision processes and fMRI to identify the neural underpinnings of risky decision-making under social observation.

      Strengths:

      The study provides a fresh perspective on social influence in decision-making, moving beyond the simple notion that social observation leads to uniformly riskier behavior. Instead, it shows that individuals adjust their choices depending on their beliefs about the observer's risk preferences, offering a more nuanced understanding of how social contexts shape decision-making. The authors provide evidence using comprehensive approaches, including behavioral data based on a well-designed task, computational modeling, and neuroimaging. The three models are well selected to compare at which level (e.g., computing utility, risk preference shift, and choice probability) the social influence alters one's risky decision-making. This approach allows for a more precise understanding of the cognitive processes underlying decision-making under social observation.

      Weaknesses:

      While the neuroimaging results are generally consistent with the behavioral and computational findings, the strength of the neural evidence could be improved. The authors' claims about the involvement of the TPJ and mPFC in integrating social information are plausible, but further analysis, such as model comparisons at the neuroimaging level, is needed to decisively rule out alternative interpretations that other computational models suggest.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an important paper using a novel paradigm to examine how observation affects the social contagion of risk preferences. There is a lot of interest in the field about the mechanisms of social influence, and adding in the factor of whether observation also influences these contagion effects is intriguing.

      Strengths:

      (1) There is an impressive combination of a multi-stage behavioural task with computational modelling and neuroimaging.

      (2) The analyses are well conducted and the sample size is reasonable.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Anatomically it would be helpful to more explicitly distinguish between dmPFC and vmPFC. Particularly at the end of the introduction when mPFC and vmPFC are distinguished, as the vmPFC is in the mPFC.

      (2) The authors' definition of ROIs could be elaborated on further. They suggest that peaks are selected from neurosynth for different terms, but were there not multiple peaks identified within a functional or anatomical brain area? This section could be strengthened by confirming with anatomical ROIs where available, such as the atlases here http://www.rbmars.dds.nl/lab/CBPatlases.html and the Harvard-Oxford atlases.

      (3) How did the authors ensure there were enough trials to generate a reliable BOLD signal? The scanned part of the study seems relatively short.

      (4) It would be helpful to add whether any brain areas survived whole-brain correction.

      (5) There is a concern that mediation cannot be used to make causal inferences and much larger samples are needed to support claims of mediation. The authors should change the term mediation in order to not imply causality (they could talk about indirect effects instead) and highlight that the mediation analyses are exploratory as they would not be sufficiently powered (https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2843527/).

      (6) The authors may want to speculate on lifespan differences in this susceptibility to risk preferences given recent evidence that older adults are relatively more susceptible to impulsive social influence (Zhu et al, 2024, comms psychology).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors constructed a novel HSV-based therapeutic vaccine to cure SIV in a primate model. The novel HSV vector is deleted for ICP34.5. Evidence is given that this protein blocks HIV reactivation by interference with the NFkappaB pathway. The deleted construct supposedly would reactivate SIV from latency. The SIV genes carried by the vector ought to elicit a strong immune response. Together the HSV vector would elicit a shock and kill effect. This is tested in a primate model.

      Strengths and weaknesses:

      (1) Deleting ICP34.5 from the HSV construct has a very strong effect on HIV reactivation. The mechanism underlying increased activation by deleting ICP34.5 is only partially explored. Overexpression of ICP34.5 has a much smaller effect (reduction in reactivation) than deletion of ICP34.5 (strong activation); this is acknowledged by the authors that no full mechanistic explanation can be given at this moment.

      (2) No toxicity data are given for deleting ICP34.5. How specific is the effect for HIV reactivation? A RNA seq analysis is required to show the effect on cellular genes.

      A RNA seq analysis was done in the revised manuscript comparing the effect of HSV-1 and deleted vector in J-LAT cells (Fig S5). More than 2000 genes are upregulated after transduction with the modified vector in comparison with the WT vector. Hence, the specificity of upregulation of SIV genes is questioned. Authors do NOT comment on these findings. In my view it questions the utility of this approach.

      (3) The primate groups are too small and the results to variable to make averages. In Fig 5, the group with ART and saline has two slow rebounders. It is not correct to average those with the single quick rebounder. Here the interpretation is NOT supported by the data.

      Although authors provided some promising SIV DNA data, no additional animals were added. Groups of 3 animals are too small to make any conclusion, especially since the huge variability in response. The average numbers out of 3 are still presented in the paper, which is not proper science.

      No data are given of the effect of the deletion in primates. Now the deleted construct is compared with an empty vector containing no SIV genes. Authors provide new data in Fig S2 on the comparison of WT and modified vector in cells from PLWH, but data are not that convincing. A significant difference in reactivation is seen for LTR in only 2/4 donors and in Gag in 3/4 donors. (Additional question what is meaning of LTR mRNA, do authors relate to genomic RNA??)

      Discussion

      HSV vectors are mainly used in cancer treatment partially due to induced inflammation. Whether these are suitable to cure PLWH without major symptoms is a bit questionable to me and should at least be argued for.

      The RNA seq data add on to this worry and should at least be discussed.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this article Wen et. al., describe the development of a 'proof-of-concept' bi-functional vector based out of HSV-deltaICP-34.5's ability to purge latent HIV-1 and SIV genomes from cells. They show that co-infection of latent J-lat T-cell lines with a HSV-deltaICP-34.5 vector can reactivate HIV-1 from a latent state. Over- or stable expression of ICP 34.5 ORF in these cells can arrest latent HIV-1 genomes from transcription, even in the presence of latency reversal agents. ICP34.5 can co-IP with- and de-phosphorylate IKKa/b to block its interaction with NF-k/B transcription factor. Additionally, ICP34.5 can interact with HSF1 which was identified by mass-spec. Thus, the authors propose that the latency reversal effect of HSV-deltaICP-34.5 in co-infected JLat cells is due to modulatory effects on the IKKa/b-NF-kB and PP1-HSF-1 pathway.

      Next the authors cleverly construct a bifunctional HSV based vector with deleted ICP34.5 and 47 ORFs to purge latency and avoid immunological refluxes, and additionally expand the application of this construct as a vaccine by introducing SIV genes. They use this 'vaccine' in mouse models and show the expected SIV-immune responses. Experiments in rhesus macaques (RM), further elicit potential for their approach to reactivate SIV genomes and at the same time block their replication by antibodies. What was interesting in the SIV experiments is that the dual-functional vector vaccine containing sPD1- and SIV Gag/Env ORFs effectively delayed SIV rebound in RMs and in some cases almost neutralized viral DNA copy detection in serum. Very promising indeed, however there are some questions I wish the authors explored to answer, detailed below.

      Overall, this is an elegant and timely work demonstrating the feasibility of reducing virus rebound in animals, and potentially expand to clinical studies. The work was well written, and sections were clearly discussed.

      Strengths:

      The work is well designed, rationale explained and written very clearly for lay readers.<br /> Claims are adequately supported by evidence and well designed experiments including controls.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) It looks like ICP0 is also involved in latency reversal effects. More follow-up work will be required to test if this is in fact true.

      (2) It is difficult to estimate the depletion of the latent viral reservoir. The authors have tried to address this issue. A more convincing argument to this reviewer will be data to demonstrate that after the bi-functional vaccine, the animals show overall reduction in the number of circulating latent cells. The feasibility to obtain such a result is not clearly demonstrated.

      (3) The authors state that the reduced virus rebound detected following bi-functional vaccine delivery is due to latent genomes becoming activated and steady-state neutralization of these viruses by antibody response. This needs to be demonstrated. Perhaps cell-culture experiments from specimen taken from animals might help address this issue. In lab cultures one could create environments without antibody responses, under these conditions one would expect higher level of viral loads being released in response to the vaccine in question.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Molnar, Suranyi and colleagues have generated a useful dataset characterizing the rate of mutations in Mycobacterium smegmatis - a non-pathogenic model mycobacterial strain, to several antibiotics at sub-lethal dose. The whole genome sequencing approach used is a strength of this study. Overall, the results are consistent with a low rate of mutations, consistent with other reports in Mycobacterium smegmatis and in vitro and clinical studies with Mycobacterium tuberculosis. The data supports phenotypic tolerance rather than genetic mutations as a driver.

      The revised manuscript is improved and addresses several concerns raised by the reviewers from the previous rounds. These relate primarily to the presentation of data in the figures, but there is also new data in Figure 2 to show an increased MIC for M. smegmatis under antibiotic pressure. An additional dataset of sequences from ciprofloxacin-treated bacteria has also been generated and made publicly accessible, which will be of interest to the community.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      In this study, the authors evaluate the impact of selective pressure from chemotherapeutic drugs on the development of drug resistance in Mycobacteria, specifically through the acquisition of genetic mutations or phenotypic tolerance. Their findings indicate that treatment with sublethal concentrations of first-line antibiotics does not lead to enhanced mutation rates.

      Strengths

      The use of the mutation accumulation assay demonstrating low spontaneous mutation rates combined with the display of an increased MIC supports drug resistance as a consequence of phenotypic tolerance. Additionally, the use of the ciprofloxacin tolerance assay in combination with whole genome sequencing demonstrating a lack of mutations provides further support of this. The results now support the authors claims.

      Weaknesses

      Besides an increase in DNA stress response other underlying tolerance mechanisms were not established - increased efflux pump, thickening of the cell wall, decrease in metabolic processes, rerouting of metabolic processes etc.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes how antibiotics influence genetic stability and survival in Mycobacterium smegmatis. Prolonged treatment with first-line antibiotics did not significantly impact mutation rates. Instead, adaptation to these drugs appears to be mediated by upregulation of DNA repair enzymes. While this study offers robust data, findings remain correlative and fall short of providing mechanistic insights.

      Strengths:

      The strength of this study is the use of genome-wide approaches to address the specific question of whether or not mycobacteria induce mutagenic potential upon antibiotic exposure.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors responded adequately to my comments, and I have no further suggestions for the revised manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Human and simian immunodeficiency viruses (HIV and SIV, respectively) evolved numerous mechanisms to compromise effective immune responses but the underlying mechanisms remain incompletely understood. Here, Yamamoto and Matano examined the humoral immune response in a large number of rhesus macaques infected with the difficult-to-neutralize SIVmac239 strain and identified a subgroup of animals showing significant neutralizing Ab responses. Sequence analyses revealed that in most of these animals (7/9) but only a minority in the control group (2/19) SIVmac variants containing a CD8+ T-cell escape mutation of G63E/R in the viral Nef gene emerged. Functional analyses revealed that this change attenuates the ability of Nef to stimulate PI3K/Akt/mTORC2 signalling. The authors propose that this improved induction of SIVmac239 nAb is reciprocal to antibody dysregulation caused by a previously identified human PI3K gain-of-function mutation associated with impaired anti-viral B-cell responses. Altogether, the results suggest that PI3K signalling plays a role in B-cell maturation and generation of effective nAb responses. Preliminary data indicate that Nef might be transferred from infected T cells to B cells by direct contact. However, the exact mechanism and the relevance for vaccine development requires further studies

      Strengths of the study are that the authors analyzed a large number of SIVmac-infected macaques to unravel the biological significance of the known effect of the interaction of Nef with PI3K/Akt/mTORC2 signaling. This is interesting and may provide a novel means to improve humoral immune responses to HIV. In the revised version the authors made an effort to address previous concerns. Especially, they provide data supporting that Nef might be transferred to B cells by direct cell-cell contact. In addition, the provide some evidence that G63R that also emerged in most animals does not share the disruptive effect of G63G although experimental examination and discussion why G63R might emerge remains poor. Another weakness that remains is that some effects of the G63E mutation are modest and effects were not compared to SIVmac constructs lacking Nef entirely. The evidence for a role of Nef G63E mutation on PI3K and the association with improved nAb responses was largely convincing and it is appreciated that the authors provide additional evidence for a potential impact of "soluble" Nef on neighboring B cells. However, the experimental set-up and the results are difficult to comprehend. It seems that direct cell-cell contact is required and membranes are exchanged. Since Nef is associated with cellular membranes this might lead to some transfer of Nef to B cells. However, the immunological and functional consequences of this remain largely elusive. Alternatively, Nef-mediated manipulation of helper CD4 T cells might also impact B cell function and effective humoral immune responses. As previously noted, the presentation of the results and conclusions was in part very convoluted and difficult to comprehend. While the authors made attempts to improve the writing parts of the manuscript are still challenging to follow. This applies even more to the rebuttal (complex words combined with poor grammar), which made it difficult to assess which concerns have been satisfactory addressed.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      NFKB mutations are thought to be one of the causes of pituitary dysfunction, but until now they could not be reproduced in mice and their pathomechanism was unknown. The authors used the differentiation of hypothalamic-pituitary organoids from human pluripotent stem cells to recapitulate the disease in human iPS cells carrying the NFKB mutation.

      Strengths:

      The authors achieved their primary goal of recapitulating the disease in human cells. In particular, the differentiation of the pituitary gland is closely linked to the adjacent hypothalamus in embryology, and the authors have again shown that this method is useful when the hypothalamus is suspected to be involved in pituitary abnormalities caused by genetic mutations.

      Weaknesses:

      On the other hand, the pathomechanism is still not fully understood. This study provides some clues to the pathomechanism, but further analysis of NFKB expression and experiments investigating the relevant factors in more detail may help to clarify it further.<br /> As for the revised manuscript, it is still insufficient for understanding the role of NFKB2 in pituitary development although their additional experiments have improved the manuscript. The strength of the hypothalamus-pituitary organoid lies in its ability to recapitulate the differentiation process including not only the pituitary cells but also neighbouring non-pituitary cells, such as hypothalamic cells in vitro. It is necessary to determine "at which stages" and "in which localizations" NFKB2 expression is critical for pituitary development.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      DAVID syndrome is a rare autosomal dominant disorder characterized by variable immune dysfunction and variable ACTH deficiency. Nine different families have been reported, and all have heterozygous mutations in NFKB2. The mechanism of NFKB2 action in the immune systems has been well-studied, but nothing is known about its role in pituitary gland.

      The DAVID mutations cluster in the C-terminus of the NFKB2 and interfere with cleavage and nuclear translocation. The mutations are likely dominant negative, by affecting dimer function. ACTH deficiency can be life-threatening in neonates and adults, thus, understanding the mechanism of NFKB2 action in pituitary development and/or function is important.

      The authors use CRISPR/Cas gene editing of human iPSC derived pituitary-hypothalamic organoids to assess the function of NFKB2 and TBX19 in pituitary development. Mutations in TBX19 are the most common, known cause of pituitary ACTH deficiency, and the mechanism of action has been studied in mice, which phenocopy the human condition. Thus, the TBX19 organoids can serve as a positive control. The Nfkb2 mouse model has a p.Y868* mutation that impairs cleavage of NFKB2 p100, and the immune phenotype mimics the patients with DAVID mutations, but no pituitary phenotype was evident. Thus, a human organoid model might be the only approach suitable to discover the etiology of the pituitary phenotype.

      Overall, the authors have selected an important problem, and the results suggest that the pituitary insufficiency in DAVID syndrome is caused by a developmental defect rather than an autoimmune hypophysitis condition. The use of gene editing in human iPSC derived hypothalamic-pituitary organoids is significant, as there is only one example of this previously, namely studies on OTX2. Only a few laboratories have demonstrated the ability to differentiate iPSC or ES cells to these organoids, and the authors have improved the efficiency of differentiation, which is also significant.

      The strength of the evidence is excellent. The authors have thoroughly analyzed the genetically engineered organoids compared to isogenic controls. They have validated their findings with analysis of RNA and proteins. They have studied the time course of differentiation in the organoids and have a robust experimental design involving many replicates. Analysis of additional clones could strengthen the evidence.

      Strengths:

      The authors make mutations in TBX19 and NFKB2 that exist in affected patients. The TBX19 p.K146R mutation is recessive and causes isolated ACTH deficiency. Mutations in this gene account for 2/3 of isolated ACTH deficiency cases. The NFKB2 p.D865G mutation is heterozygous in a patient with recurrent infections and isolated ACTH deficiency. NFKB2 mutations are a rare cause of ACTH deficiency, and they can be associated with loss of other pituitary hormones in some cases. However, all reported cases are heterozygous.<br /> The developmental studies of organoid differentiation are rigorous in that 200 organoids were generated for each hiPSC line, and 3-10 organoids were analyzed for each time point and genotype. Differentiation analysis relied on both RNA transcript measurements and immunohistochemistry of cleared organoids using light sheet microscopy. Multiple time points were examined, including seven times for gene expression at the RNA level and two times in the later stages of differentiation for IHC.<br /> TBX19 deficient organoids exhibit reduced levels of PITX1, LHX3, and POMC (ACTH precursor) expression at the RNA and IHC level, and there are fewer corticotropes in the organoids, as ascertained by POMC IHC.<br /> The NFKB2 deficient organoids have normal expression of the early pituitary transcription factor HESX1, but reduced expression of PITX2, LHX3 and POMC. Because there is no immune component in the organoid, this shows that NFKB2 mutations can affect corticotrope differentiation to produce POMC. RNA sequencing analysis of the organoids reveals potential downstream targets of NFKB2 action, including a potential effect on epithelial to mesenchymal like transition and selected pituitary and hypothalamic transcription factors and signaling pathways.

      It is important to note that all NFKB2 patients are heterozygous for what appear to be dominant negative mutations that affect protein cleavage and nuclear localization of processed protein as homo or heterodimers. The organoids are homozygous for this mutation.

      Weakness:

      There could be variation between individual iPSC lines that is unrelated to the genetically engineered change. The work would be strengthened by analysis of independently engineered clones or by correcting the engineered clone to wild type and demonstrating that the phenotypic effects are reversed. The authors do check for off target effects of the guide RNA at predicted sites using WGS.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Mac et al addresses the causes of pituitary dysfunction in patients with DAVID syndrome which is caused by mutations in the NFKB2 gene and leads to ACTH deficiency. The authors seek to determine whether the mutation directly leads to altered pituitary development, as opposed to an autoimmune defect, by using mutating human iPSCs and then establishing organoids that differentiate into pituitary tissue. They first seek to validate the system using a well-characterised mutation of the transcription factor TBX19, which also results in ACTH deficiency in patients. Then they characterise altered pituitary cell differentiation in mutant NFKB2 organoids and show that these lack corticotrophs, which would lead to ACTH deficiency. Importantly, the findings here suggest the effects of mutant NFKB2 on pituitary organoid differentiation are direct and not a result of altered noncanonical NF-κB signalling, which has been shown to be a mechanism leading to immunodeficiency in DAVID patients.

      Strengths:

      The conclusion of the paper that ACTH deficiency in DAVID syndrome is independent of an autoimmune input is strong.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors correctly emphasise the importance of establishing the validity of an iPSC-based model in being able to recapitulate in vivo dysfunctional pituitary development through characterisation of a TBX19 knock-in mutation. Whilst this leads to the expected failure of functional corticotroph differentiation, other aspects of the normal pituitary differentiation pathway upstream of cortocotroph commitment seem to have been affected in surprising ways. In particular, the loss of LHX3 and PITX1 in TBX19 mutant organoids compared with wild type requires explanation, especially as the mutant protein would only be expected to be expressed in a small proportion of anterior pituitary lineage cells. This may identify a difference between human and mouse pituitary development and emphasises the importance of further establishing the developmental programme in human pituitary.

      (2) It is notable that the manipulation of iPSC cells used to generate mutants through CRISPR/Cas9 editing is not applied to the control iPSC line. It is possible that these manipulations, including electroporation and puromycin selection may lead to changes to the iPSC cells that is independent of the mutations introduced and this may change the phenotype of the cells. The authors have established that there are no off-target mutations through whole genome sequencing but the iPSC manipulation could have led to changes through epigenetic mechanisms or through non-genomic alterations of developmental potential. A better control in all experiments would have been an iPSC line with a benign knock-in (such as GFP into the ROSA26 locus) or use of a selected line where editing failed. The authors also ackowledge that use of a single clone is not ideal in these studies and characterisation of multiple clones would strengthen the conclusions of the study.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The current manuscript provides solid evidence that the molecular function of SLC35G1, an orphan human SLC transporter, is citrate export at the basolateral membrane of intestinal epithelial cells. Multiple lines of evidence, including radioactive transport experiments, immunohistochemical staining, gene expression analysis, and siRNA knockdown are combined to deduce a model of the physiological role of this transporter.

      Strengths:

      The experimental approaches are comprehensive, and together establish a strong model for the role of SLC35G1 in citrate uptake. The observation that chloride inhibits uptake suggests an interesting mechanism that exploits the difference in chloride concentration across the basolateral membrane.

      Weaknesses:

      A gap in this study is that the mechanism of the transporter has not been established. The authors propose that the mechanism is facilitated diffusion, while also leaving open the possibility that citrate transport is coupled to another ion, such as chloride. However, another result from this study seems to be in conflict with the proposed facilitative diffusion mechanism. Specifically, the study finds that uptake is not impacted by membrane depolarization. This would imply that transport is not electrogenic, whereas facilitated diffusion of citrate anion should be an electrogenic process.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The primary goal of this study was to identify the transport pathway that is responsible for the release of dietary citrate from enterocytes into blood across the basolateral membrane.

      Strengths:

      The transport pathway responsible for the entry of dietary citrate into enterocytes was already known, but the transporter responsible for the second step remained unidentified. The studies presented in this manuscript identify SLC35G1 as the most likely transporter that mediates the release of absorbed citrate from intestinal cells into the serosal side. This fills an important gap in our current knowledge on the transcellular absorption of dietary citrate. The exclusive localization of the transporter in the basolateral membrane of human intestinal cells and the human intestinal cell line Caco-2 and the inhibition of the transporter function by chloride support this conclusion.

      Weaknesses:

      (i) The substrate specificity experiments have been done with relatively low concentrations of potential competing substrates, considering the relatively low affinity of the transporter for citrate. Given that NaDC1 brings in not only citrate as a divalent anion and also other divalent anions such as succinate, it is possible that SLC35G1 is responsible for the release of not only citrate but also other dicarboxylates. However the substrate specificity studies show that the dicarboxylates tested did not compete with citrate, meaning that SLC35G1 is selective for the citrate (2-), but this conclusion might be flawed because of the low concentration of the competing substrates used in the experiment. Furthermore, the apical NaDC1 is not selective for citrate; in fact, it transports citrate with a much lower affinity than it transports dicarboxylates such as succinate. If what the authors suggest that SLC35G1 is selective for citrate is correct, there must be another transporter for the efflux of dicarboxylates. The authors should have performed a dose-response experiment for the dicarboxylates tested as potential substrates before making the conclusion that SLC35G1 is selective for citrate.

      (ii) The authors have used MDCK cells for assessment of the transcellular transfer of citrate via SLC35G1, but it is not clear whether this cell line expresses NaDC1 in the apical membrane as the enterocytes do. Even though the authors expressed SLC35G1 ectopically in MDCK cells and showed that the transporter localizes to the basolateral membrane, the question as to how citrate actually enters the apical membrane for SLC35G1 in the other membrane to work remains unanswered.

      (iii) The role of chloride in the efflux of citrate remains not evaluated in detail. Similarly, the potential role of membrane potential in the transport function of SLC35G1 remains unknown. Since the SLC35G1-mediated uptake appears to be similar in the presence and absence of potassium, the authors argue that membrane potential has no role in the transport process. Since it is proposed that the divalent citrate is the substrate for the transporter, it is difficult to reconcile with the conclusion that the membrane potential has no impact on the transport process, especially given the fact that no other exchangeable anion has been shown or suggested. Even if chloride is the potential exchangeable anion, it still begs the question as to the stoichiometry of citrate:chloride if membrane potential plays no role. Obviously, additional work is needed to figure out the actual transport mechanism for SLC35G1.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors convincingly show that SLC35G1 mediates uptake of citrate which is dependent on pH and chloride concentration. Putting their initial findings in a physiological context, they present human tissue expression data of SLC35G. Their Transwell assay indicates that SLC35G1 is a citrate exporter at the basolateral membrane.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript would benefit from the inclusion of the antibody validation results. Related to the localization of SLC35G1, the polyclonal antibody was not validated in the knockdown cells used in the study. This would strengthen the antibody validation, the localization results as well as the transport assay in 2C.

      Also, it is unclear why the Transwell assay was not performed upon knockdown of SLC35G1 to support the conclusions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Galanti et al. present an innovative new method to determine the susceptibility of large collections of plant accessions towards infestations by herbivores and pathogens. This work resulted from an unplanned infestation of plants in a greenhouse that was later harvested for sequencing. When these plants were extracted for DNA, associated pest DNA was extracted and sequenced as well. In a standard analysis, all sequencing reads would be mapped to the plant reference genome and unmapped reads, most likely originating from 'exogenous' pest DNA, would be discarded. Here, the authors argue that these unmapped reads contain valuable information and can be used to quantify plant infestation loads.

      For the present manuscript, the authors re-analysed a published dataset of 207 sequenced accessions of Thlaspi arvense. In this data, 0.5% of all reads had been classified as exogenous reads, while 99.5% mapped to the T. arvense reference genome. In a first step, however, the authors repeated read mapping against other reference genomes of potential pest species and found that a substantial fraction of 'ambiguous' reads mapped to at least one such species. Removing these reads improved the results of downstream GWAs, and is in itself an interesting tool that should be adopted more widely.

      The exogenous reads were primarily mapped to the genomes of the aphid Myzus persicae and the powdery mildew Erysiphe cruciferarum, from which the authors concluded that these were the likely pests present in their greenhouse. The authors then used these mapped pest read counts as an approximate measure of infestation load and performed GWA studies to identify plant gene regions across the T. arvense accessions that were associated with higher or lower pest read counts. In principle, this is an exciting approach that extracts useful information from 'junk' reads that are usually discarded. The results seem to support the authors' arguments, with relatively high heritabilities of pest read counts among T. arvense accessions, and GWA peaks close to known defence genes. Nonetheless, I do feel that more validation would be needed to support these conclusions, and given the radical novelty of this approach, additional experiments should be performed.

      A weakness of this study is that no actual aphid or mildew infestations of plants were recorded by the authors. They only mention that they anecdotally observed differences in infestations among accessions. As systematic quantification is no longer possible in retrospect, a smaller experiment could be performed in which a few accessions are infested with different quantities of aphids and/or mildew, followed by sequencing and pest read mapping. Such an approach would have the added benefit of allowing causally linking pest read count and pest load, thereby going beyond correlational associations.

      On a technical note, it seems feasible that mildew-infested leaves would have been selected for extraction, but it is harder to explain how aphid DNA would have been extracted alongside plant DNA. Presumably, all leaves would have been cleaned of live aphids before they were placed in extraction tubes. What then is the origin of aphid DNA in these samples? Are these trace amounts from aphid saliva and faeces/honeydew that were left on the leaves? If this is the case, I would expect there to be substantially more mildew DNA than aphid DNA, yet the absolute read counts for aphids are actually higher. Presumably read counts should only be used as a relative metric within a pest organism, but this unexpected result nonetheless raises questions about what these read counts reflect. Again, having experimental data from different aphid densities would make these results more convincing.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have addressed many technical details in their revision, but they did not address my more fundamental concerns about validation of their results. I still believe that validation would be needed, but I also acknowledge that an additional experiment that reliably tests a causal relationship between read counts and pest abundance would go beyond the scope of a revision. Nonetheless, the authors currently only show variation in pest read counts among plant accessions, not in pest abundance. While the two measures are likely correlated, I hope that future studies will address more directly how pest abundance and read counts are causally linked, and whether pest read counts truly are a robust measure of pest abundance across a range of conditions and systems

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Galanti et al investigate genetic variation in plant pest resistance using non-target reads from whole-genome sequencing of 207 field lines spontaneously colonized by aphids and mildew. They calculate significant differences in pest DNA load between populations and lines, with heritability and correlation with climate and glucosinolate content. By genome-wide association analyses they identify known defence genes and novel regions potentially associated with pest load variation. Additionally, they suggest that differential methylation at transposons and some genes are involved in responses to pathogen pressure. The authors present in this study the potential of leveraging non-target sequencing reads to estimate plant biotic interactions, in general for GWAS, and provide insights into the defence mechanisms of Thlaspi arvense.

      Strengths:

      The authors ask an interesting and important question. Overall, I found the manuscript very well-written, with a very concrete and clear question, a well-structured experimental design, and clear differences from previous work. Their important results could potentially have implications and utility for many systems in phenotype-genotype prediction. In particular, I think the use of unmapped reads for GWAS is intriguing.

      Comments on revised version:

      The revisions to the manuscript have significantly enhanced its clarity and scientific rigor. Methodological clarifications, especially regarding the normalization of read counts, now provide a stronger foundation for the presented results. Statistical enhancements, including more robust methods for controlling population structure and refined GWAS approaches, have solidified the reliability of the findings, effectively linking genetic variants and epigenetic modifications to pest loads. The discussion section has been improved to offer a more cautious interpretation of the correlations between transposable element (TE) methylation and pathogen load, emphasizing the associative nature of these findings. Additionally, increased transparency in data handling, particularly the treatment of ambiguous reads, has significantly reduced potential biases. These improvements have made the manuscript better suited to the readership, providing clearer insights into the genomic and epigenetic underpinnings of plant pest resistance.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Christensen, et al. presents an application of restricted Boltzmann machines to analyze the MprF family of enzymes, which catalyze the addition of amino acids to lipid substrates in bacteria. Overall the manuscript is an interesting and very compelling combination of advanced statistical analysis of sequences and experimental determination of MprF function. One notable outcome is (as stated in the title) the identification of a novel substrate/product. I expect that other researchers interested in using advanced methods to connect sequence to lipid synthesis functions will find the work of significant value and that others interested in microbial resistance will find inspiration in the results. This is an excellent contribution that will be of great value to the field, and which is improved following revisions.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      After the previous identification that the Streptococcus agalactiae MprF enzyme can synthesize also lysyl-glucosyl-diacylglycerol (Lys-Glc-DAG), besides the already known lysyl-phosphatidylglycerol (Lys-PG), the authors aim for the current manuscript was to investigate the molecular determinants of MprF lipid substrate specificity, for which MprF from a variety of bacterial species were used. This then led to the coincidental discovery of a novel lipid species.

      The manuscript is well constructed and easy to follow, especially taking into account the multidisciplinary aspect of it (computational machine learning combined with lipid biology). The Restricted Boltzmann machines (RBM) approach enables the successful, although not perfect, classification and categorization of MprF activity. The computational approach is validated by lab experiments in which LC-MS analysis reveals the specific activity of the lipid synthesizing enzymes. In a few cases lipid synthesis activity is completely absent. Due to the lack of protein expression data, it is unclear if this is caused by enzyme inactivity or the overall absence of enzyme.

      Overall, the authors largely achieved their goals, as the applied RBM approach led to specific sequence determinants in MprF enzymes that could categorize the specificity of these enzymes. The experimental data could largely confirm this categorization, although a stronger connection between synthesized lipids and enzyme activity would have further strengthened the observations.

      The work now focuses only on MprF enzymes, but could in theory be expanded to other categories of lipid synthesizing enzymes. In other words, the RBM approach could have an impact on the lipid synthesis field, if it would be a tool that is easy applicable. Moreover, the lipids synthesized by MprF (Lys-PG, but also other cationic lipids) play an important role in the bacterial resistance against certain antibiotics.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Bose et al. investigated the role of Foxg1 transcription factor in the progenitors at late stages of cerebral cortex development.<br /> They discover that Foxg1 is a repressor of gliogenesis and has a dual function, first as a repressor of Fgfr3 receptor in progenitors, and second as a suppressor of the Fgf ligands in young neurons.

      They found that the inactivation of Foxg1 in cortical progenitors causes premature astrogliogenesis at the expense of neurogenesis. They identify Fgfr3 as a novel FOXG1 target. They show that suppression of Fgfr3 by FOXG1 in progenitors is required to maintain neurogenesis. On the other hand, they also show that FOXG1 negatively regulates the expression of Fgf gliogenic secreted factors in young neurons suppressing gliogenesis cells extrinsically.

      Strengths:

      The authors used time-consuming in vivo experiments utilizing several mouse strains including Foxg1-MADM in combination with RNA-Seq and ChIP to convincingly show that Foxg1 acts upstream of FGF signalling in the control of gliogenesis onset. The conclusions of this paper are mostly well supported by data.

      Weaknesses:

      The role of Fgf signaling in gliogenesis and Foxg1 in neurogenesis is well known. It is not clear if Fgf18 is a direct target of Foxg1.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      We have known for some time that neural progenitors in the cerebral cortex switch their output from cortical neurons to glia at late embryonic stages, however little is known about how this switch is regulated at the molecular level. Bose et al present a convincing set of findings, demonstrating that the transcription factor Foxg1 plays a key role in this process, mediated through FGF signalling. Foxg1 cell-autonomously inhibits gliogenesis in progenitor cells (thereby promoting neuronal identity), and lower Foxg1 expression in postnatal neurons leads to increased expression of FGF ligand, promoting glial development from nearby progenitors.

      Strengths:

      The study is very well designed, having a systematic, thorough, and logical approach. The data is convincing. The authors make full use of a range of existing transgenic strains, published 'omics data, and elegant genetic approaches such as MADM. This combination of approaches is particularly rigorous, lending significant weight to the study. The manuscript is well-written, clear, and easy to follow.

      Weaknesses:

      It wasn't clear to me why the authors chose postnatal day 14 to examine the effects of Foxg1 deletion at E15 - this is a long time window, giving time for indirect consequences of Foxg1 deletion to influence development and thereby potentially complicating the interpretation of findings. For example, the authors show that there is no increased proliferation of astrocytes or death of neurons lacking Foxg1 shortly after cre-mediated deletion, but it remains formally possible (if perhaps unlikely) that these processes could be affected later during the time window. The rationale underlying the choice of this time point should be explained.

      I don't agree with the statement in the very last sentence of the results section that "neurogenesis is not possible in the absence of [Foxg1]" as there are multiple reports in the literature demonstrating the presence of neurons in Foxg1-/- mice (eg: Xuan et al., 1995; Hanashima et al., 2002, Martynoga et al., 2005, Muzio and Mallamaci 2005). Perhaps the statement refers specifically to late-born cortical neurons. This point also arises in the discussion section.

      Impact

      This manuscript identifies a previously unknown role for Foxg1 in forebrain development and a mechanism underlying the neurogenic-to-gliogenic switch that occurs at late embryonic stages of cortex development. These findings will stimulate further research to uncover more details of how this important switch is controlled and may provide useful insight into some of the symptoms experienced by children with FOXG1 Syndrome.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a very creative study using modeling and measurement of neoblast dynamics to gain insight into the mechanism that allows these highly potent cells to undergo fate-switching as part of their differentiation and self-renewal process. The authors estimate growth equation parameters for expanding neoblast clones based on new and prior experimental observations. These results indicate neoblast likely undergo much more symmetric self-amplifying division than loss of the population through symmetric differentiation, in the case of clone expansion assays after sublethal irradiation. Neoblasts take on multiple distinct transcriptional fates related to their terminally differentiated cell types, and prior work indicated neoblasts have a high plasticity to switch fates in a way linked to cell cycle progression and possibly through a random process. Here, the authors explore the impact of inhibition of key transcription factors defining such states (ie "fate specifying transcription factors", FSTFs) plus measurement and modeling in the clone expansion assay, to find that inhibition of factors like zfp1 likely cause otherwise zfp1-fated neoblasts to fail to proliferate and differentiation without causing compensatory gains in other lineages. A mathematical model of this process assuming that neoblasts do not retain a memory of prior states while they proliferate, and transition across specified states can mimic the experimentally determined decreased sizes of clones following inhibition of zfp1. Complementary approaches to inhibit more than one lineage (muscle plus intestine) supports the idea that this is a more general process in planarian stem cells. These results provide an important advance for understanding the fate-switching process and its relationship to neoblast growth.

      Overall I find the evidence very well presented and the study compelling. It offers an important new perspective on the key properties of neoblasts. I do have some comments to clarify the presentation and significance of the work.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Cell cycle duration and cell fate choice are critical to understanding the cellular plasticity of neoblasts in planarians. In this study, Tamar et al. integrated experimental and computational approaches to simulate a model for neoblast behaviors during colony expansion.

      Strengths:

      The finding that "arresting differentiation into specific lineages disrupts neoblast proliferative capacities without inducing compensatory expression of other lineages" is particularly intriguing. This concept could inspire further studies on pluripotent stem cells and their application for regenerative biology.

      Weaknesses:

      However, the absence of a cell-cell feedback mechanism during colony growth and the likelihood of the difference needs to be clarified. Is there any difference in interpreting the results if this mechanism is considered? More explanation and discussion should be included to distinguish the stages controlled by the one-step model from those discussed in this study. Although hnf-4 and foxF have been silenced together to validate the model, a deeper understanding of the tgs-1+ cell type and the non-significant reduction of tgs-1+ neoblasts in zfp-1 RNAi colonies is necessary, considering a high neural lineage frequency.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Sun et al. are interested in how experience can shape the brain and specifically investigate the plasticity of the Toll-6 receptor-expressing dopaminergic neurons (DANs). To learn more about the role of Toll-6 in the DANs, the authors examine the expression of the Toll-6 receptor ligand, DNT-2. They show that DNT-2 expressing cells connect with DANs and that loss of function of DNT-2 in these cells reduces the number of PAM DANs, while overexpression causes alterations in dendrite complexity. Finally, the authors show that alterations in the levels of DNT-2 and Toll-6 can impact DAN-driven behaviors such as climbing, arena locomotion, and learning and long-term memory.

      Strengths:

      The authors methodically test which neurotransmitters are expressed by the 4 prominent DNT-2 expressing neurons and show that they are glutamatergic. They also use Trans-Tango and Bac-TRACE to examine the connectivity of the DNT-2 neurons to the dopaminergic circuit and show that DNT-2 neurons receive dopaminergic inputs and output to a variety of neurons including MB Kenyon cells, DAL neurons, and possibly DANS.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) To identify the DNT-2 neurons, the authors use CRISPR to generate a new DN2-GAL4. They note that they identified at least 12 DNT-2 plus neurons. In Supplementary Figure 1A, the DNT-2-GAL4 driver was used to express a UAS-histoneYFP nuclear marker. From these figures, it looks like DNT-2-GAL4 is labeling more than 12 neurons. Is there glial expression?

      (2) In Figure 2C the authors show that DNT-2 upregulation leads to an increase in TH levels using q-RT-PCR from whole heads. However, in Figure 3H they also show that DNT-2 overexpression also causes an increase in the number of TH neurons. It is unclear whether TH RNA increases due to expression/cell or the number of TH neurons in the head.

      (3) DNT-2 is also known as Spz5 and has been shown to activate Toll-6 receptors in glia (McLaughlin et al., 2019), resulting in the phagocytosis of apoptotic neurons. In addition, the knockdown of DNT-2/Spz5 throughout development causes an increase in apoptotic debris in the brain, which can lead to neurodegeneration. Indeed Figure 3H shows that an adult-specific knockdown of DNT-2 using DNT2-GAL4 causes an increase in Dcp1 signal in many neurons and not just TH neurons.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This paper examines how structural plasticity in neural circuits, particularly in dopaminergic systems, is regulated by Drosophila neurotrophin-2 (DNT-2) and its receptors, Toll-6 and Kek-6. The authors show that these molecules are critical for modulating circuit structure and dopaminergic neuron survival, synaptogenesis, and connectivity. They show that loss of DNT-2 or Toll-6 function leads to loss of dopaminergic neurons, dendritic arborization, and synaptic impairment, whereas overexpression of DNT-2 increases dendritic complexity and synaptogenesis. In addition, DNT-2 and Toll-6 modulate dopamine-dependent behaviors, including locomotion and long-term memory, suggesting a link between DNT-2 signaling, structural plasticity, and behavior.

      A major strength of this study is the impressive cellular resolution achieved. By focusing on specific dopaminergic neurons, such as the PAM and PPL1 clusters, and using a range of molecular markers, the authors were able to clearly visualize intricate details of synapse formation, dendritic complexity, and axonal targeting within defined circuits. Given the critical role of dopaminergic pathways in learning and memory, this approach provides a good opportunity to explore the role of DNT-2, Toll-6, and Kek-6 in experience-dependent structural plasticity. However, despite the promise in the abstract and introduction of the paper, the study falls short of establishing a direct causal link between neurotrophin signaling and experience-induced plasticity.

      Simply put, this study does not provide strong evidence that experience-induced structural plasticity requires DNT-2 signaling. To support this idea, it would be necessary to observe experience-induced structural changes and demonstrate that downregulation of DNT-2 signaling prevents these changes. The closest attempt to address this in this study was the artificial activation of DNT-2 neurons using TrpA1, which resulted in overgrowth of axonal arbors and an increase in synaptic sites in both DNT-2 and PAM neurons. However, this activation method is quite artificial, and the authors did not test whether the observed structural changes were dependent on DNT-2 signaling. Although they also showed that overexpression of DNT-2FL in DNT-2 neurons promotes synaptogenesis, this phenotype was not fully consistent with the TrpA1 activation results (Figures 5C and D).

      In conclusion, this study demonstrates that DNT-2 and its receptors play a role in regulating the structure of dopaminergic circuits in the adult fly brain. However, it does not provide convincing evidence for a causal link between DNT-2 signaling and experience-dependent structural plasticity within these circuits.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors used the model organism Drosophila melanogaster to show that the neurotrophin Toll-6 and its ligands, DNT-2 and kek-6, play a role in maintaining the number of dopaminergic neurons and modulating their synaptic connectivity. This supports previous findings on the structural plasticity of dopaminergic neurons and suggests a molecular mechanism underlying this plasticity.

      Strengths:

      The experiments are overall very well designed and conclusive. Methods are in general state-of-the-art, the sample sizes are sufficient, the statistical analyses are sound, and all necessary controls are in place. The data interpretation is straightforward, and the relevant literature is taken into consideration. Overall, the manuscript is solid and presents novel, interesting, and important findings.

      Weaknesses:

      There are three technical weaknesses that could perhaps be improved.

      First, the model of reciprocal, inhibitory feedback loops (Figure 2F) is speculative. On the one hand, glutamate can act in flies as an excitatory or inhibitory transmitter (line 157), and either situation can be the case here. On the other hand, it is not clear how an increase or decrease in cAMP level translates into transmitter release. One can only conclude that two types of neurons potentially influence each other.

      Second, the quantification of bouton volumes (no y-axis label in Figure 5 C and D!) and dendrite complexity are not convincingly laid out. Here, the reader expects fine-grained anatomical characterizations of the structures under investigation, and a method to precisely quantify the lengths and branching patterns of individual dendritic arborizations as well as the volume of individual axonal boutons.

      Third, Figure 1C shows two neurons with the goal of demonstrating between-neuron variability. It is not convincingly demonstrated that the two neurons are actually of the very same type of neuron in different flies or two completely different neurons.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Here the authors present their evidence linking the mitochondrial uniporter (MCU-1) and olfactory adaptation in C. elegans. They clearly demonstrate a behavioral defect of mcu-1 mutants in adaptation over 60 minutes and present evidence that this gene functions in the AWC primary sensory neurons at, or close to, the time of adaptation.

      Strengths:

      The paper is very well organized and their approach to unpacking the role of mcu-1 mutants in olfactory adaptation is very reasonable. The authors lean into diverse techniques including behavior, genetics, and pharmacological manipulation in order to flesh out their model for how MCU-1 functions in AWC neurons with respect to olfaction.

      Weaknesses:

      I would like to see the authors strengthen the link between mitochondrial calcium and olfactory adaptation. The authors present some gCaMP data in Figure 5 but it is unclear to me why this tool is not better utilized to explore the mechanism of MCU-1 activity. I think this is very important as the title of the paper states that "mitochondrial calcium modulates.." behavior in AWC and so it would be nice to see more evidence to support this direct connection. I would also like to see the authors place their findings into a model based on previous findings and perhaps examine whether mcu-1 is required for EGL-4 nuclear translocation, which would be straightforward to examine.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript, "Mitochondrial calcium modulates odor-mediated behavioural plasticity in C. elegans", Lee et al. aim to link a mitochondrial calcium transporter to higher-order neuronal functions that mediate memory and aversive learning behaviours. The authors characterise the role of the mitochondrial calcium uniporter, and a specific subunit of this complex, MCU-1, within a single chemosensory neuron (AWCOFF) during aversive odor learning in the nematode. By genetically manipulating mcu-1 as well as using pharmacological activators and blockers of MCU activity, the study presents compelling evidence that the activity of this individual mitochondrial ion transporter in AWCOFF is sufficient to drive animal behaviour through aversive memory formation. The authors show that perturbations to mcu-1 and MCU activity prevent aversive learning to several chemical odors associated with food absence. The authors propose a model, experimentally validated at several steps, whereby an increase in MCU activity during odor conditioning stimulates mitochondrial calcium influx and an increase in mitochondrial reactive oxygen species (mtROS) production, triggering the release of the neuropeptide NLP-1 from AWC, all of which are required to mediate future avoidance behaviour of the chemical odor.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the authors provided robust evidence that mitochondrial function, mediated through MCU activity, contributes to behavioural plasticity. They also demonstrated that ectopic MCU activation or mtROS during odor exposure could accelerate learning. This is quite profound, as it highlights the importance of mitochondrial function in complex neuronal processes beyond their general roles in the development and maintenance of neurons through energy homeostasis and biosynthesis, amongst their other cell-non-specific roles.

      Weaknesses:

      While the manuscript is generally robust, there are some concerns that should be addressed to improve the strength of the proposed model:

      (1) Throughout the manuscript, it is implied that MCU activation caused by odor conditioning changes mitochondrial calcium levels. However, there is no direct experimental evidence of this. For example, the authors write on p.10 "This shows that H2O2 production occurs downstream of MCU activation and calcium influx into the mitochondria", and on p. 11, the statement that prolonged exposure to odors causes calcium influx. Because this is a key element of the proposed model, experimental evidence would be required to support it.

      (2) Some controls missing, e.g. a heat-shock-only control in WT and mcu-1 (non-transgenic) background in Figure 1h is required to ensure the heat-shock stress does not interfere with odor learning.

      (3) Lee et al propose that mcu-1 is required at the adult stage to accomplish odor learning because inducing mcu-1 expression at larval stages did not rescue the phenotype of mcu-1 mutants during adulthood. However, the requirement of MCU for odor learning was narrowed down to a 15' window at the end of odor conditioning (Figure 5c). Is it possible that MCU-1 protein levels decline after larval induction so that MCU-1 is no longer present during adulthood when odor conditioning is performed?

      (4) There is a limited learning effect observable after 30 minutes, and a very pronounced effect in all animals after 90 minutes. The authors very carefully dissect the learning mechanism at 60 minutes of exposure and distinguish processes that are relevant at 60 minutes from those important at 30 minutes. Some explanation or speculation as to why the processes crucial at the 60-minute mark are redundant at 90 minutes of exposure would be important.

      (5) Given the presumably ubiquitous function of mcu-1/MCU in mitochondrial calcium homeostasis, it is remarkable that its perturbation impacts only a very specific neuronal process in AWC at a very specific time. The authors should elaborate on this surprising aspect of their discovery in the discussion.

      (6) Associated with the above comment, it remains possible that mcu-1 is required in coelomocytes for their ability to absorb NLP-1::Venus (Figure 3B), and the AWC-specific role of mcu-1 for this phenotype should be determined.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript reports a role for the mitochondrial calcium uniporter gene (mcu-1) in regulating associative learning behavior in C. elegans. This regulation occurs by mcu-1-dependent secretion of the neuropeptide NLP-1 from the sensory neuron AWC. The authors report a post-developmental role for mcu-1 in AWC to promote learning. The authors further show that odor conditioning leads to increases in NLP-1 secretion from AWC, and that interfering with mcu-1 function reduces NLP-1 secretion. Finally, the authors show that NLP-1 secretion increases when ROS levels in AWC are genetically or pharmacologically elevated. The authors propose that mitochondrial calcium entry through MCU-1 in response to odor conditioning leads to the generation of ROS and the subsequent increase in neuropeptide secretion to promote conditioned behavior.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors show convincingly that genetically or pharmacologically manipulating MCU function impacts chemotaxis in a conditioned learning paradigm.

      (2) The demonstration that the secretion of a specific neuropeptide can be up-regulated by MCU, ROS and odor conditioning is an important and interesting advance that addresses mechanisms by which neuropeptide secretion can be regulated in vivo.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors conclusion that mcu-1 functions in the AWC-on neuron is not adequately supported by their rescue experiments. The promoter they use for rescue drives expression in a number of additional neurons including AWC-on, that themselves are implicated in adaptation, leaving open the possibility that mcu-1 may function non-autonomously instead of autonomously in AWC to regulate this behavior.

      (2) The authors conclude MCU promotes neuropeptide release from AWC by controlling calcium entry into mitochondria, but they did not directly examine the effects of altered MCU function on calcium dynamics either in mitochondria or in the soma, even though they conducted calcium imaging experiments in AWC of wild type animals. Examination of calcium entry in mitochondria would be a direct test of their model.

      (3) The authors' conclusion that mitochondrial-derived ROS produced by MCU activation drives neuropeptide release does not appear to be experimentally supported. A major weakness of this paper is that experiments addressing whether mcu-1 activity indeed produces ROS are not included, leaving unanswered the question of whether MCU is the endogenous source of ROS that drives neuropeptide secretion.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Nicoletti et al. presents a minimal model of habituation, a basic form of non-associative learning, addressing both from dynamical and information theory aspects of how habituation can be realized. The authors identify that negative feedback provided with a slow storage mechanism is sufficient to explain habituation.

      Strengths:

      The authors combine the identification of the dynamical mechanism with information-theoretic measures to determine the onset of habituation and provide a description of how the system can gain maximum information about the environment.

      Weaknesses:

      I have several main concerns/questions about the proposed model for habituation and its plausibility. In general, habituation does not only refer to a decrease in the responsiveness upon repeated stimulation but as Thompson and Spencer discussed in Psych. Rev. 73, 16-43 (1966), there are 10 main characteristics of habituation, including (i) spontaneous recovery when the stimulus is withheld after response decrement; dependence on the frequency of stimulation such that (ii) more frequent stimulation results in more rapid and/or more pronounced response decrement and more rapid spontaneous recovery; (iii) within a stimulus modality, the less intense the stimulus, the more rapid and/or more pronounced the behavioral response decrement; (iv) the effects of repeated stimulation may continue to accumulate even after the response has reached an asymptotic level (which may or may not be zero, or no response). This effect of stimulation beyond asymptotic levels can alter subsequent behavior, for example, by delaying the onset of spontaneous recovery.

      These are only a subset of the conditions that have been experimentally observed and therefore a mechanistic model of habituation, in my understanding, should capture the majority of these features and/or discuss the absence of such features from the proposed model.

      Furthermore, the habituated response in steady-state is approximately 20% less than the initial response, which seems to be achieved already after 3-4 pulses, the subsequent change in response amplitude seems to be negligible, although the authors however state "after a large number of inputs, the system reaches a time-periodic steady-state". How do the authors justify these minimal decreases in the response amplitude? Does this come from the model parametrization and is there a parameter range where more pronounced habituation responses can be observed?

      The same is true for the information content (Figure 2f) - already at the first pulse, IU, H ~ 0.7 and only negligibly increases afterwards. In my understanding, during learning, the mutual information between the input and the internal state increases over time and the system extracts from these predictions about its responses. In the model presented by the authors, it seems the system already carries information about the environment which hardly changes with repeated stimulus presentation. The complexity of the signal is also limited, and it is very hard to clarify from the presented results, whether the proposed model can actually explain basic features of habituation, as mentioned above.<br /> Additionally, there have been two recent models on habituation and I strongly suggest that the authors discuss their work in relation to recent works (bioRxiv 2024.08.04.606534; arXiv:2407.18204).

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this study, the authors aim to investigate habituation, the phenomenon of increasing reduction in activity following repeated stimuli, in the context of its information-theoretic advantage. To this end, they consider a highly simplified three-species reaction network where habituation is encoded by a slow memory variable that suppresses the receptor and therefore the readout activity. Using analytical and numerical methods, they show that in their model the information gain, the difference between the mutual information between the signal and readout after and before habituation, is maximal for intermediate habituation strength. Furthermore, they demonstrate that the Pareto front corresponds to an optimization strategy that maximizes the mutual information between signal and readout in the steady state, minimizes some form of dissipation, and also exhibits similar intermediate habituation strength. Finally, they briefly compare predictions of their model to whole-brain recordings of zebrafish larvae under visual stimulation.

      The author's simplified model might serve as a solid starting point for understanding habituation in different biological contexts as the model is simple enough to allow for some analytic understanding but at the same time exhibits all basic properties of habituation in sensory systems. Furthermore, the author's finding of maximal information gain for intermediate habituation strength via an optimization principle is, in general, interesting. However, the following points remain unclear or are weakly explained:

      (1) Is it unclear what the meaning of the finding of maximal information gain for intermediate habituation strength is for biological systems? Why is information gain as defined in the paper a relevant quantity for an organism/cell? For instance, why is a system with low mutual information after the first stimulus and intermediate mutual information after habituation better than one with consistently intermediate mutual information? Or, in other words, couldn't the system try to maximize the mutual information acquired over the whole time series, e.g., the time series mutual information between the stimulus and readout?

      (2) The model is very similar to (or a simplification of previous models) for adaptation in living systems, e.g., for adaptation in chemotaxis via activity-dependent methylation and demethylation. This should be made clearer.

      (3) It remains unclear why this optimization principle is the most relevant one. While it makes sense to maximize the mutual information between stimulus and readout, there are various choices for what kind of dissipation is minimized. Why was \delta Q_R chosen and not, for instance, \dot{\Sigma}_int or the sum of both? How would the results change in that case? And how different are the results if the mutual information is not calculated for the strong stimulation input statistics but for the background one?

      (4) The comparison to the experimental data is not too strong of an argument in favor of the model. Is the agreement between the model and the experimental data surprising? What other behavior in the PCA space could one have expected in the data? Shouldn't the 1st PC mostly reflect the "features", by construction, and other variability should be due to progressively reduced activity levels?

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors use a generic model framework to study the emergence of habituation and its functional role from information-theoretic and energetic perspectives. Their model features a receptor, readout molecules, and a storage unit, and as such, can be applied to a wide range of biological systems. Through theoretical studies, the authors find that habituation (reduction in average activity) upon exposure to repeated stimuli should occur at intermediate degrees to achieve maximal information gain. Parameter regimes that enable these properties also result in low dissipation, suggesting that intermediate habituation is advantageous both energetically and for the purpose of retaining information about the environment.

      A major strength of the work is the generality of the studied model. The presence of three units (receptor, readout, storage) operating at different time scales and executing negative feedback can be found in many domains of biology, with representative examples well discussed by the authors (e.g. Figure 1b). A key takeaway demonstrated by the authors that has wide relevance is that large information gain and large habituation cannot be attained simultaneously. When energetic considerations are accounted for, large information gain and intermediate habituation appear to be a favorable combination.

      While the generic approach of coarse-graining most biological detail is appealing and the results are of broad relevance, some aspects of the conducted studies, the problem setup, and the writing lack clarity and should be addressed:

      (1) The abstract can be further sharpened. Specifically, the "functional role" mentioned at the end can be made more explicit, as it was done in the second-to-last paragraph of the Introduction section ("its functional advantages in terms of information gain and energy dissipation"). In addition, the abstract mentions the testing against experimental measurements of neural responses but does not specify the main takeaways. I suggest the authors briefly describe the main conclusions of their experimental study in the abstract.

      (2) Several clarifications are needed on the treatment of energy dissipation.<br /> - When substituting the rates in Eq. (1) into the definition of δQ_R above Eq. (10), "σ" does not appear on the right-hand side. Does this mean that one of the rates in the lower pathway must include σ in its definition? Please clarify.<br /> - I understand that the production of storage molecules has an associated cost σ and hence contributes to dissipation. The dependence of receptor dissipation on , however, is not fully clear. If the environment were static and the memory block was absent, the term with would still contribute to dissipation. What would be the nature of this dissipation?<br /> - Similarly, in Eq. (9) the authors use the ratio of the rates Γ_{s → s+1} and Γ_{s+1 → s} in their expression for internal dissipation. The first-rate corresponds to the synthesis reaction of memory molecules, while the second corresponds to a degradation reaction. Since the second reaction is not the microscopic reverse of the first, what would be the physical interpretation of the log of their ratio? Since the authors already use σ as the energy cost per storage unit, why not use σ times the rate of producing S as a metric for the dissipation rate?

      (3) Impact of the pre-stimulus state. The plots in Figure 2 suggest that the environment was static before the application of repeated stimuli. Can the authors comment on the impact of the pre-stimulus state on the degree of habituation and its optimality properties? Specifically, would the conclusions stay the same if the prior environment had stochastic but aperiodic dynamics?

      (4) Clarification about the memory requirement for habituation. Figure 4 and the associated section argue for the essential role that the storage mechanism plays in habituation. Indeed, Figure 4a shows that the degree of habituation decreases with decreasing memory. The graph also shows that in the limit of vanishingly small Δ⟨S⟩, the system can still exhibit a finite degree of habituation. Can the authors explain this limiting behavior; specifically, why does habituation not vanish in the limit Δ⟨S⟩ -> 0?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper develops a phase method to obtain the excitatory and inhibitory afferents to certain neuron populations in the brainstem. The inferred contributions are then compared to the results of voltage clamp and current clamp experiments measuring the synaptic contributions to post-I, aug-E, and ramp-I neurons.

      Strengths:

      The electrophysiology part of the paper is sound and reports novel features with respect to earlier work by JC Smith et al 2012, Paton et al 2022 (and others) who have mapped circuits of the respiratory central pattern generator. Measurements on ramp-I neurons, late-I neurons, and two types of post-I neurons in Figure 2 besides measurements of synaptic inputs to these neurons in Figure 5 are to my knowledge new.

      Weaknesses:

      The phase method for inferring synaptic conductances fails to convince. The method rests on many layers of assumptions and the inferred connections in Figure 4 remain speculative. To be convincing, such a method ought to be tested first on a model CPG with known connectivity to assess how good it is at inferring known connections back from the analysis of spatio-temporal oscillations. For biological data, once the network connectivity has been inferred as claimed, the straightforward validation is to reconstruct the experimental oscillations (Figure 2) noting that Rybak et al (Rybak, Paton Schwaber J. Neurophysiol. 77, 1994 (1997)) have already derived models for the respiratory neurons.

      The transformation from time to phase space, unlike in the Kuramoto model, is not justified here (Line 94) and is wrong. The underpinning idea that "the synaptic conductances depend on the cycle phase and not on time explicitly" is flawed because synapses have characteristic decay times and delays to response which remain fixed when the period of network oscillations increases. Synaptic properties depend on time and not on phase in the network. One major consequence relevant to the present identification of excitatory or inhibitory behaviour, is that it cannot account for change in the behaviour of inhibitory synapses - from inhibitory to excitatory action - when the inhibitory decay time becomes commensurable to the period of network oscillations (Wang & Buzsaki Journal of Neuroscience 16, 6402 (1996), van Vreeswijk et al. J. Comp. Neuroscience 1,313 (1994), Borgers and Kopell Neural Comput. 15, 2003). In addition, even small delays in the inhibitory synapse response relative to the pre-synaptic action potential also produce in-phase synchronization (Chauhan et al., Sci. Rep. 8, 11431 (2018); Borgers and Kopell, Neural Comput. 15, 509 (2003)). The present assumptions are way too simplistic because you cannot account for these commensurability effects with a single parameter like the network phase. There is therefore little confidence that this model can reliably distinguish excitatory from inhibitory synapses when their dynamic properties are not properly taken into account.

      Line 82, Equation 1 makes extremely crude assumptions that the displacement current (CdV/dt) is negligible and that the ion channel currents are all negligible. Vm(t) is also not defined. The assumption that the activation/inactivation times of all ion channels are small compared to the 10-20ms decay time of synaptic currents is not true in general. Same for the displacement current. The leak conductance is typically g~0.05-0.09ms/cm^2 while C~1uF/cm^2. Therefore the ratio C/g leak is in the 10-20ms range - the same as the typical docking neurotransmitter time in synapses.

      Models of brainstem CPG circuits have been known to exist for decades: JC Smith et al 2012, Paton et al 2022, Bellingham Clin. Exp. Pharm. And Physiol. 25, 847 (1998); Rubin et al., J. Neurophysiol. 101, 2146 (2009) among others. The present paper does not discuss existing knowledge on respiratory networks and gives the impression of reinventing the wheel from scratch. How will this paper add to existing knowledge?

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      By measuring intracellular changes in membrane voltage from a single neuron of the medulla the authors describe a method for determining the balance of excitatory and inhibitory synaptic drive onto a single neuron within this important brain region.

      Strengths:

      This approach could be valuable in describing the microcircuits that generate rhythms within this respiratory control centre. This method could more generally be used to enable microcircuits to be studied without the need for time-consuming anatomical tracing or other more involved electrophysiological techniques.

      Weaknesses:

      This approach involves assuming the reversal potential that is associated with the different permeant ions that underlie the excitation and inhibition as well as the application of Ohms law to estimate the contribution of excitation and inhibitory conductance. My first concern is that this approach relies on a linear I-V relationship between the measured voltage and the estimated reversal potential. However, open rectification is a feature of any I-V relationship generated by asymmetric distributions of ions (see the GHK current equation) and will therefore be a particular issue for the inhibition resulting from asymmetrical Cl- ion gradients across GABA-A receptors. The mixed cation conductance that underlies most synaptic excitation will also generate a non-linear I-V relationship due to the inward rectification associated with the polyamine block of AMPA receptors. Could the authors please speculate what impact these non-linearities could have on results obtained using their approach?

      This approach has similarities to earlier studies undertaken in the visual cortex that estimated the excitatory and inhibitory synaptic conductance changes that contributed to membrane voltage changes during receptive field stimulation. However, these approaches also involved the recording of transmembrane current changes during visual stimulation that were undertaken in voltage-clamp at various command voltages to estimate the underlying conductance changes. Molkov et al have attempted to essentially deconvolve the underlying conductance changes without this information and I am concerned that this simply may not be possible. The current balance equation (1) cited in this study is based on the parallel conductance model developed by Hodgkin & Huxley. However, one key element of the HH equations is the inclusion of an estimate of the capacitive current generated due to the change in voltage across the membrane capacitance. I would always consider this to be the most important motivation for the development of the voltage-clamp technique in the 1930's. Indeed, without subtraction of the membrane capacitance, it is not possible to isolate the transmembrane current in the way that previous studies have done. In the current study, I feel it is important that the voltage change due to capacitive currents is taken into consideration in some way before the contribution of the underlying conductance changes are inferred.

      Studies using acute slicing preparations to examine circuit effects have often been limited to the study of small microcircuits - especially feedforward and feedback interneuron circuits. It is widely accepted that any information gained from this approach will always be compromised by the absence of patterned afferent input from outside the brain region being studied. In this study, descending control from the Pons and the neocortex will not be contributing much to the synaptic drive and ascending information from respiratory muscles will also be absent completely. This may not have been such a major concern if this study was limited to demonstrating the feasibility of a methodological approach. However, this limitation does need to be considered when using an approach of this type to speculate on the prevalence of specific circuit motifs within the medulla (Figure 4). Therefore, I would argue that some discussion of this limitation should be included in this manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to investigate the interaction between tissue-resident immune cells (microglia) and circulating systemic neutrophils in response to acute, focal retinal injury. They induced retinal lesions using 488 nm light to ablate photoreceptor (PR) outer segments, then utilized various imaging techniques (AOSLO, SLO, and OCT) to study the dynamics of fluorescent microglia and neutrophils in mice over time. Their findings revealed that while microglia showed a dynamic response and migrated to the injury site within a day, neutrophils were not recruited to the area despite being nearby. Post-mortem confocal microscopy confirmed these in vivo results. The study concluded that microglial activation does not recruit neutrophils in response to acute, focal photoreceptor loss, a scenario common in many retinal diseases.

      Strengths:

      The primary strength of this manuscript lies in the techniques employed.

      In this study, the authors utilized advanced Adaptive Optics Scanning Laser Ophthalmoscopy (AOSLO) to document immune cell interactions in the retina accurately. AOSLO's micron-level resolution and enhanced contrast, achieved through near-infrared (NIR) light and phase-contrast techniques, allowed visualization of individual immune cells without extrinsic dyes. This method combined confocal reflectance, phase-contrast, and fluorescence modalities to reveal various cell types simultaneously. Confocal AOSLO tracked cellular changes with less than 6 μm axial resolution, while phase-contrast AOSLO provided detailed views of vascular walls, blood cells, and immune cells. Fluorescence imaging enabled the study of labeled cells and dyes throughout the retina. These techniques, integrated with conventional histology and Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT), offered a comprehensive platform to visualize immune cell dynamics during retinal inflammation and injury.

      Weaknesses:

      One significant weakness of the manuscript is the use of Cx3cr1GFP mice to specifically track GFP-expressing microglia. While this model is valuable for identifying resident phagocytic cells when the blood-retinal barrier (BRB) is intact, it is important to note that recruited macrophages also express the same marker following BRB breakdown. This overlap complicates the interpretation of results and makes it difficult to distinguish between the contributions of microglia and infiltrating macrophages, a point that is not addressed in the manuscript.

      Another major concern is the time point chosen for analyzing the neutrophil response. The authors assess neutrophil activity 24 hours after injury, which may be too late to capture the initial inflammatory response. This delayed assessment could overlook crucial early dynamics that occur shortly after injury, potentially impacting the overall findings and conclusions of the study.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study uses in vivo multimodal high-resolution imaging to track how microglia and neutrophils respond to light-induced retinal injury from soon after injury to 2 months post-injury. The in vivo imaging finding was subsequently verified by an ex vivo study. The results suggest that despite the highly active microglia at the injury site, neutrophils were not recruited in response to acute light-induced retinal injury.

      Strengths:

      An extremely thorough examination of the cellular-level immune activity at the injury site. In vivo imaging observations being verified using ex vivo techniques is a strong plus.

      Weaknesses:

      This paper is extremely long, and in the perspective of this reviewer, needs to be better organized.

      Study weakness: though the finding prompts more questions and future studies, the findings discussed in this paper are potentially important for us to understand how the immune cells respond differently to different severity levels of injury.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work investigated the immune response in the murine retina after focal laser lesions. These lesions are made with close to 2 orders of magnitude lower laser power than the more prevalent choroidal neovascularization model of laser ablation. Histology and OCT together show that the laser insult is localized to the photoreceptors and spares the inner retina, the vasculature, and the pigment epithelium. As early as 1-day after injury, a loss of cell bodies in the outer nuclear layer is observed. This is accompanied by strong microglial proliferation at the site of injury in the outer retina where microglia do not typically reside. The injury did not seem to result in the extravasation of neutrophils from the capillary network constituting one of the main findings of the paper. The demonstrated paradigm of studying the immune response and potentially retinal remodeling in the future in vivo is valuable and would appeal to a broad audience in visual neuroscience. However, there are some issues with the conclusions drawn from the data and analysis that can be addressed to further bolster the manuscript.

      Strengths:

      Adaptive optics imaging of the murine retina is cutting edge and enables non-destructive visualization of fluorescently labeled cells in the milieu of retinal injury. As may be obvious, this in vivo approach is beneficial for studying fast and dynamic immune processes on a local time scale - minutes and hours, and also for the longer days-to-months follow-up of retinal remodeling as demonstrated in the article. In certain cases, the in vivo findings are corroborated with histology.

      The analysis is sound and accompanied by stunning video and static imagery. A few different sets of mouse models are used, (a) two different mouse lines, each with a fluorescent tag for neutrophils and microglia, (b) two different models of inflammation - endotoxin-induced uveitis (EAU) and laser ablation are used to study differences in the immune interaction.

      One of the major advances in this article is the development of the laser ablation model for 'mild' retinal damage as an alternative to the more severe neovascularization models. While not directly shown in the article, this model would potentially allow for controlling the size, depth, and severity of the laser injury opening interesting avenues for future study.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) It is unclear based on the current data/study to what extent the mild laser damage phenotype is generalizable to disease phenotypes. The outer nuclear cell loss of 28% and a complete recovery in 2 months would seem quite mild, thus the generalizability in terms of immune-mediated response in the face of retinal remodeling is not certain, specifically whether the key finding regarding the lack of neutrophil recruitment will be maintained with a stronger laser ablation.

      (2) Mice numbers and associated statistics are insufficient to draw strong conclusions in the paper on the activity of neutrophils, some examples are below :

      a) 2 catchup mice and 2 positive control EAU mice are used to draw inferences about immune-mediated activity in response to injury. If the goal was to show 'feasibility' of imaging these mouse models for the purposes of tracking specific cell type behavior, the case is sufficiently made and already published by the authors earlier. It is possible that a larger sample size would alter the conclusion.

      b) There are only 2 examples of extravasated neutrophils in the entire article, shown in the positive control EAU model. With the rare extravasation events of these cells and their high-speed motility, the chance of observing their exit from the vasculature is likely low overall, therefore the general conclusions made about their recruitment or lack thereof are not justified by these limited examples shown.

      c) In Figure 3, the 3-day time point post laser injury shows an 18% reduction in the density of ONL nuclei (p-value of 0.17 compared to baseline). In the case of neutrophils, it is noted that "Control locations (n = 2 mice, 4 z-stacks) had 15 {plus minus} 8 neutrophils per sq.mm of retina whereas lesioned locations (n = 2 mice, 4 z-stacks) had 23 {plus minus} 5 neutrophils per sq.mm of retina (Figure 10b). The difference between control and lesioned groups was not statistically significant (p = 0.19)." These data both come from histology. While the p-values - 0.17 and 0.19 - are similar, in the first case a reduction in ONL cell density is concluded while in the latter, no difference in neutrophil density is inferred in the lesioned case compared to control. Why is there a difference in the interpretation where the same statistical test and methodology are used in both cases? Besides this statistical nuance, is there an alternate possibility that there is an increased, albeit statistically insignificant, concentration of circulating neutrophils in the lesioned model? The increase is nearly 50% (15 {plus minus} 8 vs. 23 {plus minus} 5 neutrophils per sq.mm) and the reader may wonder if a larger animal number might skew the statistic towards significance.

      (2) The conclusions on the relative activity of neutrophils and microglia come from separate animals. The reader may wonder why simultaneous imaging of microglia and neutrophils is not shown in either the EAU mice or the fluorescently labeled catchup mice where the non-labeled cell type could possibly be imaged with phase-contrast as has been shown by the authors previously. One might suspect that the microglia dynamics are not substantially altered in these mice compared to the CX3CR1-GFP mice subjected to laser lesions, but for future applicability of this paradigm of in vivo imaging assessment of the laser damage model, including documenting the repeatability of the laser damage model and the immune cell behavior, acquiring these data in the same animals would be critical.

      (3) Along the same lines as above, the phase contrast ONL images at time points from 3-day to 2-month post laser injury are not shown and the absence of this data is not addressed. This missing data pertains only to the in vivo imaging mice model but are conducted in histology that adequately conveys the time-course of cell loss in the ONL. It is suggested that the reason be elaborated for the exclusion of this data and the simultaneous imaging of microglia and neutrophils mentioned above. Also, it would be valuable to further qualify and check the claims in the Discussion that "ex vivo analysis confirms in vivo findings" and "Microglial/neutrophil discrimination using label-free phase contrast"

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Characterizing the molecular and spatial organization of dendritically localized RNAs is an important endeavor as the authors nicely articulate in their abstract and introduction. In particular, identifying patterns of mRNA distribution and colocalization between groups of RNAs could characterize new mechanisms of transport and/or reveal new functional relationships between RNAs. However, it's not clear to me how much the current study addresses those gaps in knowledge. The manuscript by Kim et al uses 8 overlapping combinations of 3-color fluorescence in situ hybridization to characterize the spatial distributions and pairwise colocalizations of six previously uncharacterized dendritically localized RNAs in cultured neurons (15 DIV). The strength of the work is in the graph-based analyses of individual RNA distances from the soma, but the conclusions reached, that spatial distributions vary per dendritic RNA, has been well known since early 2000s (as reviewed in Schuman and Steward, 2001 & 2003), but paradoxically the authors show that dendritic length can account for these differences. It's not clear to me the significance of the spatial distribution relationship with dendritic morphology as distinct spatial distribution patterns (i.e. proximal expression then drop off) have been clearly shown in intact circuits with homogeneity in dendrite length governed by neuropil laminae. The colocalization results are intriguing but as currently presented they lack sufficient control analyses and contextualization to be compelling. In general, the results of the manuscript are potentially interesting but unnecessarily difficult to follow both in text and figure presentation.

      Major comments:

      The authors state that their data expand upon our understanding of dendritic RNA spatial distributions by adding high-resolution data for six newly characterized dendritic RNAs. While this is true, without including data for a well-known/previously characterized RNA, it makes it difficult for the reader to contextualize how these new data on six dendritic RNAs fit in with our understanding of the dendritic RNAs with well-described spatial distributions and colocalization analyses (Camk2a, Actb, Map1b, etc). For example, how do we interpret the 7-fold higher colocalization values between RNAs in this manuscript compared to the results of Batish et al (as referred to in the paper)-is it because these RNAs are fundamentally different, or is it because of other experimental factors/conditions? The spatial distribution patterns described in this manuscript differ from those of Fonkeu et al, but an alternative explanation is that Fonkeu et al modeled based on Camk2a, not the six genes studied here. Is it possible that these six RNAs have similar distribution patterns (as shown) whereby dendritic morphology impacts distribution more than individual differences but inclusion of dendritic RNAs with demonstrably different distributions (Camk2a/distal localization vs Map2/proximal localization) would alter the results?

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In the manuscript by Kim et al titled, "Characterizing the Spatial Distribution of Dendritic RNA at Single Molecule Resolution," the authors perform multiplex single-molecule FISH in cultured neurons, along with analysis and modeling, to show the spatial features, including differing mRNA densities between soma and dendrites, dendritic length-related distributions and clustering, of multiple mRNAs in dendrites. Although the clustering analyses and modeling are intriguing and offer previously underappreciated spatial association within and across mRNA molecules, the data is difficult to interpret and the conclusions lack novelty in their current form. There is a need for a stronger rationale as to why the methodology employed in the manuscript is better suited to characterize the clustering of mRNA in dendrites compared to previously published works and how such clustering or declustering can affect dendritic/neuronal function.

      (1) Validation of mRNA labeling, detection, and quantification is necessary. Single-molecule fluorescence in situ hybridization (smFISH) is the gold standard to detect RNA inside cells. The method utilizes multiple fluorescent probes (~48) designed to hybridize along a single RNA, resulting in a population of diffraction-limited fluorescent puncta with varying intensities. A histogram of cytoplasmic smFISH puncta intensities should reveal a normally distributed population with a single major peak, where the upper and lower tails indicate the maximum probe binding and the lower detection limit, respectively. Once single molecule detection (and limits) have been established, smFISH should be performed for each gene individually to obtain ground truth of detection under identical experimentally-defined conditions using the same fluorophore. Total RNA counts from different probe combinations (Figure S1A) or total mRNA density (Figure 2A) is not sufficient to inform individual gene labeling efficiency or detection. It is difficult to interpret whether observed variabilities across different probe combinations are of significance. For example, the mRNA densities of Adap2 and Dtx3L in soma seem to vary even after normalization with the pixel area (Figure 2A).

      Absolute counts and normalized counts for each gene detected should be included in the results or in supplementary data/table to provide the reader with a reference point for evaluation.

      As a control, it is recommended to perform smFISH against beta-actin or aCaMKII, which are the two most abundant mRNA in dendrites, and serve as internal validation that the technique, detection, and quantification are consistent with previously published works.

      (2) The rationale for single dendrite selection is unclear. To suggest that dendrite length, as a feature of dendritic morphology, may affect mRNA localization in dendrites, the authors manually selected segments of dendrites that have no branching or overlap, 'biased for shorter dendrites,' resulting in a subset of dendritic segments that changes mRNA distribution in raw distances (Figure S3A) into the normalized distance (Figure 4A). As a result, the distribution appears to convert from a monotonic- or exponential-decay to a more even distribution of mRNA (plateau). The rationale for this normalization is unclear, as manual curation of dendritic segments can incorporate experimenter bias. Moreover, the inclusion of short dendritic segments can stretch out their mRNA distributions following distance normalization which can give the appearance of an even distribution of mRNAs when aggregated.

      Next, the authors use pairwise Jensen-Shannon distance cluster analysis to identify 4 different patterns of clustering among mRNAs. Although the patterns are quite intriguing, the distributions of mRNA clusters were i) difficult to interpret and ii) compared to Fonkeu et al (2019) protein distribution is not a sufficient explanation for the observed clustering. For example, the clustering patterns (C1-4) are quite striking and even if the authors' analyses were an improvement in identifying mRNA clustering in dendrites, the authors need to provide better justification or modeling on what role such clustering can play on dendritic function or cellular physiology. This is important and necessary as the authors are suggesting that their analysis is different from mRNA distributions previously observed or modeled by Buxbaum et al (2014) and Fonkeu et al (2019), respectively.<br /> Of note, the identity-independent and dendritic length-dependent aspect of spatial distributions of mRNAs is striking (Figure S3E-F, Figure 4), and this length-related feature is one of the major take-home points in the first part of the manuscript. However, it is evident that some mRNAs (e.g. Adap2 and Dtx3L) or probe combinations (e.g. Colec12-Adap2-Nsmf) disproportionally make up the mRNA distribution clusters (Figure 4D and Figure S3F). It seems plausible that the copy numbers of mRNAs can differentially affect clusters' distribution patterns. Appropriate statistical tests among the cluster groups, therefore, will help to strengthen the interpretation of the results provided in the supplementary figures (Figures S3E and S3F).

      (3) It is not clear how Figure 5 GradCAM analysis helps the point that the authors put forth in previous sections or forthcoming sections. Unless this section and figure are more effectively linked to the general theme of the paper - the morphological features as a determinant of mRNA distribution or clustering of mRNA molecules, it may be included in the supplementary figure section.

      (4) Clustering of mRNA remains an exception rather than the rule. From their high-resolution triple smFISH data, the authors make some interesting findings regarding colocalization in dendrites. Among the six genes tested, the authors found higher incidents of colocalization between pair-wise genes (up to 23%) than previously reported (5-10%). Also, they report higher levels of colocalization within the same gene (17-23%) than previously reported (5-10%). First, to better evaluate this increased colocalization efficiency overall, the histograms of smFISH puncta intensity are necessary (as stated in 1) to determine whether a second peak is present in the population. Second, even though 23% is higher than previously reported, it remains that 77% do not colocalize and does not suggest that colocalization is the rule but remains the exception. Given the results in Table 1, it is likely that the increased colocalization could be a gene-specific effect and not transcriptome-wide as the majority of values between genes are below 10%, consistent with previous findings. Third, labeling of a control gene (i.e. b-actin or aCaMKII) would provide higher confidence that the detection and colocalization comparisons are consistent with previous findings.

      It is recommended to refrain from concluding that mRNA is 'co-transported' from smFISH results. Typically co-transport is best identified through observations in live cells where two fluorescent particles of different colors are moving together. Although stationary particles positioned in close proximity to one another could potentially be co-transported, there has been very little evidence to support this.

      The use of Ripley's K-function is an interesting way to look at clustering neighborhoods within a single or pairwise sets of genes. Previous studies from the Singer group have looked at mRNA clustering and have observed that mRNA in living cells tends to cluster within a 6-micron range for b-actin and for both b-actin and Arc after local stimulation. What was intriguing in the results in Figure 7 was that there was an exclusion zone 2-4 microns away from the area of colocalization that may suggest that mRNA are able to avoid over-clustering and maintain an even distribution throughout the dendrite--perhaps with a goal of not devoting too many resources (mRNA) to a single dendritic area. Modeling how mRNAs avoid over-clustering to a specific 2-micron segment of dendrites could provide an explanation on how dendrites can respond to multiple or simultaneous synaptic activity at different sites along the same dendrite.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper by Kim et al utilizes smFISH method to probe for six genes to understand the spatial distribution of the mRNAs in dendrites and identify the spatial relationships between the transcripts. While they have delved into a high-resolution characterization of the dendritic transcripts and compared their data with existing datasets, the analysis needs more robustness, and therefore the findings are inconclusive. The rationale of the study and choosing these genes is not clear - it appears more like a validation of some of the datasets without much biological significance.

      Overall, several conclusions for spatial distribution of dendritic RNAs were based on correlations and it is difficult to understand whether this represents a true biological phenomenon or if it is an artifact of the imaging and morphological heterogeneity of neurons and difficulties in dendritic segmentation.

      Strengths:

      The authors have performed an extensive analysis of the smFISH datasets and quantified the precise localization patterns of the dendritic mRNAs in relation to the dendritic morphology. Their images and the analysis pipeline can be a resource for the community.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors have attempted to identify general patterns of mRNA distribution as a function of distance, proximal vs distal, however, in many of the cases the results are a bit redundant and the size of the neurons or the length of the dendrites or image segmentation artifacts turn out to be the determining factors. A better method to normalize the morphological differences is needed to make meaningful conclusions about RNA distribution patterns.

      (2) Another concerning factor is that there are many redundancies throughout the paper. For example, to begin with, all analysis should have been done as RNA density measurements (and not absolute numbers of mRNAs) and with proper normalization and accounting for differences in length. Some of these were done only in the latter half of the paper, for example in Figure 4.

      (3) Images for the smFISH are missing. It is important to show the actual images, and the quality of the images is a crucial factor for all subsequent analyses.

      (4) The parameters used for co-localization analysis are very relaxed (2 - 6 microns), particularly the distances of interactions far exceed feasible interactions between the biomolecules. Typically, transport granules are significantly smaller than the length scales used.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The work of Zhou's team is to perform bioinformatics analysis of single-cell transcriptomes (scRNA), spatial transcriptomic (ST) data, and bulk RNA-seq data from Gene Expression Omnibus (GEO) datasets, published or not in different journals from other teams, about spinal cord injury and/or microglia cells derived human iPSC. Based on their analysis, the authors claim that innate microglial cells are inhibited. They postulate that TGF beta signaling pathways play a role in the regulation of migration to enhance SCI recovery and that Trem2 expression contributes to neuroinflammation response by modulating cell death in spinal cord injury. Finally, they suggest a therapeutic strategy to inhibit Trem2 responses and transplant iPSC-derived microglia with long-term TGF beta stimulation.

      Although the idea of using already available data and reanalyzing them is remarkable, I have major concerns about the paper. The authors have used data from different models of injury, regions, as well as IPSC. It is not possible to mix and draw conclusions when the models used are different. This raises doubts about the authors' expertise in the field of spinal cord injury. Furthermore, the innovativeness of the results is of little significance, especially as no hypothesis is confirmed by experimental data.

      Strengths:

      Analysis of already large-scale existing data.

      Weaknesses:

      Mixing data from different models, unfounded conclusions, and over-interpretations, little expertise in the field of spinal cord injury.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present an intriguing study utilizing datasets from spinal cord injury (SCI) research to identify potential microglial genes involved in SCI-induced neuronal damage. They identify that inhibiting TREM2 and enhancing the TGF-b signal pathway can inhibit reactive microglia-mediated neuroinflammation. Microglia transplantation using iPSC-derived microglia could also be beneficial for SCI recovery.

      Strengths:

      This research aims to identify potential genes and signaling pathways involved in microglia-mediated inflammation in spinal cord injury (SCI) models. Meanwhile, analyzing transplanted microglia gene expression provides an extra layer of potential in SCI therapy. The approach represents a good data mining strategy for identifying potential targets to combat neurological diseases.

      Weaknesses:

      Microglial gene expression patterns may vary significantly between these models. Without proper normalization or justification, combining these datasets to draw conclusions is problematic. Moreover, other factors also need to be considered, like the gender of the microglia source. Are there any gender differences? How were the iPSC-derived microglia generated? Different protocols may affect microglia gene expression.

      While the concept is interesting, the data presented in this study appears preliminary. Without further experiments to support their findings, the conclusions are not convincing.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors perform a meta-analysis of existing transcriptomic data describing the responses of cells in the mouse spinal cord to traumatic injury (SCI). They identify two subclasses of microglia, which they term 'innate' and 'reactive' microglia, in the dataset, with the majority of microglia in the uninjured spinal cord being 'innate' and the majority of microglia in the injured region being 'reactive'. The authors propose that, during injury, the population of innate microglia is depleted and replaced by the population of reactive microglia. Using DEG and gene ontology pipelines, the authors suggest that TGF signaling is a positive force that helps recruit healthy microglia to enhance recovery in the context of SCI. In contrast, the microglial phagocytic receptor Trem2 contributes to neuroinflammation and neuronal death. Finally, the authors suggest replacing reactive microglia with innate microglia as a potential therapeutic approach to treat SCI in humans.

      Strengths:

      The work utilizes numerous and multi-modal datasets describing transcriptomic changes in the mouse CNS following SCI.

      The topic is translationally relevant.

      Weaknesses:

      There is not enough information about how each of the datasets re-analyzed by the authors was obtained and processed both by the group generating the data and by the group re-analyzing it.

      The conclusions drawn by the authors are not sufficiently supported by the evidence.

      Whether the study represents a significant conceptual advance in our understanding of microglial contributions to SCI is not clear.

      My specific concerns and suggestions to address these weaknesses are provided below.

      Major comments:

      (1) Questions remain about the nature, quality, and features of the datasets re-analyzed in the study. For example, how were these datasets obtained? Were the same animal models and time points used in each? What modality of RNA sequencing was done? What criteria did the authors consider in deciding which datasets to include in the study? Since the study is entirely reliant on data generated elsewhere, a more thorough description of these datasets within the text is needed.

      (2) Relatedly, the authors chose to filter out some cells from the datasets based on quality, but this information is incomplete. For example, the authors omit cells with 10% mitochondrial genes, but this value is higher than most investigators use (typically between 1%-5%). Why is 10% the appropriate limit in this particular study? Further, how did the authors ensure the removal of doublets from the dataset?

      (3) A principal finding of the paper is that microglia in the uninjured CNS mostly have an 'innate' transcriptomic phenotype, while microglia in the injured CNS mostly have a 'reactive' phenotype. However, there are some issues here that require further discussion. First, while historically microglia were thought to possess distinct 'homeostatic' versus 'activated' profiles which would be consistent with the authors' interpretations here, these differences are now thought of more as changes in a given microglial cell's transcriptomic status. Thus, while the authors interpret their results as meaning that innate microglia are depleted and replaced by a different set of reactive microglia following SCI (or at least this is how the paper is written), it is equally if not more likely that the microglia within the injured regions themselves become more reactive as a result of the insult. The authors should clarify why their interpretation is more likely to be correct.

      (4) Related to the above point, the authors base the manuscript on the idea that microglia are mostly 'innate' in the uninjured CNS and 'reactive' after injury, however, the UMAP plots in Figures 1A and 1C suggest that both classes of microglia cluster together and may not actually represent distinct subclasses. Have the authors tried sub-clustering just the myeloid clusters and seeing how well they separate? Even if they do technically represent distinct clusters, the UMAP could be interpreted to mean that their transcriptomic differences are not particularly robust.

      (5) I appreciate the authors' use of loss-of-function data to explore the roles of microglial TGF and Trem2 signaling to glean some mechanistic insights into SCI. However, many of the conclusions reached by the authors in the manuscript are insufficiently supported by the data and would require additional experiments to rigorously confirm. A couple of examples are the following:<br /> 5a. Lines 160-162: "Hence, we conclude that the cascade of injury events in SCI significantly influences microglia, leading to the replacement of innate microglial cells by reactive microglia." That SCI influences microglia is well-supported by the study, but whether reactive microglia replace innate microglia, versus whether innate microglia in the region transition to a reactive state, needs to be tested experimentally.<br /> 5b. Lines 321-323: "Taken together, iPSC-derived microglia have the potential to replace the functions of naïve microglial cells, and they perform even more effectively in the in vivo CNS." Again, the first part of the sentence is supported, but whether iPSCs are more effective than other populations in vivo would need to be tested experimentally.

      (6) As microglia have long been appreciated as contributors to the CNS injury response, the conceptual advance here isn't particularly clear to me. For example, Gao et al, 2023 (*cited by the authors) describe the role of Trem2+ microglia in SCI versus demyelinating disease with major conceptual overlap with the current study. It would be helpful for the authors to include a discussion of what we now know about SCI based on this study that we did not know (or strongly suspect) before.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript co-authored by Pál Barzó et al is very clear and very well written, demonstrating the electrophysiological and morphological properties of human cortical layer 2/3 pyramidal cells across a wide age range, from age 1 month to 85 years using whole-cell patch clamp. To my knowledge, this is the first study that looks at the cross-age differences in biophysical and morphological properties of human cortical pyramidal cells. The community will also appreciate the significant effort involved in recording data from 485 cells, given the challenges associated with collecting data from human tissue. Understanding the electrophysiological properties of individual cells, which are essential for brain function, is crucial for comprehending human cortical circuits. I think this research enhances our knowledge of how biophysical properties change over time in the human cortex. I also think that by building models of human single cells at different ages using these data, we can develop more accurate representations of brain function. This, in turn, provides valuable insights into human cortical circuits and function and helps in predicting changes in biophysical properties in both health and disease.

      Strengths:

      The strength of this work lies in demonstrating how the electrophysiological and morphological features of human cortical layer 2/3 pyramidal cells change with age, offering crucial insights into brain function throughout life.

      Weaknesses:

      One potential weakness of the paper is that the methodology could be clearer, especially in how different cells were used for various electrophysiological measurements and the conditions under which the recordings were made. Clarifying these points would improve the study's rigor and make the results easier to interpret.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Barzo and colleagues aim to establish an appraisal for the development of basal electrophysiology of human layer 2/3 pyramidal cells across life and compare their morphological features at the same ages.

      Strengths:

      The authors have generated recordings from an impressive array of patient samples, allowing them to directly compare the same electrophysiological features as a function of age and other biological features. These data are extremely robust and well organised.

      Weaknesses:

      The use of spine density and shape characteristics is performed from an extremely limited sample (2 individuals). How reflective these data are of the population is not possible to interpret. Furthermore, these data assume that spines fall into discrete types - which is an increasingly controversial assumption.

      Many data are shown according to somewhat arbitrary age ranges. It would have been more informative to plot by absolute age, and then perform more rigourous statistics to test age-dependent effects.

      Overall, the authors achieve their aims by assessing the physiological and morphological properties of human L2/3 pyramidal neurons across life. Their findings have extremely important ramifications for our understanding of human life and implications for how different neuronal properties may influence neurological conditions.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      To understand the specificity of age-dependent changes in the human neocortex, this paper investigated the electrophysiological and morphological characteristics of pyramidal cells in a wide age range from infants to the elderly.

      The results show that some electrophysiological characteristics change with age, particularly in early childhood. In contrast, the larger morphological structures, such as the spatial extent and branching frequency of dendrites, remained largely stable from infancy to old age. On the other hand, the shape of dendritic spines is considered immature in infancy, i.e., the proportion of mushroom-shaped spines increases with age.

      Strengths:

      Whole-cell recordings and intracellular staining of pyramidal cells in defined areas of the human neocortex allowed the authors to compare quantitative parameters of electrophysiological and morphological properties between finely divided age groups.

      They succeeded in finding symmetrical changes specific to both infants and the elderly, and asymmetrical changes specific to either infants or the elderly. The similarity of pyramidal cell characteristics between areas is unexpected.

      Weaknesses:

      Human L2/3 pyramidal cells are thought to be heterogeneous, as L2/3 has expanded to a high degree during the evolution from rodents to humans. However, the diversity (subtyping) is not revealed in this paper.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Oor et al. report the potentially independent effects of the spatial and feature-based selection history on visuomotor choices. They outline compelling evidence, tracking the dynamic history effects based on their clever experimental design (urgent version of the search task). Their finding broadens the framework to identify variables contributing to choice behavior and their neural correlates in future studies.

      Strengths:

      In their urgent search task, the variable processing time of the visual cue leads to a dichotomy in choice performance - uninformed guesses vs. informed choices. Oor et al. did rigorous analyses to find a stronger influence of the location-based selection history on the uninformed guesses and a stronger influence of the feature-based selection history on the informed choices. It is a fundamental finding that contributes to understanding the drivers of behavioral variance. The results are clear.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) In this urgent search task, as the authors stated in line 724, the variability in performance was mainly driven by the amount of time available for processing the visual cue. The authors used processing time (PT) as the proxy for this "time available for processing the visual cue." But PT itself is already a measure of behavioral variance since it is also determined by the subject's reaction time (i.e., PT = Reaction time (RT) - Gap). In that sense, it seems circular to explain the variability in performance using the variability in PT. I understand the Gap time and PT are correlated (hinted by the RT vs. Gap in Figure 1C), but Gap time seems to be more adequate to use as a proxy for the (imposed) time available for processing the visual cue, which drives the behavioral variance. Can the Gap time better explain some of the results? It would be important to describe how the results are different (or the same) if Gap time was used instead of PT and also discuss why the authors would prefer PT over Gap time (if that's the case).

      (2) The authors provide a compelling account of how the urgent search task affords<br /> (i) more pronounced selection history effects on choice and<br /> (ii) dissociating the spatial and feature-based history effects by comparing their different effects on the tachometric curves. However, the authors didn't discuss the limits of their task design enough. It is a contrived task (one of the "laboratoray tasks"), but the behavioral variability in this simple task is certainly remarkable. Yet, is there any conclusion we should avoid from this study? For instance, can we generalize the finding in more natural settings and say, the spatial selection history influences the choice under time pressure? I wonder whether the task is simple yet general enough to make such a conclusion.

      (3) Although the authors aimed to look at both inter- and intra-trial temporal dynamics, I'm not sure if the results reflect the true within-trial dynamics. I expected to learn more about how the spatial selection history bias develops as the Gap period progresses (as the authors mentioned in line 386, the spatial history bias must develop during the Gap interval). Does Figure 3 provide some hints in this within-trial temporal dynamics?

      (4) The monkeys show significant lapse rates (enough error trials for further analyses). Do the choices in the error trials reflect the history bias? For example, if errors are divided in terms of PTs, do the errors with short PT reflect more pronounced spatial history bias (choosing the previously selected location) compared to the errors with long PT?

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a clear and systematic study of trial history influences on the performance of monkeys in a target selection paradigm. The primary contribution of the paper is to add a twist in which the target information is revealed after, rather than before, the cue to make a foveating eye movement. This twist results in a kind of countermanding of an earlier "uninformed" saccade plan by a new one occurring right after the visual information is provided. As with countermanding tasks in general, time now plays a key factor in the success of this task, and it is time that allows the authors to quantitatively assess the parametric influences of things like previous target location, previous target identity, and previous correctness rate on choice performance. The results are logical and consistent with the prior literature, but the authors also highlight novelties in the interpretation of prior-trial effects that they argue are enabled by the use of their paradigm.

      Strengths:

      Careful analysis of a multitude of variables influencing behavior

      Weaknesses:

      Results appear largely confirmatory.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      These authors have asked how lytic phage predation impacts antibiotic resistance and virulence phenotypes in methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA). They report that staphylococcal phages cause MRSA strains to become sensitized to b-lactams and to display reduced virulence. Moreover, they identify mutations in a set of genes required for phage infection that may impact antibiotic resistance and virulence phenotypes.

      Strengths:

      Phage-mediated re-sensitization to antibiotics has been reported previously but the underlying mutational analyses have not been described. These studies suggest that phages and antibiotics may target similar pathways in bacteria.

      Weaknesses:

      One limitation is the lack of mechanistic investigations linking particular mutations to the phenotypes reported here. This limits the impact of the work.

      Another limitation of this work is the use of lab strains and a single pair of phages. However, while incorporation of clinical isolates would increase the translational relevance of this work it is unlikely to change the conclusions.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The work presented in the manuscript by Tran et al deals with bacterial evolution in the presence of bacteriophage. Here, the authors have taken three methicillin-resistant S. aureus strains that are also resistant to beta-lactams. Eventually, upon being exposed to phage, these strains develop beta-lactam sensitivity. Besides this, the strains also show other changes in their phenotype such as reduced binding to fibrinogen and hemolysis.

      Strengths:

      The experiments carried out are convincing to suggest such in vitro development of sensitivity to the antibiotics. Authors were also able to "evolve" phage in a similar fashion thus showing enhanced virulence against the bacterium. In the end, authors carry out DNA sequencing of both evolved bacteria and phage and show mutations occurring in various genes. Overall, the experiments that have been carried out are convincing.

      Weaknesses:

      Although more experiments are not needed, additional experiments could add more information. For example, the phage gene showing the HTH motif could be reintroduced in the bacterial genome and such a strain can then be assayed with wildtype phage infection to see enhanced virulence as suggested. At least one such experiment proves the discoveries regarding the identification of mutations and their outcome. Secondly, I also feel that authors looked for beta-lactam sensitivity and they found it. I am sure that if they look for rifampicin resistance in these strains, they will find that too. In this case, I cannot say that the evolution was directed to beta-lactam sensitivity; this is perhaps just one trait that was observed. This is the only weakness I find in the work. Nevertheless, I find the experiments convincing enough; more experiments only add value to the work.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigated the effects of the timing of dietary occasions on weight loss and well-being to explain if a consistent, timely alignment of dietary occasions throughout the days of the week could improve weight management and overall well-being. The authors attributed these outcomes to a timely alignment of dietary occasions with the body's circadian rhythms. This concept is rooted in understanding dietary cues as a zeitgeber for the circadian system, potentially leading to more efficient energy use and weight management. The study participants self-reported the primary outcome, body weight loss.

      Strengths:

      The innovative focus of the study on the timing of dietary occasions rather than daily energy intake or diet composition presents a fresh perspective in dietary intervention research. The feasibility of the diet plan, developed based on individual profiles of the timing of dietary occasions identified before the intervention, marks a significant step towards personalised nutrition.

      Weaknesses:

      The methodology lacks some measurements that are emerging as very relevant in the field of nutritional science, such as data on body composition, and potential confounders not accounted for (e.g., age range, menstrual cycle, shift work, unmatched cohorts, inclusion of individuals with normal weight, overweight, and obesity). The primary outcome's reliance on self-reported body weight and subsequent measurement biases undermines the reliability of the findings.

      Achievement of Objectives and Support for Conclusions:

      The study's objectives were partially met; however, the interpretation of the effects of meal timing on weight loss is compromised by the aforementioned weaknesses. The evidence does not fully support most of the claims due to methodological limitations caused partially by the COVID-19 pandemic.

      Impact and Utility:

      Despite its innovative approach, the study's utility for practical application is limited by methodological and analytical shortcomings. Nevertheless, it represents a good basis for further research. If these findings were further investigated, they could have meaningful implications for dietary interventions and metabolic research. The concept of timing of dietary occasions in sync with circadian rhythms holds promise but requires further rigorous investigation.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors tested a dietary intervention focused on improving meal regularity. Participants first utilized a smartphone application to track participants' meal frequencies, participants were then asked to restrict their meal intake to times when they most often eat to enhance meal regularity for six weeks, resulting in significant weight loss despite supposedly no changes in caloric intake.

      While the concept is appealing, and the use of a smartphone app in participants' typical everyday environment to regularize food intake is interesting, significant weaknesses severely limit the value of the study due to a lack of rigor, such as the reliance on self-reported food intake which has been discredited in the field. The study's major conclusions are insufficiently supported, particularly that weight loss occurred even though food intake supposedly is not altered. This intervention may merely represent another restrictive diet among countless others that all seem to work for a few weeks to months resulting in a few pounds of weight loss

      (1) Unreliable method of caloric intake

      The trial's reliance on self-reported caloric intake is problematic, as participants tend to underreport intake. For example, as cited in the revised manuscript, the NEJM paper (DOI: 10.1056/NEJM199212313272701) reported that some participants underreported caloric intake by approximately 50%, rendering such data unreliable and hence misleading. More rigorous methods for assessing food intake should have been utilized. Further, the control group was not asked to restrict their diet in any way, and hence, to do that in the treatment group may be sufficient to reduce caloric intake and weight loss. Merely acknowledging the unreliability of self-reported caloric intake is insufficient, as it still leaves the reader with the impression that there is no change in food intake when, in reality, we actually have no idea if food intake was altered. A more robust approach to assessing food intake is imperative. Even if a decrease in caloric intake is observed through rigorous measurement, as I am convinced that a more rigorous study would unveil testing this paradigm, this intervention may merely represent another restrictive diet among countless others that show that one may lose weight by going on a diet. Seemingly, any restrictive diet works for a few months.

      (2) Lack of objective data regarding circadian rhythm

      The assessment of circadian rhythm using the MCTQ, a self-reported measure of chronotype, is unreliable, and it is unclear why more objective methods like actigraphy was not used.

      In the revised version, the authors emphasize these limitations in the manuscript. The study's major conclusions are insufficiently supported, in particular, that weight loss occurred even though food intake supposedly is not altered and that circadian rhythm was improved.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The report examines the control of the antiviral RNA-activated protein kinase, PKR, by the Vaccinia virus K3 protein. K3 binds to PKR, hindering its ability to control protein translation by blocking its phosphorylation of the eukaryotic initiation factor EIF2α. Kinase function is probed by saturation mutation of the K3/EIF2α-binding surface on PKR, guided by models of their interaction. The findings identify specific residues at the predicted interface that asymmetrically influence repression by K3 and the phosphorylation of EIF2α. This recognises the potential of PKR alleles to resist control by the viral virulence factor.

      Strengths:

      The experimentation is diligent, generating and screening many point mutants to identify residues at the interface between PKR and EIF2α or K3 that distinguishes PKR's phosphor control of its substrate from the antithetical interaction with the viral virulence factor.

      Weaknesses:

      The protein interaction between PKR and K3 has already been well-explored through phylogenetic and functional analyses and molecular dynamics studies, as well as with more limited site-directed mutational studies using the same experimental assays. Accordingly, the findings are not pioneering but reinforce and extend what had previously been established.

      The authors responded to this comment by pointing out that their more comprehensive screen better defined the extent of the plasticity of the K3/EIF2α-binding surface on PKR.

      Also in their response, the authors added the caveat that the equivalent expression of the different PKR mutants has not been verified, added information clarifying the states of the model proteins compared to their determined molecular structures, and provided clarifications or responses to all other questions.

      I question eLife's assessment that the development of the yeast-based assay is a key advancement of this report, as this assay has been used for over 30 years.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Chambers et al. (2024) present a systematic and unbiased approach to explore the evolutionary potential of the kinase domain of the human antiviral protein kinase R (PKR) to evade inhibition by a poxviral antagonist while maintaining one of its essential functions.

      The authors generated a library of 426 single-nucleotide polymorphism (SNP)-accessible non-synonymous variants of PKR kinase domain and used a yeast-based heterologous virus-host system to assess PKR variants' ability to escape antagonism by the vaccinia virus pseudo-substrate inhibitor K3. The study identified determinant sites in the PKR kinase domain that harbor K3-resistant variants, as well as sites where variation leads to PKR loss of function. The authors found that multiple K3-resistant variants are readily available throughout the domain interface and are enriched at sites under positive selection. They further found some evidence of PKR resilience to viral antagonist diversification. These findings highlight the remarkable adaptability of PKR in response to viral antagonism by mimicry.

      Significance of the findings: The findings are important with implications to various fields, including evolutionary biology, virus-host interfaces, genetic conflicts, antiviral immunity.

      Strength of the evidence: Convincing methodology using state-of-the-art mutational scanning approach in an elegant and simple setup to address important challenges in virus-host molecular conflicts and protein adaptations.

      Strengths

      Systematic and Unbiased Approach: The study's comprehensive approach to generating and characterizing a large library of PKR variants provides valuable insights into the evolutionary landscape of PKR kinase domain. By focusing on SNP-accessible variants, the authors ensure the relevance of their findings to naturally occurring mutations.<br /> Identification of Key Sites: The identification of specific sites in the PKR kinase domain that confer resistance or susceptibility to a poxvirus pseudosubstrate inhibition is a significant contribution.<br /> Evolutionary Implications: The authors performed meticulous comparative analyses throughout the study between the functional variants from their mutagenesis screen ("prospective") and the evolutionarily-relevant past adaptations ("retrospective").<br /> Experimental Design: The use of a yeast-based assay to simultaneously assess PKR capacity to induce cell growth arrest and susceptibility/resistance to various VACV K3 alleles is an efficient approach. The combination of this assay with high-throughput sequencing allows for the rapid characterization of a large number of PKR variants.

      Areas of improvement

      Validation of the screen: In the revised version, the authors now provide the results of two independent experiments in a complete yeast growth assay on a handful of candidates to control the screen's results. This strengthens the direct findings from the screen. It would strengthen the study to complement this validation by another method to assess PKR functions; for example, in human PKR-KO cells, because results between yeast and human cells can differ. These limitations are now acknowledged in the revised version.<br /> Evolutionary Data: Beyond residues under positive selection, the screen allows the authors to also perform a comparative analysis with PKR residues under purifying selection. Because they are assessing one of the most conserved ancestral functions of PKR (i.e. cell translation arrest), it may also be of interest to discuss these highly conserved sites. The authors now discuss the implications for the conserved residues.<br /> Mechanistic insights and viral diversity: While the study identifies key sites and residues involved in vaccinia K3 resistance, it could benefit from further investigation into the underlying molecular mechanisms and the diversity of viral antagonists. The authors have now acknowledged these limitations in the Discussion and updated the manuscript to be more specific. These exciting research avenues will be the objectives of a next study.

      Overall Assessment

      The systematic approach, identification of key sites, and evolutionary implications are all notable strengths. While there is room for a stronger validation of the functions and further investigation into the mechanistic details and broader viral diversity, the findings are robust and already provide important advancements. The manuscript is well-written and clear, and the revised figures are informative and improved.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This study retrospectively analyzed clinical data to develop a risk prediction model for pulmonary hypertension in high-altitude populations. This finding holds clinical significance as it can be used for intuitive and individualized prediction of pulmonary hypertension risk in these populations. The strength of evidence is high, utilizing a large cohort of 6,603 patients and employing statistical methods such as LASSO regression. The model demonstrates satisfactory performance metrics, including AUC values and calibration curves, enhancing its clinical applicability.

      Strengths:

      (1) Large Sample Size: The study utilizes a substantial cohort of 6,603 subjects, enhancing the reliability and generalizability of the findings.

      (2) Robust Methodology: The use of advanced statistical techniques, including least absolute shrinkage and selection operator (LASSO) regression and multivariate logistic regression, ensures the selection of optimal predictive features.

      (3) Clinical Utility: The developed nomograms are user-friendly and can be easily implemented in clinical settings, particularly in resource-limited high-altitude regions.

      (4) Performance Metrics: The models demonstrate satisfactory performance, with strong AUC values and well-calibrated curves, indicating accurate predictions.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Lack of External Validation: The models were validated internally, but external validation with cohorts from other high-altitude regions is necessary to confirm their generalizability.

      (2) Simplistic Predictors: The reliance on ECG and basic demographic data may overlook other potential predictors that could improve the models' accuracy and predictive power.

      (3) Regional Specificity: The study's cohort is limited to Tibet, and the findings may not be directly applicable to other high-altitude populations without further validation.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have made revisions in response to the primary concerns raised in the initial review, leading to significant improvements in the manuscript's technical accuracy, formatting consistency, and overall clarity. They have provided a detailed explanation of the selection criteria for the final model variables, which has enhanced the transparency and robustness of the study's methodology. Additionally, the authors have acknowledged the limitation of lacking external validation in cohorts from other high-altitude regions and outlined their plans for future research to address this issue.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study presents a large cohort of plasma-derived extracellular vesicle samples from 124 individuals, including patients with PDAC, benign pancreatic diseases and controls. The authors identified a panel of protein markers for the early detection of pancreatic cancer and validated in an external cohort.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This work investigates the use of extracellular vesicles (EVs) in blood as a noninvasive 'liquid biopsy' to aid in differentiation of patients with pancreatic cancer (PDAC) from those with benign pancreatic disease and healthy controls, an important clinical question where biopsies are frequently non-diagnostic. The use of extracellular vesicles as biomarkers of disease has been gaining interest in recent history, with a variety of published methods and techniques, looking at a variety of different compositions ('the molecular cargo') of EVs particularly in cancer diagnosis (Shah R, et al, N Engl J Med 2018; 379:958-966).

      This study adds to the growing body of evidence in using EVs for earlier detection of pancreatic cancer, identifying both new and known proteins of interest. Limitations in studying EVs in general include dealing with low concentrations in circulation and identifying the most relevant molecular cargo. This study provides validation of assaying EVs using the novel EVtrap method (Extracellular Vesicles Total Recovery And Purification), which the authors show to be more efficient than current standard techniques and potentially more scalable for larger clinical studies.

      The strength of this study is in its numbers - the authors worked with a cohort of 124 cases, 93 of them which were PDAC samples, which considered large for an EV study (Jia, E et al. BMC Cancer 22, 573 (2022)). The benign disease group (n=20, between chronic pancreatitis and IPMNs) and healthy control groups (n=11) were relatively small, but the authors were not only able to identify candidate biomarkers for diagnosis that clearly stood out in the PDAC cohort, but also validate it in an independent cohort of 36 new subjects. Proteins they've identified as associated with pancreatic cancer over benign disease included PDCD6IP, SERPINA12 and RUVBL2. They were even able to identify a set of EV proteins associated with metastasis and poorer prognosis , which include the proteins PSMB4, RUVBL2 and ANKAR and CRP, RALB and CD55. Their 7-EV protein signature yielded an 89% prediction accuracy for the diagnosis of PDAC against a background of benign pancreatic diseases that is compelling and comparable to other studies in the literature (Jia, E. et al. BMC Cancer 22, 573 (2022)).

      The limitations of this study are its containment within a single institution - further studies are warranted to apply the authors' 7-EV protein PRAC panel to multiple other cases at other institutions in a larger cohort.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Mäkelä et al. presents compelling experimental evidence that the amount of chromosomal DNA can become limiting for the total rate of mRNA transcription and consequently protein production in the model bacterium Escherichia coli. Specifically, the authors demonstrate that upon inhibition of DNA replication the rate of RNA transcription and the single-cell growth rate continuously decrease, the latter in direct proportion to the concentration of active ribosomes, as measured indirectly by single-particle tracking. The decrease of ribosomal activity with filamentation is likely caused by a decrease of the concentration of mRNAs, as suggested by an observed plateau of the total number of active RNA polymerases. These observations are compatible with the hypothesis that DNA limits the total rate of transcription and thus, indirectly, translation.

      The authors also demonstrate that the decrease of RNAp activity is independent of two candidate stress response pathways, the SOS stress response and the stringent response, as well as an anti-sigma factor previously implicated in variations of RNAp activity upon variations of nutrient sources.

      Remarkably, the reduction of growth rate is observed soon after the inhibition of DNA replication, suggesting that the amount of DNA in wild-type cells is tuned to provide just as much substrate for RNA polymerase as needed to saturate most ribosomes with mRNAs. While previous studies of bacterial growth have most often focused on ribosomes and metabolic proteins, this study provides important evidence that chromosomal DNA has a previously underestimated important and potentially rate-limiting role for growth.

      Strengths:

      This article links the growth of single cells to the amount of DNA, the number of active ribosomes and to the number of RNA polymerases, combining quantitative experiments with theory. The correlations observed during depletion of DNA, notably in M9gluCAA medium, are compelling and point towards a limiting role of DNA for transcription and subsequently for protein production soon after reduction of the amount of DNA in the cell. The article also contains a theoretical model of transcription-translation that contains a Michaelis-Menten type dependency of transcription on DNA availability and is fit to the data.

      At a technical level, single-cell growth experiments and single-particle tracking experiments are well described, suggesting that different diffusive states of molecules represent different states of RNAp/ribosome activities, which reflect the reduction of growth.

      Apart from correlations in DNA-deplete cells, the article also investigates the role of candidate stress response pathways for reduced transcription, demonstrating that neither the SOS nor the stringent response are responsible for the reduced rate of growth. Equally, the anti-sigma factor Rsd recently described for its role in controlling RNA polymerase activity in nutrient-poor growth media, seems also not involved according to mass-spec data. While other (unknown) pathways might still be involved in reducing the number of active RNA polymerases, the proposed hypothesis of the DNA substrate itself being limiting for the total rate of transcription is appealing.

      Finally, the authors confirm the reduction of growth in the distant Caulobacter crescentus, which lacks overlapping rounds of replication and could thus have shown a different dependency on DNA concentration.

      Weaknesses:

      The study has no apparent weaknesses after review.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this work, the authors uncovered the effects of DNA dilution on E. coli, including a decrease in growth rate and a significant change in proteome composition. The authors demonstrated that the decline in growth rate is due to the reduction of active ribosomes and active RNA polymerases because of the limited DNA copy numbers. They further showed that the change in the DNA-to-volume ratio leads to concentration changes in almost 60% of proteins, and these changes mainly stem from the change in the mRNA levels.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have satisfyingly answered all of our questions.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Mäkelä et al. here investigate genome concentration as a limiting factor on growth. Previous work has identified key roles for transcription (RNA polymerase) and translation (ribosomes) as limiting factors on growth, which enable an exponential increase in cell mass. While a potential limiting role of genome concentration under certain conditions has been explored theoretically, Mäkelä et al. here present direct evidence that when replication is inhibited, genome concentration emerges as a limiting factor.

      A major strength of this paper is the diligent and compelling combination of experiment and modeling used to address this core question. The use of origin- and ftsZ-targeted CRISPRi is a very nice approach that enables dissection of the specific effects of limiting genome dosage in the context of a growing cytoplasm. While it might be expected that genome concentration eventually becomes a limiting factor, what is surprising and novel here is that this happens very rapidly, with growth transitioning even for cells within the normal length distribution for E. coli. Fundamentally, it demonstrates the fine balance of bacterial physiology, where the concentration of the genome itself (at least under rapid growth conditions) is no higher than it needs to be. A further surprising finding of this study is that susceptibility to this genome-limiting effect is felt differently by different genes, with unstable transcripts more affected and rRNA and many essential genes being more robust to it.

      It should be noted that the authors do not identify a "smoking gun" - a gene or small number of genes that mediate the effects of genome concentration-dependent growth limitation. However, what they do achieve is to develop plausible criteria for identifying such a gene - through investigating essential genes that decrease in their abundance more rapidly than others.

      Overall, this study provides a fundamental contribution to bacterial physiology by illuminating the relationship between DNA, mRNA, and protein in determining growth rate. While coarse-grained, the work invites exciting questions about how the composition of major cellular components is fine-tuned to a cell's needs and which specific gene products mediate this connection. The work also suggests the presence of buffering mechanisms that allow essential proteins such as RNA polymerase to be robust to fluctuations in genome concentration, which is an exciting area for future exploration. This work has implications not only for biotechnology, as the authors discuss, but potentially also for our understanding of how DNA-targeted antibiotics limit bacterial growth.

      Comments on revised version:

      Nothing left to add - the authors did a fantastic job addressing my points. In some ways doing so opened up even more interesting questions, but I happily accept that those are best left to future investigations.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (1a) Summary:

      The author studied metabolic networks for central metabolism, focusing on how system trajectories returned to their steady state. To quantify the response, systematic perturbation was performed in simulation and the maximal destabilization away from steady state (compared with initial perturbation distance) was characterized. The author analyzed the perturbation response and found that sparse network and networks with more cofactors are more "stable", in the sense that the perturbed trajectories have smaller deviation along the path back to the steady state.

      (1b) Strengths and major contributions:

      The author compared three metabolic models and performed systematic perturbation analysis in simulation. This is the first work characterized how perturbed trajectories deviate from equilibrium in large biochemical systems and illustrated interesting findings about the difference between sparse biological systems and randomly simulated reaction networks.

      (1c) Weaknesses:

      There are two main weaknesses in this study:

      First, the metabolic network in this study is incomplete. For example, amino acid synthesis and lipid synthesis are important for biomass and growth, but they are not included in the three models used in this study. NADH and NADPH are as important as ATP/ADP/AMP, but they are not included in the models. In the future, a more comprehensive metabolic and biosynthesis model is required.

      Second, this work does not provide mathematics explanation on the perturbation response χ. Since the perturbation analysis are performed closed to steady state (or at least belongs to the attractor of single steady state), local linear analysis would provide useful information. By complement with other analysis in dynamical systems (described in below) we can gain more logical insights about perturbation response.

      (1d) Discussion and impact for the field:

      Metabolic perturbation is an important topic in cell biology and has important clinical implication in pharmacodynamics. The computational analysis in this study provides an initiative for future quantitative analysis on metabolism and homeostasis.

      Comments on revised version:

      The revised version of this manuscript made some clarifications, while I think the analysis of response coefficients is still numerical and model-specific, being unclear under dynamical systems of views.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors have conducted a valuable comparative analysis of perturbation responses in three nonlinear kinetic models of E. coli central carbon metabolism found in the literature. They aimed to uncover commonalities and emergent properties in the perturbation responses of bacterial metabolism. They discovered that perturbations in the initial concentrations of specific metabolites, such as adenylate cofactors and pyruvate, significantly affect the maximal deviation of the responses from steady-state values. Furthermore, they explored whether the network connectivity (sparse versus dense connections) influences these perturbation responses. The manuscript is reasonably well written.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have addressed my concerns to a large extent. However, a few minor issues remain, as listed below:

      (1) The authors identified key metabolites affecting responses to perturbations in two ways: (i) by fixing a metabolite's value and (ii) by performing a sensitivity analysis. It would be helpful for the modeling community to understand better the differences and similarities in the obtained results. Do both methods identify substrate-level regulators? Is freezing a metabolite's dynamics dramatically changing the metabolic response (and if yes, which ones are so different in the two cases)? Does the scope of the network affect these differences and similarities?

      (2) Regarding the issues the authors encountered when performing the sensitivity analysis, they can be approached in two ways. First, the authors can check the methods for computing conserved moieties nicely explained by Sauro's group (doi:10.1093/bioinformatics/bti800) and compute them for large-scale networks (but beware of metabolites that belong to several conserved pools). Otherwise, the conserved pools of metabolites can be considered as variables in the sensitivity analysis-grouping multiple parameters is a common approach in sensitivity analysis.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study delineates an important set of uninjured and injured periosteal snRNAseq data that provides an overview of periosteal cell responses to fracture healing. The authors also took additional steps to validate some of the findings using immunohistochemistry and transplantation assays. This study will provide a valuable publicly accessible dataset to reexamine the expression of the reported periosteal stem and progenitor cell markers.

      Strengths:

      (1) This is the first single-nuclei atlas of periosteal cells that are obtained without enzymatic cell dissociation or targeted cell purification by FACS. This integrated snRNAseq dataset will provide additional opportunities for the community to revisit the expression of many periosteal cell markers that have been reported to date.<br /> (2) The authors delved further into the dataset using cutting-edge algorithms, including CytoTrace, SCENIC, Monocle, STRING and CellChat, to define potential roles of identified cell populations in the context of fracture healing. These additional computation analyses generate many new hypotheses regarding periosteal cell reactions.<br /> (3) The authors also sought to validate some of the computational findings using immunohistochemistry and transplantation assays to support the conclusion.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The current snRNAseq datasets contain only a small number of nuclei (1,189 nuclei at day 0, 6,213 nuclei day 0-7 combined). It is possible that these datasets are underpowered to discern subtle biological changes in skeletal stem/progenitor cell populations during fracture healing.<br /> (2) POSTN is expressed in the cambium layer of the periosteum without fracture. The current data do not exclude the possibility that these pre-existing POSTN+ cells are the main responder of fracture healing.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors described cell type mapping was conducted for both WT and fracture types. Through this, unique cell populations specific to fracture conditions were identified. To determine these, the most undifferentiated cells were initially targeted using stemness-related markers and CytoTrace scoring. This led to the identification of SSPC differentiating into fibroblasts. It was observed that the fibroblast cell type significantly increased under fracture conditions, followed by subsequent increases in chondrocytes and osteoblasts.

      Strengths:

      This study presented the injury-induced fibrogenic cell (IIFC) as a characteristic cell type appearing in the bone regeneration process and proposed that the IIFC is a progenitor undergoing osteochondrogenic differentiation.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have thoroughly addressed the reviewer's comments and have conducted additional experiments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors show that the Gαs-stimulated activity of human membrane adenylyl cyclases (mAC) can be enhanced or inhibited by certain unsaturated fatty acids (FA) in an isoform-specific fashion. Thus, with IC50s in the 10-20 micromolar range, oleic acid affects 3-fold stimulation of membrane-preparations of mAC isoform 3 (mAC3) but it does not act on mAC5. Enhanced Gαs-stimulated activities of isoforms 2, 7, and 9, while mAC1 was slightly attenuated, but isoforms 4, 5, 6, and 8 were unaffected. Certain other unsaturated octadecanoic FAs act similarly. FA effects were not observed in AC catalytic domain constructs in which TM domains are not present. Oleic acid also enhances the AC activity of isoproterenol-stimulated HEK293 cells stably transfected with mAC3, although with lower efficacy but much higher potency. Gαs-stimulated mAC1 and 4 cyclase activity were significantly attenuated in the 20-40 micromolar by arachidonic acid, with similar effects in transfected HEK cells, again with higher potency but lower efficacy. While activity mAC5 was not affected by unsaturated FAs, neutral anandamide attenuated Gαs-stimulation of mAC5 and 6 by about 50%. In HEK cells, inhibition by anandamide is low in potency and efficacy. To demonstrate isoform specificity, the authors were able to show that membrane preparations of a domain-swapped AC bearing the catalytic domains of mAC3 and the TM regions of mAC5 are unaffected by oleic acid but inhibited by anandamide. To verify in vivo activity, in mouse brain cortical membranes 20 μM oleic acid enhanced Gαs-stimulated cAMP formation 1.5-fold with an EC50 in the low micromolar range.

      Strengths:

      (1) A convincing demonstration that certain unsaturated FAs are capable of regulating membrane adenylyl cyclases in an isoform-specific manner, and the demonstration that these act at the AC transmembrane domains.

      (2) Confirmation of activity in HEK293 cell models and towards endogenous AC activity in mouse cortical membranes.

      (3) Opens up a new direction of research to investigate the physiological significance of FA regulation of mACs and investigate their mechanisms as tonic or regulated enhancers or inhibitors of catalytic activity.

      (4) Suggests a novel scheme for the classification of mAC isoforms.

      Comments on revised version:

      The issues I raised have largely been addressed. A minor concern relates to the legend for Figure 2C, where, according to the author's rebuttal, the vertical axis is "The ratio would be (Gsα + oleic acid stimulation) / (Gsα stimulation)" Otherwise, my general evaluation of the importance of the manuscript stands as stated in my initial review, namely, that the manuscript presents data and results that add a new dimension to existing paradigms for AC regulation, and will prompt future research into the role of physiological lipids in isoform-specific activation or inhibition of AC in tissues.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Landau et al. have submitted a manuscript describing for the first time that mammalian adenylyl cyclases can serve as membrane receptors. They have also identified the respective endogenouse ligands which act via AC membrane linkers to modify and control Gs-stimulated AC activity either towards enhancement or inhibition of ACs which is family and ligand-specific. Overall, they have used classical assays such as adenylyl cyclase and cAMP accumulation assays combined with molecular cloning and mutagenesis to provide exceptionally strong biochemical evidence for the mechanism of the involved pathway regulation.

      Strengths:

      The authors have gone the whole long classical way from having a hypothesis that ACs could be receptors to a series of MS studies aimed at ligand indentification, to functional studies of how these candidate substances affect the activity of various AC families in intact cells. They have used a large array of techniques with a paper having clear conceptual story and several strong lines of evidence.

      Comments on revised version:

      In general, the authors have addressed my comments satisfactorily apart from the suggestion to use a lower ISO concentration in their assay or at least to discuss this issue, cite relevant literature etc. Pending this small amendment I would to fine to proceed.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Yu et al seeks to investigate the role of neuritin (Nrn1), identified as a marker of anergic cells, in the biology of regulatory (Tregs) and conventional (Tconv) T cells. Although the role of Nrn1 expressed by Tregs has already been explored (Gonzalez-Figueroa 2021 cited in the manuscript), this manuscript shows original new data suggesting that this molecule would be important in promoting Treg function and inhibiting Tconv effector function by acting at the level of membrane potential and molecule transport across the plasma membrane. However, multiple models have been used, but none has been studied thoroughly enough to provide really conclusive and unambiguous data. For example, 5 different models were used to study T cells in vivo. It would have been preferable to use fewer, but to go further in the study of mechanisms. In the absence of more in-depth study, the conclusions drawn by the authors are often open to questions. Major points concern the fact that there are not enough biological replicates for most experiments and some critical controls and data are lacking. Also, the authors have used iTregs rather than nTregs for many experiments (see below). This is unfortunate because the role of neuritin in T cell biology studied here is new and interesting.

      Major points (in the order in which they appear in the text).

      (1) A real weakness of this work is the fact that in most of the results shown, there are few biological replicates with differences that are often small between Ctrl and Nrn1 -/-. The systematic use of student's t test may lead to think that the differences are significant, which is often misleading given the small number of samples, which makes it impossible to know whether the distributions are Gaussian and whether a parametric test can be used. RNAseq bulk data are based on biological duplicates, which is open to criticism.<br /> (2) The authors use Nrn1+/+ and Nrn1+/- cells indiscriminately as control cells on the basis of similar biology between Nrn1+/+ and Nrn1+/- cells at homeostasis. However, it is quite possible that the Nrn1+/- cells have a phenotype in situations of in vitro activation or in vivo inflammation (cancer, EAE). It would be important to discriminate Nrn1+/- and Nrn1+/+ cells in the data or to show that both cell types have the same phenotype in these conditions too.<br /> (3) Fig 1A-D. Since the authors are using the Nrp1 KO mice, it would be important to confirm the specificity of the anti-Nrn1 mAb by FACS. Once verified, it would be important to add FACS results with this mAb in Figs 1A-C to have single-cell and quantitative data as well.<br /> (4) Fig 1E-H. The authors assume that this immunization protocol induces anergic cells, but they provide no experimental evidence for this. It would be useful to show that T cells are indeed anergic in this model, especially those that are OVA-specific. The lack of IL-2 production by Cltr cells could be explained by the presence of fewer OVA-specific cells, rather than by an anergic status.<br /> (5) Fig 2A-C and Fig 3. The use of iTregs to try to understand what is happening in vivo is problematic. iTregs are cells that have probably no equivalent in vivo, and so may have no physiological relevance. In any case, they are different from pTreg cells generated in vivo. Working with pTreg may be challenging, that is why I would suggest to generate data with purified nTreg.<br /> (6) Fig 2D-L. The model is designed to study the role of Nrn1 in nTreg. However, the % of Foxp3+ among CD45.2 nTreg cells fell to 5-15% of CD4+ cells (Fig 2F). Since we do not know what is the % of Foxp3 among the injected cells, we do not know whether this very low % is due to very high Treg instability or to preferential expansion of contaminating Tconvs. It is possible that the % of Tconv contaminant is high since Treg were sorted using beads and not FACS on some experiments. As it is very likely that there are Tconv contaminants that would be Nrn1-/- in the group transferred with Nrn1-/- "nTreg", the higher tumor rejection could be due to an overactivation of Nrn1-/- Tconvs (rather than a defect in Nrn1-/- Treg function).

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript explores the role of Nrn1 in T cell tolerance. A previous study has demonstrated that Nrn1 is up-regulated in the Tfr fraction of Foxp3+ T regulatory cells. These authors now confirm expression of Nrn1 in iTregs as well as report here that Nrn1 is also greatly over-expressed in anergic CD4 T cells, and this is the stepping off point for this investigation.

      Most remarkably, experiments show that anergy induction is defective when T cells cannot express Nrn1. Furthermore, differentiation to a Foxp3+ iTreg phenotype is inhibited in the absence of Nrn1, and the iTregs that do develop appear functionally defective. On the other hand, the differentiation and expansion of Teff cells appears to be enhanced following deletion of Nrn1. With such defects in anergy induction as well as dysregulated Treg and Teff cell survival and function, auto reactive effector T cell activation becomes unrestrained and Nrn1-/- mice are more susceptible to severe EAE development.

      Strengths:

      The characterizations of T cell Nrn1 expression both in vitro and in vivo are comprehensive and convincing. The author's use of both Nrn1-/- T cells as well as anti-Nrn1 neutralizing Ab to achieve similar results is a strength. The in vivo functional studies of anergy development, Treg suppression, and EAE development are also well performed and strengthen the notion that Nrn1 is an important regulator of CD4 responsiveness.

      Weaknesses:

      The major weakness of this study stems from a lack of a clear molecular mechanism involving Nrn1. Previous studies of Nrn1 have suggested its role as a soluble molecule involved in intracellular communication, perhaps influencing cellular ion channel function and/or triggering downstream NFAT and mTOR activation. However, a unique receptor for Nrn1 has not been discovered and it remains unclear whether it acts in a cell-intrinsic or cell-extrinsic fashion for any particular cell type.

      Data shown here provide evidence for alterations in the electrical and metabolic state of iTreg and Teff cells when the Nrn1 gene is deleted. Nrn1-/- Tregs and Teff cells each express a unique pattern of genes associated with Neurotransmitter receptor, Metal ion transmembrane transport, Amino acid transport, and mTORC1 signaling activities, different than that seen in wild-type mice. It remains unclear how Nrn1 reinforces the membrane potential and facilitates aerobic glycolysis during and after iTreg differentiation, and yet suppresses the membrane potential and restrains aerobic glycolysis during Teff cell differentiation. Importantly, naive cells lacking Nrn1 expression show normal electrical and metabolic behaviors.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors combine the study of clinical samples of antibiotic resistant bacteria with experimental evolution and evolutionary genomics to address important questions about the propensity for reversion in two different schema: de novo resistance arising within a patient, and transmitted resistance. The authors' use of a combination of methods help to answer the question outlined in their hypothesis, that de novo resistance mechanisms appear to revert to sensitive phenotypes more readily in a drug-free environment.

      Strengths:

      This study is exceptionally well-written and organized. The authors state their hypothesis clearly, and follow it up with an impressive effort that is truly translational-they make direct use of clinical samples of bacteria, and combine that with approaches in experimental evolution and evolutionary genomics. The conclusions follow naturally from the results, and there are no irresponsible leaps made.

      Weaknesses:

      I will divide my criticism into two areas, conceptual (most of my critique), with a very small methodological question.

      (1) In the end, the authors offer findings that appear to be correct, and (again) are reported very clearly. However, this study is very surface-level in its theoretical underpinnings and construction, which is puzzling, because the field of antibiotic resistance and adaptation more broadly, is full of relevant studies and explanatory tools. Below I'll identify several areas where this manifests.

      For one, the authors do not engage with a large recent literature on reversion, reversal, and compensation. It provides much more conceptual grounding for what the authors observe, much of it compatible with the findings from this study:

      To offer two quick examples:<br /> - Avrani S, Katz S, Hershberg R. Adaptations accumulated under prolonged resource exhaustion are highly transient. MSphere. 2020 Aug 26;5(4):10-128.<br /> - Pennings, P.S., Ogbunugafor, C.B. and Hershberg, R., 2022. Reversion is most likely under high mutation supply when compensatory mutations do not fully restore fitness costs. G3, 12(9), p.jkac190.

      Examinations of the studies on adaptation and reversion offer a richer mechanistic take on what was observed. But this literature alone is less of a problem than the general offering of different takes for the results. One can turn to a different literature - from ecology - to find a different explanation that is compatible with the findings.

      De novo evolution involves the strong selection and rapid fixation of populations that are evolving largely to a relatively simple ecological milieu: their only primary function is to promote replication and survival of populations experiencing the negative fitness effects of drug pressure. Alternatively, transmitted resistant populations must deal with a multitude of selective pressures, working dynamically across time and space. In such a scenario, one would expect populations to locate places on the fitness landscape that are commensurate with survival in both drug-poor and drug-rich environments, as this is the ecological reality of the transmitted resistant bacteria. I could envision selection for "generalism" in this setting, corresponding to populations that have fixed mutations that promote resistance, but also those that ensure replication in drug-free environments. This regime might even reflect selection for "generalism" or "increased niche breadth." That is, transmitted resistance may have adopted a "jack of all trades, master of none" phenotype. The de novo resistance strains, alternatively, are selected for "generalism."

      See the following for examples (there are many):

      - Kassen R. The experimental evolution of specialists, generalists, and the maintenance of diversity. Journal of evolutionary biology. 2002 Mar 1;15(2):173-90.<br /> - Bell TH, Bell T. Many roads to bacterial generalism. FEMS microbiology ecology. 2021 Jan;97(1):fiaa240.

      Note that this classically ecological explanation is only one of several other literatures that offer models for the findings in this study.

      To the authors' credit, their study was about the very real-world problem of antibiotic resistance, using a system that is far less tractable than the model systems research that has generated a lot of data and theory. And sure: the study is valuable because it communicates an interesting finding using a combination of methods (impressively). But in some ways, the study almost reads as a descriptive exercise: it offers a good question (does de novo or transmitted resistance revert more readily), and tells you what they found (de novo does). However the explanatory mechanisms do not advance our understanding much. Reporting the presence of unstable and disruptive mutations in the de novo populations is hardly an explanation. That is, alternatively, data in support of a proper explanation. There is nothing magical about de novo evolution that should be selected for disruptive mutations.

      The reasons for the different sorts of mutation could have to do with the population genetic particulars of the de novo regime: large populations, strong selective pressure, relatively static fitness landscape. In such a setting, selection marches a population greedily up a peak. Alternatively, a transmitted population arises from a lineage that has observed a multitude of ecologies, across different fitness landscapes and has fixed mutations that confer survival across all of them.

      There's a literature that speaks to this:<br /> - Miller CM, Draghi JA. Range expansion can promote the evolution of plastic generalism in coarse-grained landscapes. Evolution Letters. 2024 Apr 1;8(2):322-30.<br /> - Bono LM, Draghi JA, Turner PE. Evolvability costs of niche expansion. Trends in genetics. 2020 Jan 1;36(1):14-23.

      The findings are simple enough (a testament to the strong study design and execution) that supporting population genetic simulations, or analytical descriptions (maybe not relevant) could offer insight as to what really happened here.

      (2) I recognize the challenge of working with clinical samples. It is very difficult to understand everything about them. But even having considered that, I might be missing something.

      My main question here involves the origin of the putatively transmitted strains. The authors state that " Isolates were also obtained from six patients with a putatively transmitted resistant bacteria (hereafter PT), where a daptomycin-resistant, E. faecium bacteremia was identified on their first culture."

      This seems like an awfully dubious way to identify transmitted resistance. I suppose I understand the logic (de novo evolution requires the observer to have seen the evolution happen in real-time). But this definition leaves the study wide open for an "apples to oranges" comparison that might render the other aspects questionable.

      The de novo strains are being compared to transmitted strains that may have been part of lineages that had passed between many, many patients. If this were true, then we should expect the genomic architecture of the transmitted strains to be far different. The transmitted strains might have undergone more selection in different regimes and genetic drift. Drift might have fixed mutations in transmission bottlenecks, altering the genetic architecture. In such a scenario, one might expect these populations to have a more difficult time unwinding their resistance phenotype.

      In the end, I applaud the authors on a well-done and well-written study.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Tracy and colleagues study the loss of daptomycin resistance in Enterococcus faecium isolates from bloodstream infections using in vitro evolution experiments in the absence of antibiotics. They test the hypothesis that antibiotic resistance arising de novo during treatment will carry a higher fitness cost and will revert more readily than resistance isolates which have been transmitted and have therefore already survived in the absence of antibiotic selection pressure.

      Strengths:

      This is an important question as a fitness cost to resistance is typically found in lab evolution experiments and assumed in modelling studies, but often not identified in clinical isolates. Here the authors find examples of clinical isolates which do and don't revert to sensitivity in in vitro evolution in the absence of antibiotics. Sequencing of the lab evolved isolates revealed that reversal of resistance was often due to mutations in the same gene that evolved in vivo, which is nice evidence that these resistance mutations did confer a fitness cost.

      Weaknesses:

      Although this is an interesting study on an important topic, currently the results are overinterpreted do not justify the title of the paper 'Reversion to sensitivity explains limited transmission of resistance in a hospital pathogen' for several reasons. Firstly, the patient group, e.g. 'putatively transmitted' isolates vs 'de novo' isolates was not a significant predictor of change in MIC. Instead the change in MIC in the absence of antibiotics was significantly associated with the starting MIC of the isolate in the evolution experiments, but this would be expected since isolates with a higher MIC have more potential to decrease in MIC in the evolution experiments. The abstract and some conclusion do not match the results in some instances, for example the abstract states 'resistance that arose de novo within patients was higher level but exhibited greater declines in resistance in vitro'. In the discussion: they state "these findings support our hypothesis that transmitted resistance strains are less likely to revert". However, on page 14 the initial MICs between DNR and PTR were not significantly different and patient group was not a significant predictor of change in MIC. Sequencing of the lab evolved isolates revealed that reversal of resistance was often due to mutations in the same gene that evolved in vivo. However, there were also some example of mutations in the same genes within the PTR isolates, so it remains unclear if there is a significant difference in behaviour between the DNR and PTR isolates in terms of reversion mutations. Significance testing, controlling for the starting MIC, would help confirm this.

      Secondly, the 'putatively transmitted isolates', i.e. isolates that were resistant in the first positive blood culture, do not necessarily represent resistant isolates that have been transmitted between hosts. E. faecium is primarily a commensal of the intestinal tract, but which can cause opportunistic extra-intestinal infections. These bacteremia cases were most likely caused by within-host translocation of a strain already colonizing the intestine to the bloodstream - indeed, it has been shown that antibiotics can lead to Enterococcus overgrowth in the intestine and subsequent bloodstream invasion (DOI: 10.1172/JCI43918). The 'putatively transmitted isolates' may have initially colonised the intestine via between host transmission in an already resistant state, as assumed by the authors, but they may also have evolved resistance de novo within the host's intestine prior to causing bloodstream infections. Since they do not have data on past daptomycin exposure in these individuals it cannot be assumed that these isolates were transmitted with high resistance between hosts. An alternative explanation for any differences between the 'de novo' and 'putatively transmitted' could be the environment where resistance evolved, e.g. the intestine with strong competition from other strains and species, or within the otherwise sterile bloodstream environment. The authors hypothesise that "newly resistant population must continue to transmit between hosts in antibiotic free conditions to ensure its survival" and that "transmission acts as a filter to select for resistance with a lower cost or lower chance of reversion". Rather than transmission per se, it is equally plausible that survival of the newly resistant population within the primary niche, the intestinal microbiota, is the crucial to filter for resistance with a lower cost.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Juvenile Hormone (JH) plays a key role in insect development and physiology. Although the intracellular receptor for JH was identified long ago, a number of studies have shown that part of JH functions should be fulfilled through binding to an unknown membrane receptor, which was proposed to belong to the RTK family. In this study, the authors screened all RTKs from the H. armigera genome for their ability to mediate responses to JH III treatment both in cultured cells and in developping animals. They also present convincing evidence that CAD96CA and FGFR1 directly bind JH III, and that their role might be conserved in other insect species.

      Strengths:

      Altogether, the experimental approach is very complete and elegant, providing evidence for the role of CAD96CA and FGFR1 in JH signalling using different techniques and in different contexts. I believe that this work will open new perspectives to study the role of JH and better understand what is the contribution of signalling through membrane receptors for JH-dependent developmental processes.

      Weaknesses:

      Unfortunately, the revised manuscript does not show significant improvement. While the identification of the receptors is highly convincing, important issues about the biological relevance remain unaddressed.

      First, the main point I raised about the first version of this article is that the redundancy and/or specificity of the two receptors should be clarified, even though I understand that it cannot be deeply investigated here. I believe that this point, shared by all reviewers, is highly relevant for the scope of this work. In this revised version, it is still unclear how to reconcile gain and loss-of-function experiments and the different expression profiles of the receptors.

      Second, the newly added explanations and pieces of discussion provided about the mild in vivo phenotypes of early pupation upon Cad96ca or Fgfr1 knock-out do not clarify the issue but instead put emphasis on methodological issues. Indeed, it is not clear whether the mild phenotypes reflect the biological role of Cad96ca and Fgfr1, or the redundancy of these two RTKs (and/or others), or some issue with the knock-out strategy (partial efficiency, mosaicism...).

      Finally, parts of the updated discussion and the modifications to the figures are confusing.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Juvenile hormone (JH) is a pleiotropic terpenoid hormone in insects that mainly regulates their development and reproduction. In particular, its developmental functions are described as the "status quo" action, as its presence in the hemolymph (the insect blood) prevents metamorphosis-initiating effects of ecdysone, another important hormone in insect development, and maintains the juvenile status of insects.

      While such canonical functions of JH are known to be mediated by its intracellular receptor complex composed of Met and Tai, there have been multiple reports suggesting the presence of cell membrane receptor(s) for JH, which mediate non-genomic effects of this terpenoid hormone. In particular, the presence of receptor tyrosine kinase(s) that phosphorylate Met/Tai in response to JH and thus indirectly affect the canonical JH signaling pathway has been strongly suggested. Given the importance of JH in insect physiology and the fact that the JH signaling pathway is a major target of insect growth regulators, elucidating the identify and functions of putative JH membrane receptors is of great significance from both basic and applied perspectives.

      In the present study, the authors identified candidate receptors for such cell membrane JH receptors, CAD96CA and FGFR1, in the cotton bollworm Helicoverpa armigera.

      Strengths:

      Their in vitro analyses are conducted thoroughly using multiple methods, which overall supports their claim that these receptors can bind to JH and mediate their non-genomic effects.

      Weaknesses:

      Results of their in vivo experiments, particularly those of their loss-of-function analyses using CRISPR mutants are still preliminary, and the results rather indicate that these membrane receptors do not have any physiologically significant roles in vivo. More specifically, previous studies in lepidopteran species have clearly and repeatedly shown that precocious metamorphosis is the hallmark phenotype for all JH signaling-deficient larvae. In contrast, the present study showed that Cad96ca and Fgfr1 G0 mutants only showed slight acceleration in their pupation timing, which is not a typical phenotype one would expect from JH signaling deficiency. This is inconsistent with their working model provided in Figure 6, which indicates that these cell membrane JH receptors promote the canonical JH signaling by phosphorylating Met/Tai.

      If the authors argue that this slight acceleration of pupation is indeed a major JH signaling-deficient phenotype in Helicoverpa, they need to provide more data to support their claim by analyzing CRISPR mutants of other genes involved in JH signaling, such as Jhamt and Met. An alternative explanation is that there is functional redundancy between CAD96CA and FGFR1 in mediating phosphorylation of Met/Tai. This possibility can be tested by analyzing double knockouts of these two receptors.

      Currently, the validity of their calcium imaging analysis in Figure 5 is also questionable. When performing calcium imaging in cultured cells, it is critically important to treat all the cells at the end of each experiment with a hormone or other chemical reagents that universally induce calcium increase in each particular cell line. Without such positive control, the validity of calcium imaging data remains unknown, and readers cannot properly evaluate their results.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Li et al. identified CAD96CA and FGF1 among 20 receptor tyrosine kinase receptors as mediators of JH signaling. By performing a screen in HaEpi cells with overactivated JH signaling, the authors pinpointed two main RTKs that contribute to the transduction of JH. Using the CRISPR/Cas9 system to generate mutants, the authors confirmed that these RTKs are required for normal JH activation, as precocious pupariation was observed in their absence. Additionally, the authors demonstrated that both CAD96CA and FGF1 exhibit a high affinity for JH, and their activation is necessary for the proper phosphorylation of Tai and Met, transcription factors that promote the transcriptional response. Finally, the authors provided evidence suggesting that the function of CAD96CA and FGF1 as JH receptors is conserved across insects.

      Strengths:

      The data provided by the authors are convincing and support the main conclusions of the study, providing ample evidence to demonstrate that phosphorylation of the transducers Met and Tai mainly depends on the activity of two RTKs. Additionally, the binding assays conducted by the authors support the function of CAD96CA and FGF1 as membrane receptors of JH. The study's results validate, at least in H. amigera, the predicted existence of membrane receptors for JH.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors have provided evidences that the Cad96Ca and FGF1 RTK receptors contribute to JH signaling through CRISPR/Cas9, inducing precocious metamorphosis, although not to the same extent as absence of JH. Therefore, it still remains unclear whether these RTKs are completely required for pathway activation or only necessary for high activation levels during the last larval stage.

      While the authors have included some additional data, the mechanism by which different RTKs function in transducing JH signaling in a tissue specific manner is still unclear. As the authors note in the discussion, it is possible that other RTKs may also play a role in facilitating the transduction of JH signaling.

      Lastly, the study does not yet explain how RTKs with known ligands could also bind JH and contribute to JH signaling activation. Although receptor promiscuity has been suggested as a possible mechanism, future studies could explore whether activation of RTK pathways by their known ligands induces certain levels of JH transducer phosphorylation, which, in the presence of JH, could contribute to full pathway activation without the need for direct JH-RTK binding.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The extra macrochaetae (emc) gene encodes the only Inhibitor of DNA binding protein (Id protein) in Drosophila. Its best-known function is to inhibit proneural genes during development. However, the emc mutants also display non-proneural phenotypes. In this manuscript, the authors examined four non-proneural phenotypes of the emc mutants and reported that they are all caused by inappropriate non-apoptotic caspase activity. These non-neuronal phenotypes are: reduced growth of imaginal discs, increased speed of the morphogenetic furrow, and failure to specify R7 photoreceptor neurons and cone cells during eye development. Double mutants between emc and either H99 (which deletes the three pro-apoptotic genes reaper, grim, and hid) or the initiator caspase dronc suppress these mutant phenotypes of emc suggesting that the cell death pathway and caspase activity are mediating these emc phenotypes. In previous work, the authors have shown that emc mutations elevate the expression of ex which activates the SHW pathway (aka the Hippo pathway). One known function of the SHW pathway is to inhibit Yorkie which controls the transcription of the inhibitor of apoptosis, Diap1. Consistently, in emc clones the levels of Diap1 protein are reduced which might explain why caspase activity is increased in emc clones giving rise to the four non-neural phenotypes of emc mutants. However, this increased caspase activity is not causing ectopic apoptosis, hence the authors propose that this is non-apoptotic caspase activity. In the last part of the manuscript, the authors ruled out that Wg, Dpp, and Hh signaling are the target of caspases, but instead identified Notch signaling as the target of caspases, specifically the Notch ligand Delta. Protein levels of Delta are increased in emc clones in an H99- and dronc-dependent manner. The authors conclude that caspase-dependent non-apoptotic signaling underlies multiple roles of emc that are independent of proneural bHLH proteins.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this is an interesting manuscript and the findings are intriguing. It adds to the growing number of non-apoptotic functions of apoptotic proteins and caspases in particular. The manuscript is well written and the data are usually convincingly presented.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors have addressed all my concerns and questions.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Id proteins are thought to function by binding and antagonizing basic helix-loop-helix (bHLH) transcription factors but new findings demonstrate roles for emc including in tissues where no proneural (Drosophila bHLH) genes are known to function. The authors propose a new mechanism for developmental regulation that entails restraining new/novel non-apoptotic functions of apoptotic caspases.

      Specifically, the data suggest that loss of emc leads to reduced expression of diap1 and increased apoptotic caspase activity, which does not induce apoptosis but elevates Delta expression to increase N activity and cause developmental defects. Indeed, many of the phenotypes of emc mutant clones can be rescued by a chromosomal deficiency that reduces caspase activation or by mutations in the initiator caspase Dronc. A related manuscript that shows that loss of emc results in increased da, linked previously to diap1 expression, provides supporting data. There is increasing appreciation that apoptotic caspases have non-apoptotic roles. This study adds to the emerging field and should be of interest to the readers.

      The revised manuscript addresses my concerns from the first round of review.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The work extends earlier studies on the Drosophila Id protein EMC to uncover a potential pathway that explains several tissue-scale developmental abnormalities in emc mutants. It also describes a non-apoptotic role for caspases in cell biology.

      Strengths:

      The work adds to an emerging new set of functions for caspases beyond their canonical roles as cell death mediators. This novelty is a major strength as well as its reliance on genetic-based in vivo study. The study will be of interest to those who are curious about caspases in general.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors did an adequate job in dealing with the limitations of the reviewed preprint. Although they could have done more, they chose not to for reasons they adequately defended.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This experiment sought to determine what effect congenital/early-onset hearing loss (and associated delay in language onset) has on the degree of inter-individual variability in functional connectivity to the auditory cortex. Looking at differences in variability rather than group differences in mean connectivity itself represents an interesting addition to the existing literature. The sample of deaf individuals was large, and quite homogeneous in terms of age of hearing loss onset, which are considerable strengths of the work. The experiment appears well conducted and the results are certainly of interest.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study focuses on changes in brain organization associated with congenital deafness. The authors investigate differences in functional connectivity (FC) and differences in the variability of FC. By comparing congenitally deaf individuals to individuals with normal hearing, and by further separating congenitally deaf individuals into groups of early and late signers, the authors can distinguish between changes in FC due to auditory deprivation and changes in FC due to late language acquisition. They find larger FC variability in deaf than normal-hearing individuals in temporal, frontal, parietal, and midline brain structures, and that FC variability is largely driven by auditory deprivation. They suggest that the regions that show a greater FC difference between groups also show greater FC variability.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is well-written, and the methods are clearly described and appropriate. Including the three different groups enables the critical contrasts distinguishing between different causes of FC variability changes. The results are interesting and novel.

      Weaknesses:

      Analyses were conducted for task-based data rather than resting-state data. The authors report behavioral differences between groups and include behavioral performance as a nuisance regressor in their analysis. This is a good approach to account for behavioral task differences, given the data. Nevertheless, additional work using resting-state functional connectivity could remove the potential confound fully.

      The authors have addressed my concerns well.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript from So et al. describes what is suggested to be an improved protocol for single-nuclei RNA sequencing (snRNA-seq) of adipose tissue. The authors provide evidence that modifications to the existing protocols result in better RNA quality and nuclei integrity than previously observed, with ultimately greater coverage of the transcriptome upon sequencing. Using the modified protocol, the authors compare the cellular landscape of murine inguinal and perigonadal white adipose tissue (WAT) depots harvested from animals fed a standard chow diet (lean mice) or those fed a high-fat diet (mice with obesity).

      Strengths:

      Overall, the manuscript is well written, and the data are clearly presented. The strengths of the manuscript rest in the description of an improved protocol for snRNA-seq analysis. This should be valuable for the growing number of investigators in the field of adipose tissue biology that are utilizing snRNA-seq technology, as well as those other fields attempting similar experiments with tissues possessing high levels of RNAse activity.

      Moreover, the study makes some notable observations that provide the foundation for future investigation. One observation is the correlation between nuclei size and cell size, allowing for the transcriptomes of relatively hypertrophic adipocytes in perigonadal WAT to be examined. Another notable observation is the identification of an adipocyte subcluster (Ad6) that appears "stressed" or dysfunctional and likely localizes to crown-like inflammatory structures where pro-inflammatory immune cells reside.

      Weaknesses:

      Analogous studies have been reported in the literature, including a notable study from Savari et al. (Cell Metabolism). This somewhat diminishes the novelty of some of the biological findings presented here. This is deemed a minor criticism as the primary goal is to provide a resource for the field.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the present manuscript So et al describe an optimized method for nuclei isolation and single nucleus RNA sequencing (snRNA-Seq), which they use to characterize cell populations in lean and obese murine adipose tissues.

      Strengths:

      The detailed description of the protocol for single-nuclei isolation incorporating VRC may be useful to researchers studying adipose tissues, which contain high levels of RNAses.

      While the majority of the findings largely confirm previous published adipose data sets, the authors present a detailed description of a mature adipocyte sub-cluster that appears to represent stressed or dying adipocytes present in obesity, and which is better characterized using the described protocol.

      Weaknesses:

      The use of VRC to enhance snRNA-seq has been previously published in other tissues, somewhat diminishing the novelty of this protocol.

      The snRNA-seq data sets presented in this manuscript, when compared with numerous previously published single-cell analysis of adipose tissue, represent an incremental contribution. The nuclei-isolation protocol may represent an improvement in transcriptional analysis for mature adipocytes, however other stromal populations may be better sequenced using single intact-cell cytoplasmic RNA-Seq.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors aimed to improve single-nucleus RNA sequencing (snRNA-seq) to address current limitations and challenges with nuclei and RNA isolation quality. They successfully developed a protocol that enhances RNA preservation and yields high-quality snRNA-seq data from multiple tissues, including a challenging model of adipose tissue. They then applied this method to eWAT and iWAT from mice fed either a normal or high-fat diet, exploring depot-specific cellular dynamics and gene expression changes during obesity. Their analysis included subclustering of SVF cells and revealed that obesity promotes a transition in APCs from an early to a committed state and induces a pro-inflammatory phenotype in immune cells, particularly in eWAT. In addition to SVF cells, they discovered six adipocyte subpopulations characterized by a gradient of unique gene expression signatures. Interestingly, a novel subpopulation, termed Ad6, comprised stressed and dying adipocytes with reduced transcriptional activity, primarily found in eWAT of mice on a high-fat diet. Overall, the methodology is sound, and the data presented supports the conclusions drawn. Further research based on these findings could pave the way for potential novel interventions in obesity and metabolic disorders, or for similar studies in other tissues or conditions.

      Strengths:

      The authors have presented a compelling set of results. They have compared their data with two previously published datasets and provide novel insight into the biological processes underlying mouse adipose tissue remodeling during obesity. The results are generally consistent and robust. The revised Discussion is comprehensive and puts the work in the context of the field.

      Weaknesses:

      • The adipose tissues were collected after 10 weeks of high-fat diet treatment, lacking the intermediate time points for identifying early markers or cell populations during the transition from healthy to pathological adipose tissue.<br /> • The expansion of the Ad6 subpopulation in obese iWAT and gWAT is interesting. The author claims that Ad6 exhibited a substantial increase in eWAT and a moderate rise in iWAT (Figure 4C). However, this adipocyte subpopulation remains the most altered in iWAT upon obesity. Could the authors elaborate on why there is a scarcity of adipocytes with ROS reporter and B2M in obese iWAT?<br /> • While the study provides extensive data on mouse models, the potential translation of these findings to human obesity remains uncertain.

      Revised version: The authors have properly revised the paper in response to the above questions, and I have no other concerns.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The blood-brain barrier separates neural tissue from blood-borne factors and is important for maintaining central nervous system health and function. Endothelial cells are the site of the barrier. These cells exhibit unique features relative to peripheral endothelium and a unique pattern of gene expression. There remains much to be learned about how the transcriptome of brain endothelial cells is established in development and maintained throughout life.

      The manuscript by Sadanandan, Thomas et al. investigates this question by examining transcriptional and epigenetic changes in brain endothelial cells in embryonic and adult mice. Changes in transcript levels and histone marks for various BBB-relevant transcripts, including Cldn5, Mfsd2a and Zic3 were observed between E13.5 and adult mice. To perform these experiments, endothelial cells were isolated from E13.5 and adult mice, then cultured in vitro, then sequenced. This approach is problematic. It is well-established that brain endothelial cells rapidly lose their organotypic features in culture (https://elifesciences.org/articles/51276). Indeed, one of the primary genes investigated in this study, Cldn1, exhibits very low expression at the transcript level in vivo, but is strongly upregulated in cultured ECs.

      (https://elifesciences.org/articles/36187 ; https://markfsabbagh.shinyapps.io/vectrdb/)

      This undermines the conclusions of the study. While this manuscript is framed as investigating how epigenetic processes shape BBB formation and maintenance, they may be looking at how brain endothelial cells lose their identity in culture.

      An additional concern is that for many experiments, siRNA knockdowns are performed without validation of the efficacy of knockdown.

      Some experiments in the paper are promising, however. For example, the knockout of HDAC2 in endothelial cells resulting in BBB leakage was striking. Investigating the mechanisms underlying this phenotype in vivo could yield important insights.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Sadanandan et al describe their studies in mice of HDAC and Polycomb function in the context of vascular endothelial cell (EC) gene expression relevant to the blood-brain barrier, (BBB). This topic is of interest because the BBB gene expression program represents an interesting and important vascular diversification mechanism. From an applied point of view, modifying this program could have therapeutic benefits in situations where BBB function is compromised.

      The study involves comparing the transcriptomes of cultured CNS ECs at E13 and adult stages and then perturbing EC gene expression pharmacologically in cell culture (with HDAC and Polycomb inhibitors) and genetically in vivo by EC-specific conditional KO of HDAC2 and Polycomb component EZH2.

      This reviewer has several critiques of the study.

      First, based on published data, the effect of culturing CNS ECs is likely to have profound effects on their differentiation, especially as related to their CNS-specific phenotypes. Related to this, the authors do not state how long the cells were cultured.

      Second, the use of qPCR assays for quantifying ChIP and transcript levels is inferior to ChIPseq and RNAseq. Whole genome methods, such as ChIPseq, permit a level of quality assessment that is not possible with qPCR methods. The authors should use whole genome NextGen sequencing approaches, show the alignment of reads to the genome from replicate experiments, and quantitatively analyze the technical quality of the data.

      Third, the observation that pharmacologic inhibitor experiments and conditional KO experiments targeting HDAC2 and the Polycomb complex perturb EC gene expression or BBB integrity, respectively, is not particularly surprising as these proteins have broad roles in epigenetic regulation is a wide variety of cell types.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper is focused on the role of Cadherin Flamingo (Fmi) in cell competition in developing Drosophila tissues. A primary genetic tool is monitoring tissue overgrowths caused by making clones in the eye disc that expression activated Ras (RasV12) and that are depleted for the polarity gene scribble (scrib). The main system that they use is ey-flp, which make continuous clones in the developing eye-antennal disc beginning at the earliest stages of disc development. It should be noted that RasV12, scrib-i (or lgl-i) clones only lead to tumors/overgrowths when generated by continuous clones, which presumably creates a privileged environment that insulates them from competition. Discrete (hs-flp) RasV12, lgl-i clones are in fact out-competed (PMID: 20679206), which is something to bear in mind. They assess the role of fmi in several kinds of winners, and their data support the conclusion that fmi is required for winner status. However, they make the claim that loss of fmi from Myc winners converts them to losers, and the data supporting this conclusion is not compelling.

      Strengths:

      Fmi has been studied for its role in planar cell polarity, and its potential role in competition is interesting.

      Weaknesses:<br /> I have read the revised manuscript and have found issues that need to be resolved. The biggest concern is the overstatement of the results that loss of fmi from Myc-overexpressing clones turns them into losers. This is not shown in a compelling manner in the revised manuscript and the authors need to tone down their language or perform more experiments to support their claims. Additionally, the data about apoptosis is not sufficiently explained.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:<br /> In this manuscript, Bosch et al. reveal Flamingo (Fmi), a planar cell polarity (PCP) protein, is essential for maintaining 'winner' cells in cell competition, using Drosophila imaginal epithelia as a model. They argue that tumor growth induced by scrib-RNAi and RasV12 competition is slowed by Fmi depletion. This effect is unique to Fmi, not seen with other PCP proteins. Additional cell competition models are applied to further confirm Fmi's role in 'winner' cells. The authors also show that Fmi's role in cell competition is separate from its function in PCP formation.

      Strengths:

      (1) The identification of Fmi as a potential regulator of cell competition under various conditions is interesting.<br /> (2) The authors demonstrate that the involvement of Fmi in cell competition is distinct from its role in planar cell polarity (PCP) development.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors provide a superficial description of the related phenotypes, lacking a mechanistic understanding of how Fmi regulates cell competition. While induction of apoptosis and JNK activation are commonly observed outcomes in various cell competition conditions, it is crucial to determine the specific mechanisms through which they are induced in fmi-depleted clones. Furthermore, it is recommended that the authors utilize the power of fly genetics to conduct a series of genetic epistasis analyses.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Bosch and colleagues describe an unexpected function of Flamingo, a core component of the planar cell polarity pathway, in cell competition in Drosophila wing and eye disc. While Flamingo depletion has no impact on tumour growth (upon induction of Ras and depletion of Scribble throughout the eye disc), and no impact when depleted in WT cells, it specifically tunes down winner clone expansion in various genetic contexts, including the overexpression of Myc, the combination of Scribble depletion with activation of Ras in clones or the early clonal depletion of Scribble in eye disc. Flamingo depletion reduces proliferation rate and increases the rate of apoptosis in the winner clones, hence reducing their competitiveness up to forcing their full elimination (hence becoming now "loser"). This function of Flamingo in cell competition is specific of Flamingo as it cannot be recapitulated with other components of the PCP pathway, does not rely on interaction of Flamingo in trans, nor on the presence of its cadherin domain. Thus, this function is likely to rely on a non-canonical function of Flamingo which may rely on downstream GPCR signaling.

      This unexpected function of Flamingo is by itself very interesting. In the framework of cell competition, these results are also important as they describe, to my knowledge, one of the only genetic conditions that specifically affect the winner cells without any impact when depleted in the loser cells. Moreover, Flamingo do not just suppress the competitive advantage of winner clones, but even turn them in putative losers. This specificity, while not clearly understood at this stage, opens a lot of exciting mechanistic questions, but also a very interesting long term avenue for therapeutic purpose as targeting Flamingo should then affect very specifically the putative winner/oncogenic clones without any impact in WT cells.

      The data and the demonstration are very clean and compelling, with all the appropriate controls, proper quantifications and backed-up by observations in various tissues and genetic backgrounds. I don't see any weakness in the demonstration and all the points raised and claimed by the authors are all very well substantiated by the data. As such, I don't have any suggestions to reinforce the demonstration.

      While not necessary for the demonstration, documenting the subcellular localisation and levels of Flamingo in these different competition scenarios may have been relevant and provide some hints on a putative mechanism (specifically by comparing its localisation in winner and loser cells).

      Also, on a more interpretative note, the absence of impact of Flamingo depletion on JNK activation does not exclude some interesting genetic interactions. JNK output can be very contextual (for instance depending on Hippo pathway status), and it would be interesting in the future to check if Flamingo depletion could somehow alter the effect of JNK in the winner cells and promote downstream activation of apoptosis (which might normally be suppressed). It would be interesting to check if Flamingo depletion could have an impact in other contexts involving JNK activation or upon mild activation of JNK in clones.

      Strengths:

      - A clean and compelling demonstration of the function of Flamingo in winner cells during cell competition

      - One of the rare genetic conditions that affects very specifically winner cells without any impact in losers, and then can completely switch the outcome of competition (which opens an interesting therapeutic perspective on the long term)

      Weaknesses:

      - The mechanistic understanding obviously remains quite limited at this stage especially since the signaling does not go through the PCP pathway.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work by Grogan and colleagues aimed to translate animal studies showing that acetylcholine plays a role in motivation by modulating the effects of dopamine on motivation. They tested this hypothesis with a placebo-controlled pharmacological study administering a muscarinic antagonist (trihexyphenidyl; THP) to a sample of 20 adult men performing an incentivized saccade task while undergoing electroencephalography (EEG). They found that reward increased vigor and reduced reaction times (RTs) and, importantly, these reward effects were attenuated by trihexyphenidyl. High incentives increased preparatory EEG activity (contingent negative variation), and though THP also increased preparatory activity, it also reduced this reward effect on RTs.

      Strengths:

      The researchers address a timely and potentially clinically relevant question with a within-subject pharmacological intervention and a strong task design. The results highlight the importance of the interplay between dopamine and other neurotransmitter systems in reward sensitivity and even though no Parkinson's patients were included in this study, the results could have consequences for patients with motivational deficits and apathy if validated in the future.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness of the study is the small sample size (N=20) that unfortunately is limited to men only. Generalizability and replicability of the conclusions remain to be assessed in future research with a larger and more diverse sample size and potentially a clinically relevant population. The EEG results do not shape a concrete mechanism of action of the drug on reward sensitivity.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Grogan et al examine a role for muscarinic receptor activation in action vigor in a saccadic system. This work is motivated by a strong literature linking dopamine to vigor, and some animal studies suggesting that ACH might modulate these effects, and is important because patient populations with symptoms related to reduced vigor are prescribed muscarinic antagonists. The authors use a motivated saccade task with distractors to measure the speed and vigor of actions in humans under placebo or muscarinic antagonism. They show that muscarinic antagonism blunts the motivational effects of reward on both saccade velocity and RT, and also modulates the distractibility of participants, in particular by increasing the repulsion of saccades away from distractors. They show that preparatory EEG signals reflect both motivation and drug condition, and make a case that these EEG signals mediate the effects of the drug on behavior.

      Strengths:

      This manuscript addresses an interesting and timely question and does so using an impressive within subject pharmacological design and a task well designed to measure constructs of interest. The authors show clear causal evidence that ACH affects different metrics of saccade generation related to effort expenditure and their modulation by incentive manipulations. The authors link these behavioral effects to motor preparatory signatures, indexed with EEG, that relate to behavioral measures of interest and in at least one case statistically mediate the behavioral effects of ACH antagonism.

      Weaknesses:

      A primary weakness of this paper is the sample size - since only 20 participants completed the study. The authors address the sample size in several places and I completely understand the reason for the reduced sample size (study halt due to covid). Nonetheless, it is worth stating explicitly that this sample size is relatively small for the effect sizes typically observed in such studies highlighting the need for future confirmatory studies.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors address whether the dorsal nucleus of the inferior colliculus (DCIC) in mice encodes sound source location within the front horizontal plane (i.e., azimuth). They do this using volumetric two-photon Ca2+ imaging and high-density silicon probes (Neuropixels) to collect single-unit data. Such recordings are beneficial because they allow large populations of simultaneous neural data to be collected. Their main results and the claims about those results are the following:<br /> (1) DCIC single-unit responses have high trial-to-trial variability (i.e., neural noise);<br /> (2) approximately 32% to 40% of DCIC single units have responses that are sensitive to sound source azimuth;<br /> (3) single-trial population responses (i.e., the joint response across all sampled single units in an animal) encode sound source azimuth "effectively" (as stated in the title) in that localization decoding error matches average mouse discrimination thresholds;<br /> (4) DCIC can encode sound source azimuth in a similar format to that in the central nucleus of the inferior colliculus (as stated in the Abstract);<br /> (5) evidence of noise correlation between pairs of neurons exists;<br /> and 6) noise correlations between responses of neurons help reduce population decoding error.<br /> While simultaneous recordings are not necessary to demonstrate results #1, #2, and #4, they are necessary to demonstrate results #3, #5, and #6.

      Strengths:<br /> - Important research question to all researchers interested in sensory coding in the nervous system.<br /> - State-of-the-art data collection: volumetric two-photon Ca2+ imaging and extracellular recording using high-density probes. Large neuronal data sets.<br /> - Confirmation of imaging results (lower temporal resolution) with more traditional microelectrode results (higher temporal resolution).<br /> - Clear and appropriate explanation of surgical and electrophysiological methods. I cannot comment on the appropriateness of the imaging methods.

      Strength of evidence for the claims of the study:

      (1) DCIC single-unit responses have high trial-to-trial variability -<br /> The authors' data clearly shows this.

      (2) Approximately 32% to 40% of DCIC single units have responses that are sensitive to sound source azimuth -<br /> The sensitivity of each neuron's response to sound source azimuth was tested with a Kruskal-Wallis test, which is appropriate since response distributions were not normal. Using this statistical test, only 8% of neurons (median for imaging data) were found to be sensitive to azimuth, and the authors noted this was not significantly different than the false positive rate. The Kruskal-Wallis test was not reported for electrophysiological data. The authors suggested that low numbers of azimuth-sensitive units resulting from the statistical analysis may be due to the combination of high neural noise and relatively low number of trials, which would reduce statistical power of the test. This is likely true, and highlights a weakness in the experimental design (i.e., relatively small number of trials). The authors went on to perform a second test of azimuth sensitivity-a chi-squared test-and found 32% (imaging) and 40% (e-phys) of single units to have statistically significant sensitivity. However, the use of a chi-squared test is questionable because it is meant to be used between two categorical variables, and neural response had to be binned before applying the test.

      (3) Single-trial population responses encode sound source azimuth "effectively" in that localization decoding error matches average mouse discrimination thresholds -<br /> If only one neuron in a population had responses that were sensitive to azimuth, we would expect that decoding azimuth from observation of that one neuron's response would perform better than chance. By observing the responses of more than one neuron (if more than one were sensitive to azimuth), we would expect performance to increase. The authors found that decoding from the whole population response was no better than chance. They argue (reasonably) that this is because of overfitting of the decoder model-too few trials were used to fit too many parameters-and provide evidence from decoding combined with principal components analysis which suggests that overfitting is occurring. What is troubling is the performance of the decoder when using only a handful of "top-ranked" neurons (in terms of azimuth sensitivity) (Fig. 4F and G). Decoder performance seems to increase when going from one to two neurons, then decreases when going from two to three neurons, and doesn't get much better for more neurons than for one neuron alone. It seems likely there is more information about azimuth in the population response, but decoder performance is not able to capture it because spike count distributions in the decoder model are not being accurately estimated due to too few stimulus trials (14, on average). In other words, it seems likely that decoder performance is underestimating the ability of the DCIC population to encode sound source azimuth.

      To get a sense of how effective a neural population is at coding a particular stimulus parameter, it is useful to compare population decoder performance to psychophysical performance. Unfortunately, mouse behavioral localization data do not exist. Instead, the authors compare decoder error to mouse left-right discrimination thresholds published previously by a different lab. However, this comparison is inappropriate because the decoder and the mice were performing different perceptual tasks. The decoder is classifying sound sources to 1 of 13 locations from left to right, whereas the mice were discriminating between left or right sources centered around zero degrees. The errors in these two tasks represent different things. The two data sets may potentially be more accurately compared by extracting information from the confusion matrices of population decoder performance. For example, when the stimulus was at -30 deg, how often did the decoder classify the stimulus to a lefthand azimuth? Likewise, when the stimulus was +30 deg, how often did the decoder classify the stimulus to a righthand azimuth?

      (4) DCIC can encode sound source azimuth in a similar format to that in the central nucleus of the inferior colliculus -<br /> It is unclear what exactly the authors mean by this statement in the Abstract. There are major differences in the encoding of azimuth between the two neighboring brain areas: a large majority of neurons in the CNIC are sensitive to azimuth (and strongly so), whereas the present study shows a minority of azimuth-sensitive neurons in the DCIC. Furthermore, CNIC neurons fire reliably to sound stimuli (low neural noise), whereas the present study shows that DCIC neurons fire more erratically (high neural noise).

      (5) Evidence of noise correlation between pairs of neurons exists -<br /> The authors' data and analyses seem appropriate and sufficient to justify this claim.

      (6) Noise correlations between responses of neurons help reduce population decoding error -<br /> The authors show convincing analysis that performance of their decoder increased when simultaneously measured responses were tested (which include noise correlation) than when scrambled-trial responses were tested (eliminating noise correlation). This makes it seem likely that noise correlation in the responses improved decoder performance. The authors mention that the naïve Bayesian classifier was used as their decoder for computational efficiency, presumably because it assumes no noise correlation and, therefore, assumes responses of individual neurons are independent of each other across trials to the same stimulus. The use of a decoder that assumes independence seems key here in testing the hypothesis that noise correlation contains information about sound source azimuth. The logic of using this decoder could be more clearly spelled out to the reader. For example, if the null hypothesis is that noise correlations do not carry azimuth information, then a decoder that assumes independence should perform the same whether population responses are simultaneous or scrambled. The authors' analysis showing a difference in performance between these two cases provides evidence against this null hypothesis.

      Minor weakness:<br /> - Most studies of neural encoding of sound source azimuth are done in a noise-free environment, but the experimental setup in the present study had substantial background noise. This complicates comparison of the azimuth tuning results in this study to those of other studies. One is left wondering if azimuth sensitivity would have been greater in the absence of background noise, particularly for the imaging data where the signal was only about 12 dB above the noise.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In the present study, Boffi et al. investigate the manner in which the dorsal cortex of the of the inferior colliculus (DCIC), an auditory midbrain area, encodes sound location azimuth in awake, passively listening mice. By employing volumetric calcium imaging (scanned temporal focusing or s-TeFo), complemented with high-density electrode electrophysiological recordings (neuropixels probes), they show that sound-evoked responses are exquisitely noisy, with only a small portion of neurons (units) exhibiting spatial sensitivity. Nevertheless, a naïve Bayesian classifier was able to predict the presented azimuth based on the responses from small populations of these spatially sensitive units. A portion of the spatial information was provided by correlated trial-to-trial response variability between individual units (noise correlations). The study presents a novel characterization of spatial auditory coding in a non-canonical structure, representing a noteworthy contribution specifically to the auditory field and generally to systems neuroscience, due to its implementation of state-of-the-art techniques in an experimentally challenging brain region. However, nuances in the calcium imaging dataset and the naïve Bayesian classifier warrant caution when interpreting some of the results.

      Strengths:

      The primary strength of the study lies in its methodological achievements, which allowed the authors to collect a comprehensive and novel dataset. While the DCIC is a dorsal structure, it extends up to a millimetre in depth, making it optically challenging to access in its entirety. It is also more highly myelinated and vascularised compared to e.g., the cerebral cortex, compounding the problem. The authors successfully overcame these challenges and present an impressive volumetric calcium imaging dataset. Furthermore, they corroborated this dataset with electrophysiological recordings, which produced overlapping results. This methodological combination ameliorates the natural concerns that arise from inferring neuronal activity from calcium signals alone, which are in essence an indirect measurement thereof.

      Another strength of the study is its interdisciplinary relevance. For the auditory field, it represents a significant contribution to the question of how auditory space is represented in the mammalian brain. "Space" per se is not mapped onto the basilar membrane of the cochlea and must be computed entirely within the brain. For azimuth, this requires the comparison between miniscule differences between the timing and intensity of sounds arriving at each ear. It is now generally thought that azimuth is initially encoded in two, opposing hemispheric channels, but the extent to which this initial arrangement is maintained throughout the auditory system remains an open question. The authors observe only a slight contralateral bias in their data, suggesting that sound source azimuth in the DCIC is encoded in a more nuanced manner compared to earlier processing stages of the auditory hindbrain. This is interesting because it is also known to be an auditory structure to receive more descending inputs from the cortex.

      Systems neuroscience continues to strive for the perfection of imaging novel, less accessible brain regions. Volumetric calcium imaging is a promising emerging technique, allowing the simultaneous measurement of large populations of neurons in three dimensions. But this necessitates corroboration with other methods, such as electrophysiological recordings, which the authors achieve. The dataset moreover highlights the distinctive characteristics of neuronal auditory representations in the brain. Its signals can be exceptionally sparse and noisy, which provide an additional layer of complexity in the processing and analysis of such datasets. This will undoubtedly be useful for future studies of other less accessible structures with sparse responsiveness.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the primary finding that small populations of neurons carry enough spatial information for a naïve Bayesian classifier to reasonably decode the presented stimulus is not called into question, certain idiosyncrasies, in particular the calcium imaging dataset and model, complicate specific interpretations of the model output, and the readership is urged to interpret these aspects of the study's conclusions with caution.

      I remain in favour of volumetric calcium imaging as a suitable technique for the study, but the presently constrained spatial resolution is insufficient to unequivocally identify regions of interest as cell bodies (and are instead referred to as "units" akin to those of electrophysiological recordings). It remains possible that the imaging set is inadvertently influenced by non-somatic structures (including neuropil), which could report neuronal activity differently than cell bodies. Due to the lack of a comprehensive ground-truth comparison in this regard (which to my knowledge is impossible to achieve with current technology), it is difficult to imagine how many informative such units might have been missed because their signals were influenced by spurious, non-somatic signals, which could have subsequently misled the models. The authors reference the original Nature Methods article (Prevedel et al., 2016) throughout the manuscript, presumably in order to avoid having to repeat previously published experimental metrics. But the DCIC is neither the cortex nor hippocampus (for which the method was originally developed) and may not have the same light scattering properties (not to mention neuronal noise levels). Although the corroborative electrophysiology data largely eleviates these concerns for this particular study, the readership should be cognisant of such caveats, in particular those who are interested in implementing the technique for their own research.

      A related technical limitation of the calcium imaging dataset is the relatively low number of trials (14) given the inherently high level of noise (both neuronal and imaging). Volumetric calcium imaging, while offering a uniquely expansive field of view, requires relatively high average excitation laser power (in this case nearly 200 mW), a level of exposure the authors may have wanted to minimise by maintaining a low number of repetitions, but I yield to them to explain. Calcium imaging is also inherently slow, requiring relatively long inter-stimulus intervals (in this case 5 s). This unfortunately renders any model designed to predict a stimulus (in this case sound azimuth) from particularly noisy population neuronal data like these as highly prone to overfitting, to which the authors correctly admit after a model trained on the entire raw dataset failed to perform significantly above chance level. This prompted them to feed the model only with data from neurons with the highest spatial sensitivity. This ultimately produced reasonable performance (and was implemented throughout the rest of the study), but it remains possible that if the model was fed with more repetitions of imaging data, its performance would have been more stable across the number of units used to train it. (All models trained with imaging data eventually failed to converge.) However, I also see these limitations as an opportunity to improve the technology further, which I reiterate will be generally important for volume imaging of other sparse or noisy calcium signals in the brain.

      Indeed, in separate comments to these remarks, the authors confirmed that the low number of trials was technically limited, to which I emphasise is to no fault of their own. However, they also do not report this as a typical imaging constraint, such as photobleaching, but rather because the animals exhibited signs of stress and discomfort at longer imaging periods. From an animal welfare perspective, I would encourage the authors to state this in the methods for transparency. It would demonstrate their adherence to animal welfare policies, which I find to be an incredibly strong argument for limiting the number of trials in their study.

      Transitioning to the naïve Bayesian classifier itself, I first openly ask the authors to justify their choice of this specific model. There are countless types of classifiers for these data, each with their own pros and cons. Did they actually try other models (such as support vector machines), which ultimately failed? If so, these negative results (even if mentioned en passant) would be extremely valuable to the community, in my view. I ask this specifically because different methods assume correspondingly different statistical properties of the input data, and to my knowledge naïve Bayesian classifiers assume that predictors (neuronal responses) are assumed to be independent within a class (azimuth). As the authors show that noise correlations are informative in predicting azimuth, I wonder why they chose a model that doesn't take advantage of these statistical regularities. It could be because of technical considerations (they mention computing efficiency), but I am left generally uncertain about the specific logic that was used to guide the authors through their analytical journey.

      In a revised version of the manuscript, the authors indeed justify their choice of the naïve Bayesian classifier as a conservative approach (not taking into account noise correlations), which could only improve with other models (that do). They even tested various other commonly used models, such as support vector machines and k-nearest neighbours, to name a few, but do not report these efforts in the main manuscript. Interestingly, these models, which I supposed would perform better in fact did not overall - a finding that I have no way of interpreting but nevertheless find interesting. I would thus encourage the authors to include these results in a figure supplement and mention it en passant while justifying their selection of model (but please include detailed model parameters in the methods section).

      That aside, there remain other peculiarities in model performance that warrant further investigation. For example, what spurious features (or lack of informative features) in these additional units prevented the models of imaging data from converging? In an orthogonal question, did the most spatially sensitive units share any detectable tuning features? A different model trained with electrophysiology data in contrast did not collapse in the range of top-ranked units plotted. Did this model collapse at some point after adding enough units, and how well did that correlate with the model for the imaging data? How well did the form (and diversity) of the spatial tuning functions as recorded with electrophysiology resemble their calcium imaging counterparts? These fundamental questions could be addressed with more basic, but transparent analyses of the data (e.g., the diversity of spatial tuning functions of their recorded units across the population). Even if the model extracts features that are not obvious to the human eye in traditional visualisations, I would still find this interesting.

      Although these questions were not specifically addressed in the revised version of the manuscript, I also admit that I did not indent do assert that these should necessarily fall within the scope of the present study. I rather posed them as hypothetical directions one could pursue in future studies. Finally, further concerns I had with statements regarding the physiological meaning of the findings have been ameliorated by nicely modified statements, thus bringing transparency to the readership, which I appreciate.

      In summary, the present study represents a significant body of work that contributes substantially to the field of spatial auditory coding and systems neuroscience. However, limitations of the imaging dataset and model as applied in the study muddles concrete conclusions about how the DCIC precisely encodes sound source azimuth and even more so to sound localisation in a behaving animal. Nevertheless, it presents a novel and unique dataset, which, regardless of secondary interpretation, corroborates the general notion that auditory space is encoded in an extraordinarily complex manner in the mammalian brain.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Boffi and colleagues sought to quantify the single-trial, azimuthal information in the dorsal cortex of the inferior colliculus (DCIC), a relatively understudied subnucleus of the auditory midbrain. They accomplished this by using two complementary recording methods while mice passively listened to sounds at different locations: calcium imaging that recorded large neuronal populations but with poor temporal precision and multi-contact electrode arrays that recorded smaller neuronal populations with exact temporal precision. DCIC neurons respond variably, with inconsistent activity to sound onset and complex azimuthal tuning. Some of this variably was explained by ongoing head movements. The authors used a naïve Bayes decoder to probe the azimuthal information contained in the response of DCIC neurons on single trials. The decoder failed to classify sound location better than chance when using the raw population responses but performed significantly better than chance when using the top principal components of the population. Units with the most azimuthal tuning were distributed throughout the DCIC, possessed contralateral bias, and positively correlated responses. Interestingly, inter-trial shuffling decreased decoding performance, indicating that noise correlations contributed to decoder performance. Overall, Boffi and colleagues, quantified the azimuthal information available in the DCIC while mice passively listened to sounds, a first step in evaluating if and how the DCIC could contribute to sound localization.

      Strengths:

      The authors should be commended for collection of this dataset. When done in isolation (which is typical), calcium imaging and linear array recordings have intrinsic weaknesses. However, those weaknesses are alleviated when done in conjunction - especially when the data is consistent. This data set is extremely rich and will be of use for those interested in auditory midbrain responses to variable sound locations, correlations with head movements, and neural coding.

      The DCIC neural responses are complex with variable responses to sound onset, complex azimuthal tuning and large inter-sound interval responses. Nonetheless, the authors do a decent job in wrangling these complex responses: finding non-canonical ways of determining dependence on azimuth and using interpretable decoders to extract information from the population.

      Weaknesses:

      The decoding results are a bit strange, likely because the population response is quite noisy on any given trial. Raw population responses failed to provide sufficient information concerning azimuth for significant decoding. Importantly, the decoder performed better than chance when certain principal components or top ranked units contributed but did not saturate with the addition of components or top ranked units. So, although there is azimuthal information in the recorded DCIC populations - azimuthal information appears somewhat difficult to extract.

      Although necessary given the challenges associated with sampling many conditions with technically difficult recording methods, the limited number of stimulus repeats precludes interpretable characterization of the heterogeneity across the population. Nevertheless, the dataset is public so those interested can explore the diversity of the responses.

      The observations from Boffi and colleagues raises the question: what drives neurons in the DCIC to respond? Sound azimuth appears to be a small aspect of the DCIC response. For example, the first 20 principal components which explain roughly 80% of the response variance are insufficient input for the decoder to predict sound azimuth above chance. Furthermore, snout and ear movements correlate with the population response in the DCIC (the ear movements are particularly peculiar given they seem to predict sound presentation). Other movements may be of particular interest to control for (e.g. eye movements are known to interact with IC responses in the primate). These observations, along with reported variance to sound onsets and inter-sound intervals, question the impact of azimuthal information emerging from DCIC responses. This is certainly out of scope for any one singular study to answer, but, hopefully, future work will elucidate the dominant signals in the DCIC population. It may be intuitive that engagement in a sound localization task may push azimuthal signals to the forefront of DCIC response, but azimuthal information could also easily be overtaken by other signals (e.g. movement, learning).

      Boffi and colleagues set out to parse the azimuthal information available in the DCIC on a single trial. They largely accomplish this goal and are able to extract this information when allowing the units that contain more information about sound location to contribute to their decoding (e.g., through PCA or decoding on their activity specifically). Interestingly, they also found that positive noise correlations between units with similar azimuthal preferences facilitate this decoding - which is unusual given that this is typically thought to limit information. The dataset will be of value to those interested in the DCIC and to anyone interested in the role of noise correlations in population coding. Although this work is first step into parsing the information available in the DCIC, it remains difficult to interpret if/how this azimuthal information is used in localization behaviors of engaged mice.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      From the Reviewing Editor:

      Four reviewers have assessed your manuscript on valence and salience signaling in the central amygdala. There was universal agreement that the question being asked by the experiment is important. There was consensus that the neural population being examined (GABA neurons) was important and the circular shift method for identifying task-responsive neurons was rigorous. Indeed, observing valenced outcome signaling in GABA neurons would considerably increase the role the central amygdala in valence. However, each reviewer brought up significant concerns about the design, analysis and interpretation of the results. Overall, these concerns limit the conclusions that can be drawn from the results. Addressing the concerns (described below) would work towards better answering the question at the outset of the experiment: how does the central amygdala represent salience vs valence.

      A weakness noted by all reviewers was the use of the terms 'valence' and 'salience' as well as the experimental design used to reveal these signals. The two outcomes used emphasized non-overlapping sensory modalities and produced unrelated behavioral responses. Within each modality there are no manipulations that would scale either the value of the valenced outcomes or the intensity of the salient outcomes. While the food outcomes were presented many times (20 times per session over 10 sessions of appetitive conditioning) the shock outcomes were presented many fewer times (10 times in a single session). The large difference in presentations is likely to further distinguish the two outcomes. Collectively, these experimental design decisions meant that any observed differences in central amygdala GABA neuron responding are unlikely to reflect valence, but likely to reflect one or more of the above features.

      A second weakness noted by a majority of reviewers was a lack of cue-responsive unit and a lack of exploration of the diversity of response types, and the relationship cue and outcome firing. The lack of large numbers of neurons increasing firing to one or both cues is particularly surprising given the critical contribution of central amygdala GABA neurons to the acquisition of conditioned fear (which the authors measured) as well as to conditioned orienting (which the authors did not measure). Regression-like analyses would be a straightforward means of identifying neurons varying their firing in accordance with these or other behaviors. It was also noted that appetitive behavior was not measured in a rigorous way. Instead of measuring time near hopper, measures of licking would have been better. Further, measures of orienting behaviors such as startle were missing.<br /> The authors also missed an opportunity for clustering-like analyses which could have been used to reveal neurons uniquely signaling cues, outcomes or combinations of cues and outcomes. If the authors calcium imaging approach is not able to detect expected central amygdala cue responding, might it be missing other critical aspects of responding?

      All reviewers point out that the evidence for salience encoding is even more limited than the evidence for valence. Although the specific concern for each reviewer varied, they all centered on an oversimplistic definition of salience. Salience ought to scale with the absolute value and intensity of the stimulus. Salience cannot simply be responding in the same direction. Further, even though the authors observed subsets of central amygdala neurons increasing or decreasing activity to both outcomes - the outcomes can readily be distinguished based on the temporal profile of responding.

      Additional concerns are raised by each reviewer. Our consensus is that this study sought to answer an important question - whether central amygdala signal salience or valence in cue-outcome learning. However, the experimental design, analyses, and interpretations do not permit a rigorous and definitive answer to that question. Such an answer would require additional experiments whose designs would address the significant concerns described here. Fully addressing the concerns of each reviewer would result in a re-evaluation of the findings. For example, experimental design better revealing valence and salience, and analyses describing diversity of neuronal responding and relationship to behavior would likely make the results Important or even Fundamental.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this article, Kong and authors sought to determine the encoding properties of central amygdala (CeA) neurons in response to oppositely valenced stimuli and cues predicting those stimuli. The amygdala and its subregional components have historically been understood to be regions that encode associative information, including valence stimuli. The authors performed calcium imaging of GABA-ergic CeA neurons in freely-moving mice conditioned in Pavlovian appetitive and fear paradigms, and showed that CeA neurons are responsive to both appetitive and aversive unconditioned and conditioned stimuli. They used a variant of a previously published 'circular shifting' technique (Harris, 2021), which allowed them to delineate between excited/non-responsive/inhibited neurons. While there is considerable overlap of CeA neurons responding to both unconditioned stimuli (in this case, food and shock, deemed "salience-encoding" neurons), there are considerably fewer CeA neurons that respond to both conditioned stimuli that predict the food and shock. The authors finally demonstrated that there are no differences in the order of Pavlovian paradigms (fear - shock vs. shock - fear), which is an interesting result, and convincingly presented given their counterbalanced experimental design.

      In total, I find the presented study useful in understanding the dynamics of CeA neurons during a Pavlovian learning paradigm. There are many strengths of this study, including the important question and clear presentation, the circular shifting analysis was convincing to me, and the manuscript was well written. We hope the authors will find our comments constructive if they choose to revise their manuscript.

      While the experiments and data are of value, I do not agree with the authors interpretation of their data, and take issue with the way they used the terms "salience" and "valence" (and would encourage them to check out Namburi et al., NPP, 2016) regarding the operational definitions of salience and valence which differ from my reading of the literature. To be fair, a recent study from another group that reports experiments/findings which are very similar to the ones in the present study (Yang et al., 2023, describing valence coding in the CeA using a similar approach) also uses the terms valence and salience in a rather liberal way that I would also have issues with (see below). Either new experiments or revised claims would be needed here, and more balanced discussion on this topic would be nice to see, and I felt that there were some aspects of novelty in this study that could be better highlighted (see below).

      One noteworthy point of alarm is that it seems as if two data panels including heatmaps are duplicated (perhaps that panel G of Figure 5-figure supplement 2 is a cut and paste error? It is duplicated from panel E and does not match the associated histogram).

      Major concerns:

      (1) The authors wish to make claims about salience and valence. This is my biggest gripe, so I will start here.<br /> (1a) Valence scales for positive and negative stimuli and as stated in Namburi et al., NPP, 2016 where we operationalize "valence" as having different responses for positive and negative values and no response for stimuli that are not motivational significant (neutral cues that do not predict an outcome). The threshold for claiming salience, which we define as scaling with the absolute value of the stimulus, and not responding to a neutral stimulus (Namburi et al., NPP, 2016; Tye, Neuron, 2018; Li et al., Nature, 2022) would require the lack of response to a neutral cue.<br /> (1b) The other major issue is that the authors choose to make claims about the neural responses to the USs rather than the CSs. However, being shocked and receiving sucrose also would have very different sensorimotor representations, and any differences in responses could be attributed to those confounds rather than valence or salience. They could make claims regarding salience or valence with respect to the differences in the CSs but they should restrict analysis to the period prior to the US delivery.<br /> (1c) The third obstacle to using the terms "salience" or "valence" is the lack of scaling, which is perhaps a bigger ask. At minimum either the scaling or the neutral cue would be needed to make claims about valence or salience encoding. Perhaps the authors disagree - that is fine. But they should at least acknowledge that there is literature that would say otherwise.<br /> (1d) In order to make claims about valence, the authors must take into account the sensory confound of the modality of the US (also mentioned in Namburi et al., 2016). The claim that these CeA neurons are indeed valence-encoding (based on their responses to the unconditioned stimuli) is confounded by the fact that the appetitive US (food) is a gustatory stimulus while the aversive US (shock) is a tactile stimulus.

      (2) Much of the central findings in this manuscript have been previously described in the literature. Yang et al., 2023 for instance shows that the CeA encodes salience (as demonstrated by the scaled responses to the increased value of unconditioned stimuli, Figure 1 j-m), and that learning amplifies responsiveness to unconditioned stimuli (Figure 2). It is nice to see a reproduction of the finding that learning amplifies CeA responses, though one study is in SST::Cre and this one in VGAT::cre - perhaps highlighting this difference could maximize the collective utility for the scientific community?

      (3) There is at least one instance of copy-paste error in the figures that raised alarm. In the supplementary information (Figure 5- figure supplement 2 E;G), the heat maps for food-responsive neurons and shock-responsive neurons are identical. While this almost certainly is a clerical error, the authors would benefit from carefully reviewing each figure to ensure that no data is incorrectly duplicated.

      (4) The authors describe experiments to compare shock and reward learning; however, there are temporal differences in what they compare in Figure 5. The authors compare the 10th day of reward learning with the 1st day of fear conditioning, which effectively represent different points of learning and retrieval. At the end of reward conditioning, animals are utilizing a learned association to the cue, which demonstrates retrieval. On the day of fear conditioning, animals are still learning the cue at the beginning of the session, but they are not necessarily retrieving an association to a learned cue. The authors would benefit from recording at a later timepoint (to be consistent with reward learning- 10 days after fear conditioning), to more accurately compare these two timepoints. Or perhaps, it might be easier to just make the comparison between Day 1 of reward learning and Day 1 of fear learning, since they must already have these data.

      (5) The authors make a claim of valence encoding in their title and throughout the paper, which is not possible to make given their experimental design. However, they would greatly benefit from actually using a decoder to demonstrate their encoding claim (decoding performance for shock-food versus shuffled labels) and simply make claims about decoding food-predictive cues and shock-predictive cues. Interestingly, it seems like relatively few CeA neurons actually show differential responses to the food and shock CSs, and that is interesting in itself.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript entitled Kong and colleagues investigate the role of distinct populations of neurons in the central amygdala (CeA) in encoding valence and salience during both appetitive and aversive conditioning. The study expands on the work of Yang et al. (2023), which specifically focused on somatostatin (SST) neurons of the CeA. Thus, this study broadens the scope to other neuronal subtypes, demonstrating that CeA neurons in general are predominantly tuned to valence representations rather than salience.

      Strengths:

      One of the key strengths of the study is its rigorous quantitative approach based on the "circular-shift method", which carefully assesses correlations between neural activity and behavior-related variables. The authors' findings that neuronal responses to the unconditioned stimulus (US) change with learning are consistent with previous studies (Yang et al., 2023). They also show that the encoding of positive and negative valence is not influenced by prior training order, indicating that prior experience does not affect how these neurons process valence.

      Weaknesses:

      However, there are limitations to the analysis, including the lack of population-based analyses, such as clustering approaches. The authors do not employ hierarchical clustering or other methods to extract meaning from the diversity of neuronal responses they recorded. Clustering-based approaches could provide deeper insights into how different subpopulations of neurons contribute to emotional processing. Without these methods, the study may miss patterns of functional specialization within the neuronal populations that could be crucial for understanding how valence and salience are encoded at the population level.

      Furthermore, while salience encoding is inferred based on responses to stimuli of opposite valence, the study does not test whether these neuronal responses scale with stimulus intensity-a hallmark of classical salience encoding. This limits the conclusions that can be drawn about salience encoding specifically.

      In sum, while the study makes valuable contributions to our understanding of CeA function, the lack of clustering-based population analyses and the absence of intensity scaling in the assessment of salience encoding are notable limitations.

    4. Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors have performed endoscopic calcium recordings of individual CeA neuron responses to food and shock, as well as to cues predicting food and shock. They claim that a majority of neurons encode valence, with a substantial minority encoding salience.

      Strengths:

      The use of endoscopic imaging is valuable, as it provides the ability to resolve signals from single cells, while also being able to track these cells across time. The recordings appear well-executed, and employ a sophisticated circular shifting analysis to avoid statistical errors caused by correlations between neighboring image pixels.

      Weaknesses:

      My main critique is that the authors didn't fully test whether neurons encode valence. While it is true that they found CeA neurons responding to stimuli that have positive or negative value, this by itself doesn't indicate that valence is the primary driver of neural activity. For example, they report that a majority of CeA neurons respond selectively to either the positive or negative US, and that this is evidence for "type I" valence encoding. However, it could also be the case that these neurons simply discriminate between motivationally relevant stimuli in a manner unrelated to valence per se. A simple test of this would be to check if neural responses generalize across more than one type of appetitive or aversive stimulus, but this was not done. The closest the authors came was to note that a small number of neurons respond to CS cues, of which some respond to the corresponding US in the same direction. This is relegated to the supplemental figures (3 and 4), and it is not noted whether the the same-direction CS-US neurons are also valence-encoding with respect to different USs. For example, are the neurons excited by CS-food and US-food also inhibited by shock? If so, that would go a long way toward classifying at least a few neurons as truly encoding valence in a generalizable way.

      A second and related critique is that, although the authors correctly point out that definitions of salience and valence are sometimes confused in the existing literature, they then go on themselves to use the terms very loosely. For example, the authors define these terms in such a way that every neuron that responds to at least one stimulus is either salience or valence-encoding. This seems far too broad, as it makes essentially unfalsifiable their assertion that the CeA encodes some mixture of salience and valence. I already noted above that simply having different responses to food and shock does not qualify as valence-encoding. It also seems to me that having same-direction responses to these two stimuli similarly does not quality a neuron as encoding salience. Many authors define salience as being related to the ability of a stimulus to attract attention (which is itself a complex topic). However, the current paper does not acknowledge whether they are using this, or any other definition of salience, nor is this explicitly tested, e.g. by comparing neural response magnitudes to any measure of attention.

      The impression I get from the authors' data is that CeA neurons respond to motivationally relevant stimuli, but in a way that is possibly more complex than what the authors currently imply. At the same time, they appear to have collected a large and high-quality dataset that could profitably be made available for additional analyses by themselves and/or others.

      Lastly, the use of 10 daily sessions of training with 20 trials each seems rather low to me. In our hands, Pavlovian training in mice requires considerably more trials in order to effectively elicit responses to the CS. I wonder if the relatively sparse training might explain the relative lack of CS responses?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Garbelli et al. investigates the roles of excitatory amino acid transporters (EAATs) in retinal bipolar cells. The group previously identified that EAAT5b and EAAT7 are expressed at the dendritic tips of bipolar cells, where they connect with photoreceptor terminals. The previous study found that the light responses of bipolar cells, measured by electroretinogram (ERG) in response to white light, were reduced in double mutants, though there was little to no reduction in light responses in single mutants of either EAAT5b or EAAT7.

      The current study further explores the roles of EAAT5b and EAAT7 in bipolar cells' chromatic responses. The authors found that bipolar cell responses to red light, but not to green or UV-blue light, were reduced in single mutants of both EAAT5b and EAAT7. In contrast, UV-blue light responses were reduced in double mutants. Additionally, the authors observed that EAAT5b, but not EAAT7, is strongly localized in the UV cone-enriched area of the eye, known as the "Strike Zone (SZ)." This led them to investigate the impact of the EAAT5b mutation on prey detection performance, which is mediated by UV cones in the SZ. Surprisingly, contrary to the predicted role of EAAT5b in prey detection, EAAT5b mutants did not show any changes in prey detection performance compared to wild-type fish. Interestingly, EAAT7 mutants exhibited enhanced prey detection performance, though the underlying mechanisms remain unclear.

      The distribution of EAAT7 protein in the outer plexiform layer across the eye correlates with the distribution of red cones. Based on this, the authors tested the behavioral performance driven by red light in EAAT5b and EAAT7 mutants. The results here were again somewhat contrary to predictions based on ERG findings and protein localization: the optomotor response was reduced in EAAT5b mutants, but not in EAAT7 mutants.

      Strengths:

      Although the paper lacks cohesive conclusions, as many results contradict initial predictions as mentioned above, the authors discuss possible mechanisms for these contradictions and suggest future avenues for study. Nevertheless, this paper demonstrates a novel mechanism underlying chromatic information processing.<br /> The manuscript is well-written, the data are well-presented, and the analysis is thorough.

      Weaknesses:

      I have only a minor comment. The authors present preliminary data on mGluR6b distribution across the eye. Since this result is based on a single fish, I recommend either adding more samples or removing this data, as it does not significantly impact the paper's main conclusions.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Garbelli et. al. set out to elucidate the function of two glutamate transporters, EAAT5b and EAAT7, in the functional and behavioral responses to different wavelengths of light. The question is an interesting one, because these transporters are well positioned to affect responses to light, and their distribution in the retina suggests that they could play differential roles in visual behaviors. However, the low resolution of both the functional and behavioral data presented here means that the conclusions are necessarily a bit vague.

      In Figure 1, the authors show that the double KO has a decreased ERG response to UV/blue and red wavelengths. However, the individual mutations only affect the response to red light, suggesting that they might affect behaviors such as OMR which typically rely on this part of the visual spectrum. However, there was no significant change in the response to UV/blue light of any intensity, making it unclear whether the mutations could individually play roles in the detection of UV prey. Based on the later behavioral data, it seems likely that at least the EAAT7 KO should affect retinal responses to UV light, but it may be that the ERG does not have the spatial or temporal resolution to detect the difference, or that the presence of blue light overwhelmed any effect of the individual knockouts on the response to UV light.

      In Figures 5 and 6, the authors compare the two knockouts to wild-type fish in terms of their sensitivity to UV prey in a hunting assay. The EAAT5b KO showed no significant impairment in UV sensitivity, while the EAAT7 KO fish actually had an increased hunting response to UV prey. However, there is no comparison of the KO and WT responses to different UV intensities, only in bulk, so we cannot conclude that the EAAT7 KO is allowing the fish to detect weaker prey-like stimuli.

      In Figure 7, the EAAT5b KO seems to cause a decrease in OMR behavior to red grating stimuli, but only one stimulus is tested, so it is unclear whether this is due to a change in visual sensitivity or resolution.

      The conclusions made in the manuscript are appropriately conservative; the abstract states that these transporters somehow influence prey detection and motion sensing, and this is probably true. However, it is unclear to what extent and how they might be acting on these processes, so the conclusions are a bit unsatisfying.

      In terms of impact on the field, this work highlights the potential importance of these two transporters to visual processing, but further studies will be required to say how important they are and what they are doing. The methods presented here are not novel, as UV prey and red OMR stimuli and behaviors have previously been described.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Previous work demonstrated a strong bias in the percept of an ambiguous Shepard tone as either ascending or descending in pitch, depending on the preceding contextual stimulus. The authors recorded human MEG and ferret A1 single-unit activity during presentation of stimuli identical to those used in the behavioral studies. They used multiple neural decoding methods to test if context-dependent neural responses to ambiguous stimulus replicated the behavioral results. Strikingly, a decoder trained to report stimulus pitch produced biases opposite to the perceptual reports. These biases could be explained robustly by a feed-forward adaptation model. Instead, a decoder that took into account direction selectivity of neurons in the population was able to replicate the change in perceptual bias.

      Strengths:

      This study explores an interesting and important link between neural activity and sensory percepts, and it demonstrates convincingly that traditional neural decoding models cannot explain percepts. Experimental design and data collection appear to have been executed carefully. Subsequent analysis and modeling appear rigorous. The conclusion that traditional decoding models cannot explain the contextual effects on percepts is quite strong.

      Weaknesses:

      Beyond the very convincing negative results, it is less clear exactly what the conclusion is or what readers should take away from this study. The presentation of the alternative, "direction aware" models is unclear, making it difficult to determine if they are presented as realistic possibilities or simply novel concepts. Does this study make predictions about how information from auditory cortex must be read out by downstream areas? There are several places where the thinking of the authors should be clarified, in particular, around how this idea of specialized readout of direction-selective neurons should be integrated with a broader understanding of auditory cortex.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an elegant study investigating possible mechanisms underlying the hysteresis effect in the perception of perceptually ambiguous Shepard tones. The authors make a fairly convincing case that the adaptation of pitch direction sensitive cells in auditory cortex is likely responsible for this phenomenon.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is overall well written. My only slight criticism is that, in places, particularly for non-expert readers, it might be helpful to work a little bit more methods detail into the results section, so readers don't have to work quite so hard jumping from results to methods and back.

      The methods seem sound and the conclusions warranted and carefully stated. Overall I would rate the quality of this study as very high, and I do not have any major issues to raise.

      Weaknesses:

      I think this study is about as good as it can be with the current state of the art. Generally speaking, one has to bear in mind that this is an observational, rather than an interventional study, and therefore only able to identify plausible candidate mechanisms rather than making definitive identifications. However, the study nevertheless represents a significant advance over the current state of knowledge, and about as good as it can be with the techniques that are currently widely available.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The revised manuscript presents interesting findings on the role of gut microbiota in gout, focusing on the interplay between age-related changes, inflammation, and microbiota-derived metabolites, particularly butyrate. The study provides valuable insights into the therapeutic potential of microbiota interventions and metabolites for managing hyperuricemia and gout. While the authors have addressed many of the previous concerns, a few areas still require clarification and improvements to strengthen the manuscript's clarity and overall impact.

      (1) While the authors mention that outliers in the data do not affect the conclusions, there remains a concern about the reliability of some figures (e.g., Figure 2D-G). It is recommended to provide a more detailed explanation of the statistical analysis used to handle outliers. Additionally, the clarity of the Western blot images, particularly IL-1β in Figure 3C, should be improved to ensure clear and supportive evidence for the conclusions.<br /> (2) The manuscript raises a key question about why butyrate supplementation and FMT have different effects on uric acid metabolism and excretion. While the authors have addressed this by highlighting the involvement of multiple bacterial genera, it is still recommended to expand on the differences between these interventions in the discussion, providing more mechanistic insights based on available literature.<br /> (3) It is noted that IL-6 and TNF-α results in foot tissue were requested and have been added to supplementary material. However, the main text should clearly reference these additions, and the supplementary figures should be thoroughly reviewed for consistency with the main findings. The use of abbreviations (e.g., ns for no significant difference) and labeling should also be carefully checked across all figures.<br /> (4) The manuscript presents butyrate as a key molecule in gout therapy, yet there are lingering concerns about its central role, especially given that other short-chain fatty acids (e.g., acetic and propionic acids) also follow similar trends. The authors should consider further acknowledging these other SCFAs and discussing their potential contribution to gout management. Additionally, the rationale for focusing primarily on butyrate in subsequent research should be made clearer.<br /> (5) The full-length uncropped Western blot images should be provided as requested, to ensure transparency and reproducibility of the data.<br /> (6) Despite the authors' revisions, several references still lack page numbers. Please ensure that all references are properly formatted, including complete page ranges.<br /> The manuscript has improved with the revisions made, particularly regarding clarifications on experimental design and the inclusion of supplementary data. However, some concerns about data quality, mechanistic insights, and clarity in the figures remain. Addressing these points will enhance the overall impact of the work and its potential contribution to the understanding of the gut microbiome in gout and hyperuricemia. A final revision, with careful attention to both major and minor points, is highly recommended before resubmission.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript the authors report that fecal transplantation from young mice into old mice alleviates susceptibility to gout. The gut microbiota in young mice is found to inhibit activation of the NLRP3 inflammasome pathway and reduce uric acid levels in the blood in the gout model.

      Strengths:

      They focused on the butanoate metabolism pathway based on the results of metabolomics analysis after fecal transplantation and identified butyrate as the key factor in mitigating gout susceptibility. In general, this is a well-performed study.

      Weaknesses:

      The discussion on the current results and previous studies regarding the effect of butyrate on gout symptoms is insufficient. The authors need to provide a more thorough discussion of other possible mechanisms and relevant literature.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Tleiss et al. demonstrate that while commensal Lactiplantibacillus plantarum freely circulate within the intestinal lumen, pathogenic strains such as Erwinia carotovora or Bacillus thuringiensis are blocked in the anterior midgut where they are rapidly eliminated by antimicrobial peptides. This sequestration of pathogenic bacteria in the anterior midgut requires the Duox enzyme in enterocytes, and both TrpA1 and Dh31 in enteroendocrine cells. This effect induces muscular muscle contraction, which is marked by the formation of TARM structures (thoracic ary-related muscles). This muscle contraction-related blocking happens early after infection (15mins). On the other side, the clearance of bacteria is done by the IMD pathway possibly through antimicrobial peptide production while it is dispensable for the blockage. Genetic manipulations impairing bacterial compartmentalization result in abnormal colonization of posterior midgut regions by pathogenic bacteria. Despite a functional IMD pathway, this ectopic colonization leads to bacterial proliferation and larval death, demonstrating the critical role of bacteria anterior sequestration in larval defense.

      In general, this fundamentally important study reveals unique mechanisms in the gut immunity of Drosophila larvae. It also describes a previously understudied structure, TARM, which may play a crucial role in this process. This significant work substantially advances our understanding of pathogen clearance by identifying a new mode of pathogen eradication from the insect gut. The evidence supporting the authors' claims is compelling, and the study opens new avenues for future research in gut immunity.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This article describes a novel mechanism of host defense in the gut of Drosophila larvae. Pathogenic bacteria trigger the activation of a valve that blocks them in the anterior midgut where they are subjected to the action of antimicrobial peptides. In contrast, beneficial symbiotic bacteria do not activate the contraction of this sphincter and can access the posterior midgut, a compartment more favorable to bacterial growth.

      Strengths:

      The authors decipher the underlying mechanism of sphincter contraction, revealing that ROS production by Duox activates the release of DH31 by enteroendocrine cells that stimulate visceral muscle contractions. Use of mutations affecting the Imd pathway or lacking antimicrobial peptides reveals their contribution to pathogen elimination in the anterior midgut.

      Weaknesses:

      The mechanism allowing the discrimination between commensal and pathogenic bacteria remains unclear.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The planarian flatworm Schmidtea mediterranea is widely used as a model system for regeneration because of its remarkable ability to regenerate its entire body plan from very small fragments of tissue, including the complete and rapid regeneration of the CNS. Prior to this study, analysis of CNS regeneration in planaria has mostly been performed on a gross anatomical level. Despite its simplicity compared to vertebrates, the CNS of many invertebrates, including planaria, is nonetheless complex, intricate, and densely packed. Some invertebrate models allow the visualization of individual cellular components of the CNS using transgenic techniques. Until transgenesis becomes commonplace in planaria, the visualization and analysis of detailed CNS anatomy must rely on alternate approaches in order to capitalize on the immense promise of this system as a model for CNS regeneration. Another challenge for the study of the CNS more broadly is how to perform imaging of a complete CNS on a reasonable timescale such that multiple individuals per experimental condition can be imaged.

      Strengths:

      In this report, Lu et al. describe a careful and detailed analysis of the planarian neuroanatomy and musculature in both the homeostatic and regenerating contexts. To improve the effective resolution of their imaging, the authors optimized a tissue expansion protocol for planaria. Imaging was performed by light sheet microscopy, and the resulting optical sections were tiled to reconstruct whole worms. Labelled tissues and cells were then segmented to allow quantification of neurons and muscle fibers, as well as all cells in individual worms using a DNA dye. The resulting workflow can produce highly detailed and quantifiable 3D reconstructions at a rate that is fast enough to allow the analysis of large numbers of animals.

      Weaknesses:

      Lu et al. use their workflow to visualize RNA expression of five enzymes that are each involved in the biosynthetic pathway of different neurotransmitters/modulators, namely chat (cholinergeric), gad (GABAergic), tbh (octopaminergic), th (dopaminergic), and tph (serotonergic). In this way, they generate an anatomical atlas of neurons that produce these molecules. Collectively these markers are referred to as the "neuronpool." They overstate when they write, "The combination of these five types of neurons constitutes a neuron pool that enables the labeling of all neurons throughout the entire body." This statement does not accurately represent the state of our knowledge about the diversity of neurons in S. mediterranea. There are several lines of evidence that support the presence of glutamatergic and glycinergic neurons, including the following. The glutamate receptor agonists NMDA and AMPA both produce seizure-like behaviors in S. mediterranea that are blocked by the application of glutamate receptor antagonists MK-801 and DNQX (which antagonize NMDA and AMPA glutamate receptors, respectively; Rawls et al., 2009). scRNA-Seq data indicates that neurons in S. mediterranea express a vesicular glutamate transporter, a kainite-type glutamate receptor, a glycine receptor, and a glycine transporter (Brunet Avalos and Sprecher, 2021; Wyss et al., 2022). Two AMPA glutamate receptors, GluR1 and GluR2, are known to be expressed in the CNS of another planarian species, D. japonica (Cebria et al., 2002). Likewise, there is abundant evidence for the presence of peptidergic neurons in S. mediterranea (Collins et al., 2010; Fraguas et al., 2012; Ong et al., 2016; Wyss et al., 2022; among others) and in D. japonica (Shimoyama et al., 2016). For these reasons, the authors should not assume that all neurons can be assayed using the five markers that they selected. The situation is made more complex by the fact that many neurons in S. mediterranea appear to produce more than one neurotransmitter/modulator/peptide (Brunet Avalos and Sprecher, 2021; Wyss et al., 2022), which is common among animals (Vaaga et al., 2014; Brunet Avalos and Sprecher, 2021). However the published literature indicates that there are substantial populations of glutamatergic, glycinergic, and peptidergic neurons in S. mediterranea that do not produce other classes of neurotransmission molecule (Brunet Avalos and Sprecher, 2021; Wyss et al., 2022). Thus it seems likely that the neuronpool will miss many neurons that only produce glutamate, glycine or a neuropeptide.

      The authors use their technique to image the neural network of the CNS using antibodies raised vs. Arrestin, Synaptotagmin, and phospho-Ser/Thr. They document examples of both contralateral and ipsilateral projections from the eyes to the brain in the optic chiasma (Figure 1C-F). These data all seem to be drawn from a single animal in which there appears to be a greater than normal number of nerve fiber defasciculatations. It isn't clear how well their technique works for fibers that remain within a nerve tract or the brain. The markers used to image neural networks are broadly expressed, and it's possible that most nerve fibers are too densely packed (even after expansion) to allow for image segmentation. The authors also show a close association between estrella-positive glial cells and nerve fibers in the optic chiasma.

      The authors count all cell types, neuron pool neurons, and neurons of each class assayed. They find that the cell number to body volume ratio remains stable during homeostasis (Figure S3C), and that the brain volume steadily increases with increasing body volume (Figure S3E). They also observe that the proportion of neurons to total body cells is higher in worms 2-6 mm in length than in worms 7-9 mm in length (Figure 2D, S3F). They find that the rate at which four classes of neurons (GABAergic, octopaminergic, dopaminergic, serotonergic) increase relative to the total body cell number is constant (Figure S3G-J). They write: "Since the pattern of cholinergic neurons is the major cell population in the brain, these results suggest that the above observation of the non-linear dynamics between neurons and cell numbers is likely from the cholinergic neurons." This conclusion should not be reached without first directly counting the number of cholinergic neurons and total body cells. Given that glutamatergic, glycinergic, and peptidergic neurons were not counted, it also remains possible that the non-linear dynamics are due (in part or in whole) to one or more of these populations.

      The authors next assayed the production of different classes of neurons in regenerating post-pharyngeal tail fragments. At 14 dpa, they find significantly reduced proportions of octopaminergic, GABAergic, and dopaminergic neurons in these regenerated animals (Figure 3K). Given that these three neuron classes are primarily found in the brain region (Figure S2A), this suggests that the brains of these animals may not have finished regenerating by 14 dpa.

      The authors next applied their imaging and segmentation technique to the musculature using the 6G10 antibody. They find that the body wall muscle fibers from the dorsal and ventral body walls integrate differently at the anterior end (to form a cobweb-like arrangement) compared to the posterior end (Figure 4I). They knock down β-catenin in regenerating head anterior fragments and find that the resulting double-headed worms produce a cobweb-like arrangement at both ends (Figure 4J).

      RNAi knockdown of inr-1 is known to produce mobility defects and have elongated bodies relative to control animals (Lei et al., 2016; Figure S6A). To understand the nature of these defects, the authors image the muscle of inr-1 RNAi animals and find increased circular body wall muscle fibers on both dorsal and ventral sides, while β-catenin RNAi animals have increased longitudinal muscle fibers on the dorsal side (Figure 6C). The inr-1 RNAi animals also have reduced cholinergic neurons (Figure S6B), and ectopic expression of the GABAergic marker gad in the periphery (Figure S6B). Lastly the authors simultaneously image muscle and estrella-positive glia and find that these glia lack their typically elaborate stellate morphology in inr-1 RNAi animals (Figure 6E, S6E-K). The combination of this muscle, neuronal, and glial defects may account for the mobility defects observed in inr-1 RNAi worms.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Dipasree Hajra et al demonstrated that Salmonella was able to modulate the expression of Sirtuins (Sirt1 and Sirt3) and regulate the metabolic switch in both host and Salmonella, promoting its pathogenesis. The authors found Salmonella infection induced high levels of Sirt1 and Sirt3 in macrophages, which were skewed toward the M2 phenotype allowing Salmonella to hyper-proliferate. Mechanistically, Sirt1 and Sirt3 regulated the acetylation of HIF-1alpha and PDHA1, therefore mediating Salmonella-induced host metabolic shift in the infected macrophages. Interestingly, Sirt1 and Sirt3-driven host metabolic switch also had an effect on the metabolic profile of Salmonella. Counterintuitively, inhibition of Sirt1/3 led to increased pathogen burdens in an in vivo mouse model. Overall, this is a well-designed study.

      The revised manuscript has addressed all of the previous comments. The re-analysis of flow cytometry and WB data by authors makes the results and conclusion more complete and convincing.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper Hajra et al have attempted to identify the role of Sirt1 and Sirt3 in regulating metabolic reprogramming and macrophage host defense. They have performed gene knock down experiments in RAW macrophage cell line to show that depletion of Sirt1 or Sirt3 enhances the ability of macrophages to eliminate Salmonella Typhimurium. However, in mice inhibition of Sirt1 resulted in dissemination of the bacteria but the bacterial burden was still reduced in macrophages. They suggest that the effect they have observed is due to increased inflammation and ROS production by macrophages. They also try to establish a weak link with metabolism. They present data to show that the switch in metabolism from glycolysis to fatty acid oxidation is regulated by acetylation of Hif1a, and PDHA1.

      Strengths:

      The strength of the manuscript is that the role of Sirtuins in host-pathogen interactions have not been previously explored in-depth making the study interesting. It is also interesting to see that depletion of either Sirt1 or Sirt3 result in a similar outcome.

      Weaknesses:

      The major weakness of the paper is the low quality of data, making it harder to substantiate the claims. Also, there are too many pathways and mechanisms being investigated. It would have been better if the authors had focussed on either Sirt1 or Sirt3 and elucidated how it reprograms metabolism to eventually modulate host response against Salmonella Typhimurium. Experimental evidences are also lacking to prove the proposed mechanisms. For instance they show correlative data that knock down of Sirt1 mediated shift in metabolism is due to HIF1a acetylation but this needs to be proven with further experiments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors addressed the influence of DKK2 on colorectal cancer (CRC) metastasis to the liver using an orthotopic model transferring AKP-mutant organoids into the spleens of wild-type animals. They found that DKK2 expression in tumor cells led to enhanced liver metastasis and poor survival in mice. Mechanistically, they associate Dkk2-deficiency in donor AKP tumor organoids with reduced Paneth-like cell properties, particularly Lz1 and Lyz2, and defects in glycolysis. Quantitative gene expression analysis showed no significant changes in Hnf4a1 expression upon Dkk2 deletion. Ingenuity Pathway Analysis of RNA-Seq data and ATAC-seq data point to a Hnf4a1 motif as a potential target. They also show that HNF4a binds to the promoter region of Sox9, which leads to LYZ expression and upregulation of Paneth-like properties. By analyzing available scRNA data from human CRC data, the authors found higher expression of LYZ in metastatic and primary tumor samples compared to normal colonic tissue; reinforcing their proposed link, HNF4a was highly expressed in LYZ+ cancer cells compared to LYZ- cancer cells.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this study contributes a novel mechanistic pathway that may be related to metastatic progression in CRC.

      Weaknesses:

      The main concerns are related to incremental gains, missing in vivo support for several of their conclusions in murine models, and missing human data analyses.

      Main comments

      Novelty:<br /> The authors previously described the role of DKK2 in primary CRC, correlating increased DKK2 levels to higher Src phosphorylation and HNF4a1 degradation, which in turn enhances LGR5 expression and "stemness" of cancer cells, resulting in tumor progression (PMID: 33997693). A role for DKK2 in metastasis has also been previously described (sarcoma, PMID: 23204234)

      Mouse data:<br /> (a) The authors analyzed liver mets, but the main differences between AKT and AKP/Dkk2 KO organoids could arise during the initial tumor cell egress from the intestinal tissue (which cannot be addressed in their splenic injection model), or during pre-liver stages, such as endothelial attachment. While the analysis of liver mets is interesting, given that Paneth cells play a role in the intestinal stem cell niche, it is questionable whether a study that does not involve the intestine can appropriately address this pathway in CRC metastasis.<br /> (b) The overall number of Paneth cells found in the scRNA-seq analysis of liver mets was low (17 cells, Fig.3), and assuming that these cells are driving the differences seems somewhat far-fetched.<br /> (c) Fig. 6 suggests a signaling cascade in which the absence of DKK2 leads to enhanced HNF4A expression, which in turn results in reduced Sox9 expression and hence reduced expression of Paneth cell properties. It is therefore crucial that the authors perform in vivo (splenic organoid injection) loss-of-function experiments, knockdown of Sox9 expression in AKP organoids, and Sox9 overexpression experiments in AKP/Dkk2 KO organoids to demonstrate Sox9 as the central downstream transcription factor regulating liver CRC metastasis.<br /> (d) Given the previous description of the role of DKK2 in primary CRC, it is important to define the step of liver metastasis affected by Dkk2 deficiency in the metastasis model. Does it affect extravasation, liver survival, etc.?

      Human data:<br /> Can the authors address whether the expression of Dkk2 changes in human CRC and whether mutations in Dkk2 as correlated with metastatic disease or CRC stage?

      Bioinformatic analysis<br /> GEO repositories remain not open (at the time of the re-review) and SRA links for raw data are still unavailable. Without access to raw data, it is not possible to verify the analyses or fully assess the results. A part of the article was made by re-analyzing public data so the authors should make even the raw available and not just the count tables

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors propose that DKK2 is necessary for the metastasis of colon cancer organoids. They then claim that DKK2 mediates this effect by permitting the generation of lysozyme-positive Paneth-like cells within the tumor microenvironmental niche. They argue that these lysozyme-positive cells have Paneth-like properties in both mouse and human contexts. They then implicate HNF4A as the causal factor responsive to DKK2 to generate lysozyme-positive cells through Sox9.

      Strengths:

      The use of a genetically defined organoid line is state-of-the-art. The data in Figure 1 and the dependence of DKK2 for splenic injection and liver engraftment, as well as the long-term effect on animal survival, are interesting and convincing. The rescue using DKK2 administration for some of their phenotype in vitro is good. The inclusion and analysis of human data sets help explore the role of DKK2 in human cancer and help ground the overall work in a clinical context.

      Remaining Weaknesses after revision:

      (1) The authors have effectively explained the regulation of HNF4A at both mRNA and protein levels. To further strengthen their findings, I recommend using CRISPR technology to generate DKK2 and HNF4A double knockout organoids. This approach would allow the authors to investigate whether the AKP liver metastasis is restored in the double knockout condition. Such an experiment would provide more direct evidence that HNF4A protein stabilization is the crucial mechanism for liver metastasis suppression following DKK2 knockout.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this article the authors described mouse models presenting with backer muscular dystrophy, they created three transgenic models carrying three representative exon deletions: ex45-48 del., ex45-47 19 del., and ex45-49 del.. This article is well written but needs improvement in some points.

      Strengths:

      This article is well written. The evidence supporting the authors' claims is robust, though further implementation is necessary. The experiments conducted align with the current state-of-the-art methodologies.

      Weaknesses:

      This article does not analyze atrophy in the various mouse models. Implementing this point would improve the impact of the work

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Miyazaki et al. established three distinct BMD mouse models by deleting different exon regions of the dystrophin gene, observed in human BMD. The authors demonstrated that these models exhibit pathophysiological changes, including variations in body weight, muscle force, muscle degeneration, and levels of fibrosis, alongside underlying molecular alterations such as changes in dystrophin and nNOS levels. Notably, these molecular and pathological changes progress at different rates depending on the specific exon deletions in the dystrophin gene. Additionally, the authors conducted extensive fiber typing, revealing a site-specific decline in type IIa fibers in BMD mice, which they suggest may be due to muscle degeneration and reduced capillary formation around these fibers.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript introduces three novel BMD mouse models with different dystrophin exon deletions, each demonstrating varying rates of disease progression similar to the human BMD phenotype. The authors also conducted extensive fiber typing across different muscles and regions within the muscles, effectively highlighting a site-specific decline in type IIa muscle fibers in BMD mice.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors have inadequate experiments to support their hypothesis that the decay of type IIa muscle fibers is likely due to muscle degeneration and reduced capillary formation. Further investigation into capillary density and histopathological changes across different muscle fibers is needed, which could clarify the mechanisms behind these observations.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors have assembled a cohort of 10 SiNET, 1 SiAdeno, and 1 lung MiNEN samples to explore the biology of neuroendocrine neoplasms. They employ single-cell RNA sequencing to profile 5 samples (siAdeno, SiNETs 1-3, MiNEN) and single-nuclei RNA sequencing to profile seven frozen samples (SiNET 4-10).

      They identify two subtypes of siNETs, characterized by either epithelial or neuronal NE cells, through a series of DE analyses. They also report findings of higher proliferation in non-malignant cell types across both subtypes. Additionally, they identify a potential progenitor cell population in a single-lung MiNEN sample.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this study adds interesting insights into this set of rare cancers that could be very informative for the cancer research community. The team probes an understudied cancer type and provides thoughtful investigations and observations that may have translational relevance.

      Weaknesses:

      The study could be improved by clarifying some of the technical approaches and aspects as currently presented, toward enhancing the support of the conclusions:

      (1) Methods: As currently presented, it is possible that the separation of samples by program may be impacted by tissue source (fresh vs. frozen) and/or the associated sequencing modality (single cell vs. single nuclei). For instance, two (SiNET1 and SiNET2) of the three fresh tissues are categorized into the same subtype, while the third (SiNET9) has very few neuroendocrine cells. Additionally, samples from patient 1 (SiNET1 and SiNET6) are separated into different subtypes based on fresh and frozen tissue. The current text alludes to investigations (i.e.: "Technical effects (e.g., fresh vs. frozen samples) could also impact the capture of distinct cell types, although we did not observe a clear pattern of such bias."), but the study would be strengthened with more detail.

      (2) Results:<br /> Heterogeneity in the SiNET tumor microenvironment: It is unclear if the current analysis of intratumor heterogeneity distinguishes the subtypes. It may be informative if patterns of tumor microenvironment (TME) heterogeneity were identified between samples of the same subtype. The team could also evaluate this in an extension cohort of published SiNET tumors (i.e. revisiting additional analyses using the SiNET bulk RNAseq from Alvarez et al 2018, a subset of single-cell data from Hoffman et al 2023, or additional bulk RNAseq validation cohorts for this cancer type if they exist [if they do not, then this could be mentioned as a need in Discussion])

      (3) Proliferation of NE and immune cells in SiNETs: The observed proliferation of NE and immune cells in SiNETs may also be influenced by technical factors (including those noted above). For instance, prior studies have shown that scRNA-seq tends to capture a higher proportion of immune cells compared to snRNA-seq, which should be considered in the interpretation of these results. Could the team clarify this element?

      (4) Putative progenitors in mixed tumors: As written, the identification of putative progenitors in a single lung MiNEN sample feels somewhat disconnected from the rest of the study. These findings are interesting - are similar progenitor cell populations identified in SiNET samples? Recognizing that ideally additional validation is needed to confidently label and characterize these cells beyond gene expression data in this rare tumor, this limitation could be addressed in a revised Discussion.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The research identifies two main SiNET subtypes (epithelial-like and neuronal-like) and reveals heterogeneity in non-neuroendocrine cells within the tumor microenvironment. The study validates findings using external datasets and explores unexpected proliferation patterns. While it contributes to understanding SiNET oncogenic processes, the limited sample size and depth of analysis present challenges to the robustness of the conclusions.

      Strengths:

      The studies effectively identified two subtypes of SiNET based on epithelial and neuronal markers. Key findings include the low proliferation rates of neuroendocrine (NE) cells and the role of the tumor microenvironment (TME), such as the impact of Macrophage Migration Inhibitory Factor (MIF).

      Weaknesses:

      However, the analysis faces challenges such as a small sample size, lack of clear biological interpretation in some analyses, and concerns about batch effects and statistical significance.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors set out to profile small intestine neuroendocrine tumors (siNETs) using single-cell/nucleus RNA sequencing, an established method to characterize the diversity of cell types and states in a tumor. Leveraging this dataset, they identified distinct malignant subtypes (epithelial-like versus neuronal-like) and characterized the proliferative index of malignant neuroendocrine cells versus non-malignant microenvironment cells. They found that malignant neuroendocrine cells were far less proliferative than some of their non-malignant counterparts (e.g., B cells, plasma cells, epithelial cells) and there was a strong subtype association such that epithelial-like siNETs were linked to high B/plasma cell proliferation, potentially mediated by MIF signaling, whereas neuronal-like siNETs were correlated with low B/plasma cell proliferation. The authors also examined a single case of a mixed lung tumor (neuroendocrine and squamous) and found evidence of intermediate/mixed and stem-like progenitor states that suggest the two differentiated tumor types may arise from the same progenitor.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the paper include the unique dataset, which is the largest to date for siNETs, and the potentially clinically relevant hypotheses generated by their analysis of the data.

      Weaknesses:

      The weaknesses of the paper include the relatively small number of independent patients (n = 8 for siNETs), lack of direct comparison to other published single-cell NET datasets, mixing of two distinct methods (single-cell and single-nucleus RNA-seq), lack of direct cell-cell interaction analyses and spatially-resolved data, and lack of in vitro or in vivo functional validation of their findings.

      The analytical methods applied in this study appear to be appropriate, but the methods used are fairly standard to the field of single-cell omics without significant methodological innovation. As the authors bring forth in the Discussion, the results of the study do raise several compelling questions related to the possibility of distinct biology underlying the epithelial-like and neuronal-like subtypes, the origin of mixed tumors, drivers of proliferation, and microenvironmental heterogeneity. However, this study was not able to further explore these questions through spatially-resolved data or functional experiments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study evaluates whether species can shift geographically, temporally, or both ways in response to climate change. It also teases out the relative importance of geographic context, temperature variability, and functional traits in predicting the shifts. The study system is large occurrence datasets for dragonflies and damselflies split between two time periods and two continents. Results indicate that more species exhibited both shifts than one or the other or neither, and that geographic context and temp variability were more influential than traits. The results have implications for future analyses (e.g. incorporating habitat availability) and for choosing winner and loser species under climate change. The methodology would be useful for other taxa and study regions with strong community/citizen science and extensive occurrence data.

      Strengths:

      This is an organized and well-written paper that builds on a popular topic and moves it forward. It has the right idea and approach, and the results are useful answers to the predictions and for conservation planning (i.e. identifying climate winners and losers). There is technical proficiency and analytical rigor driven by an understanding of the data and its limitations.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The habitat classifications (Table S3) are often wrong. "Both" is overused. In North America, for example, Anax junius, Cordulia shurtleffii, Epitheca cynosura, Erythemis simplicicollis, Libellula pulchella, Pachydiplax longipennis, Pantala flavescens, Perithemis tenera, Ischnura posita, the Lestes species, and several Enallagma species are not lotic breeding. These species rarely occur let alone successfully reproduce at lotic sites. Other species are arguably "both", like Rhionaeschna multicolor which is mostly lentic. Not saying this would have altered the conclusions, but it may have exacerbated the weak trait effects.

      (2) The conservative spatial resolution (100 x 100 km) limits the analysis to wide-ranging and generalist species. There's no rationale given, so not sure if this was by design or necessity, but it limits the number of analyzable species and potentially changes the inference.

      (3) The objective includes a prediction about generalists vs specialists (L99-103) yet there is no further mention of this dichotomy in the abstract, methods, results, or discussion.

      (4) Key references were overlooked or dismissed, like in the new edition of Dragonflies & Damselflies model organisms book, especially chapters 24 and 27.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper explores a highly interesting question regarding how species migration success relates to phenology shifts, and it finds a positive relationship. The findings are significant, and the strength of the evidence is solid. However, there are substantial issues with the writing, presentation, and analyses that need to be addressed. First, I disagree with the conclusion that species that don't migrate are "losers" - some species might not migrate simply because they have broad climatic niches and are less sensitive to climate change. Second, the results concerning species' southern range limits could provide valuable insights. These could be used to assess whether sampling bias has influenced the results. If species are truly migrating, we should observe northward shifts in their southern range limits. However, if this is an artifact of increased sampling over time, we would expect broader distributions both north and south. Finally, Figure 1 is missed panel B, which needs to be addressed.